advertisement
FortiGate 400 Installation and
Configuration Guide
Esc Enter
CONSOLE 1 2 3 4 / HA
FortiGate User Manual Volume 1
Version 2.50 MR2
18 August 2003
© Copyright 2003 Fortinet Inc. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication including text, examples, diagrams or illustrations may be reproduced, transmitted, or translated in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, manual, optical or otherwise, for any purpose, without prior written permission of Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
Version 2.50 MR2
18 August 2003
Trademarks
Products mentioned in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
Regulatory Compliance
FCC Class A Part 15 CSA/CUS
CAUTION: RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE.
DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS.
For technical support, please visit http://www.fortinet.com.
Send information about errors or omissions in this document or any Fortinet technical documentation to
Table of Contents
Contents
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
3
Contents
NAT/Route mode with multiple external network connections...................................... 40
Configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in NAT/Route mode ..................................... 47
Configuring the Transparent mode management IP address ....................................... 64
4
Fortinet Inc.
Contents
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
5
Contents
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration ................................... 115
6
Fortinet Inc.
Adding or changing a FortiCare Support Contract number......................................... 129
Changing the MTU size to improve network performance.......................................... 137
Configuring the management interface (Transparent mode) ...................................... 138
Contents
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
7
Contents
8
Fortinet Inc.
Configuring IP/MAC binding for packets going through the firewall............................ 194
Contents
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
9
Contents
Automatic Internet Key Exchange (AutoIKE) with pre-shared keys or certificates ..... 210
10
Fortinet Inc.
Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) ................................................... 249
Reducing the number of NIDS attack log and email messages.................................. 257
Contents
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
11
Contents
12
Fortinet Inc.
Contents
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
13
Contents
14
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Introduction
The FortiGate Antivirus Firewall supports network-based deployment of application-level services—including antivirus protection and full-scan content filtering.
FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls improve network security, reduce network misuse and abuse, and help you use communications resources more efficiently without compromising the performance of your network. FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls are
ICSA-certified for firewall, IPSec and antivirus services.
Your FortiGate Antivirus Firewall is a dedicated easily managed security device that delivers a full suite of capabilities that include:
• application-level services such as virus protection and content filtering,
• network-level services such as firewall, intrusion detection, VPN, and traffic shaping.
Your FortiGate Antivirus Firewall employs Fortinet’s Accelerated Behavior and
Content Analysis System (ABACAS™) technology, which leverages breakthroughs in chip design, networking, security, and content analysis. The unique ASIC-based architecture analyzes content and behavior in real-time, enabling key applications to be deployed right at the network edge where they are most effective at protecting your networks. The FortiGate series complements existing solutions, such as host-based antivirus protection, and enables new applications and services while greatly lowering costs for equipment, administration and maintenance.
The FortiGate-400 model meets enterprise-class requirements for performance, availability, and reliability.
With throughput up to 500Mbps and high-availability features including automatic failover with no session loss, the FortiGate-400 is the choice for mission critical applications.
Antivirus protection
FortiGate ICSA-certified antivirus protection virus scans web (HTTP), file transfer
(FTP), and email (SMTP, POP3, and IMAP) content as it passes through the
FortiGate. If a virus is found, antivirus protection removes the file containing the virus from the content stream and forwards an replacement message to the intended recipient.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
15
Web content filtering Introduction
For extra protection, you also configure antivirus protection to block files of specified file types from passing through the FortiGate unit. You can use the feature to stop files that may contain new viruses.
If the FortiGate unit contains a hard disk, infected or blocked files can be quarantined.
The FortiGate administrator can download quarantined files, so that they can be virus scanned, cleaned, and forwarded to the intended recipient. You can also configure the
FortiGate unit to automatically delete quarantined files after a specified time period.
The FortiGate unit can send email alerts to system administrators when it detects and removes a virus from a content stream. The web and email content can be in normal network traffic or in encrypted IPSec VPN traffic.
ICSA Labs has certified that FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls:
• detect 100% of the viruses listed in the current In The Wild List (www.wildlist.org),
• detect viruses in compressed files using the PKZip format,
• detect viruses in e-mail that has been encoded using uuencode format,
• detect viruses in e-mail that has been encoded using MIME encoding,
• log all actions taken while scanning.
Web content filtering
FortiGate web content filtering can be configured to scan all HTTP content protocol streams for URLs or for web page content. If a match is found between a URL on the
URL block list, or if a web page is found to contain a word or phrase in the content block list, the FortiGate blocks the web page. The blocked web page is replaced with a message that you can edit using the FortiGate web-based manager.
You can configure URL blocking to block all or just some of the pages on a web site.
Using this feature you can deny access to parts of a web site without denying access to it completely.
To prevent unintentional blocking of legitimate web pages, you can add URLs to an
Exempt List that overrides the URL blocking and content blocking lists.
Web content filtering also includes a script filter feature that can be configured to block unsecure web content such as Java Applets, Cookies, and ActiveX.
You can also use the Cerberian URL blocking to block unwanted URLs.
16
Email filtering
FortiGate Email filtering can be configured to scan all IMAP and POP3 email content for unwanted senders or for unwanted content. If a match is found between a sender address pattern on the Email block list, or if an email is found to contain a word or phrase in the banned word list, the FortiGate adds a Email tag to subject line of the email. Receivers can then use their mail client software to filter messages based on the Email tag.
Fortinet Inc.
Introduction Firewall
You can configure Email blocking to tag email from all or some senders within organizations that are known to send spam email. To prevent unintentional tagging of email from legitimate senders, you can add sender address patterns to an exempt list that overrides the email block and banned word lists.
Firewall
The FortiGate ICSA-certified firewall protects your computer networks from the hostile environment of the Internet. ICSA has granted FortiGate firewalls version 4.0 firewall certification, providing assurance that FortiGate firewalls successfully screen for and secure corporate networks against a wide range of threats from public or other untrusted networks.
After basic installation of the FortiGate unit, the firewall allows users on the protected network to access the Internet while blocking Internet access to internal networks. You can modify this firewall configuration to place controls on access to the Internet from the protected networks and to allow controlled access to internal networks.
FortiGate policies include a complete range of options that:
• control all incoming and outgoing network traffic,
• control encrypted VPN traffic,
• apply antivirus protection and web content filtering,
• block or allow access for all policy options,
• control when individual policies are in effect,
• accept or deny traffic to and from individual addresses,
• control standard and user defined network services individually or in groups,
• require users to authenticate before gaining access,
• include traffic shaping to set access priorities and guarantee or limit bandwidth for each policy,
• include logging to track connections for individual policies,
• include Network address translation (NAT) mode and Route mode policies,
• include Mixed NAT and Route mode policies.
The FortiGate firewall can operate in NAT/Route mode or Transparent mode.
NAT/Route mode
In NAT/Route mode, you can create NAT mode policies and Route mode policies.
• NAT mode policies use network address translation to hide the addresses in a more secure zone from users in a less secure zone.
• Route mode policies accept or deny connections between zones without performing address translation.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
17
VLAN Introduction
Transparent mode
Transparent mode provides the same basic firewall protection as NAT mode. Packets received by the FortiGate unit are intelligently forwarded or blocked according to firewall policies. The FortiGate unit can be inserted in your network at any point without the need to make changes to your network or any of its components.
However, VPN, VLAN, multi-zone functionality, and some advanced firewall features are only available in NAT/Route mode.
VLAN
Fortigate Antivirus Firewalls support IEEE 802.1Q-compliant virtual LAN (VLAN) tags.
Using VLAN technology a single FortiGate unit can provide security services to, and control connections between multiple security domains according to the VLAN IDs added to VLAN packets. The FortiGate unit can recognize VLAN IDs and apply security policies to secure network and IPSec VPN traffic between each security domain. It can also apply authentication, content filtering, and antivirus protection to
VLAN-tagged network and VPN traffic.
Network intrusion detection
The FortiGate Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) is a real-time network intrusion detection sensor that detects and prevents a wide variety of suspicious network activity. NIDS detection uses attack signatures to identify over 1000 attacks.
You can enable and disable the attacks that the NIDS detects. You can also write your own user-defined detection attack signatures.
NIDS prevention detects and prevents many common denial of service and packetbased attacks. You can enable and disable prevention attack signatures and customize attack signature thresholds and other parameters.
To notify system administrators of the attack, the NIDS records the attack and any suspicious traffic to the attack log and can be configured to send alert emails.
Fortinet updates NIDS attack definitions periodically. You can download and install updated attack definitions manually, or you can configure the FortiGate to automatically check for and download attack definition updates.
18
Fortinet Inc.
Introduction
VPN
VPN
Using FortiGate virtual private networking (VPN), you can provide a secure connection between widely separated office networks or securely link telecommuters or travellers to an office network.
FortiGate VPN features include the following:
• Industry standard and ICSA-certified IPSec VPN including:
• IPSec, ESP security in tunnel mode,
• DES, 3DES (triple-DES), and AES hardware accelerated encryption,
• HMAC MD5 and HMAC SHA1 authentication and data integrity,
• AutoIKE key based on pre-shared key tunnels,
• IPSec VPN using local or CA certificates,
• Manual Keys tunnels,
• Diffie-Hellman groups 1, 2, and 5,
• Aggressive and Main Mode,
• Replay Detection,
• Perfect Forward Secrecy,
• XAuth authentication,
• Dead peer detection.
• PPTP for easy connectivity with the VPN standard supported by the most popular operating systems.
• L2TP for easy connectivity with a more secure VPN standard also supported by many popular operating systems.
• Firewall policy based control of IPSec VPN traffic.
• IPSec NAT traversal so that remote IPSec VPN gateways or clients behind a NAT can connect to an IPSec VPN tunnel.
• VPN hub and spoke using a VPN concentrator to allow VPN traffic to pass from one tunnel to another tunnel through the FortiGate unit.
• IPSec Redundancy to create a redundant AutoIKE key IPSec VPN connection to a remote network.
High availability
High Availability (HA) provides fail-over between two or more FortiGate units. Fortinet achieves HA through the use of redundant hardware: matching FortiGate models running in NAT/Route mode. You can configure the FortiGate units for either active-passive (A-P) or active-active (A-A) HA.
Both A-P and A-A HA use similar redundant high availability hardware configurations.
High availability software guarantees that if one of the FortiGate units in the HA group fails, all functions, established firewall connections, and IPSec VPN sessions are maintained.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
19
Secure installation, configuration, and management Introduction
Secure installation, configuration, and management
Installation is quick and simple. The first time you turn on the FortiGate unit, it is already configured with default IP addresses and security policies. Connect to the web-based manager, set the operating mode, and use the setup wizard to customize
FortiGate IP addresses for your network, and the FortiGate unit is set to protect your network. You can then use the web-based manager to customize advanced FortiGate features to meet your needs.
You can also create a basic configuration using the FortiGate front panel control buttons and LCD.
Web-based manager
Using HTTP or a secure HTTPS connection from any computer running Internet
Explorer, you can configure and manage the FortiGate unit. The web-based manager supports multiple languages. You can configure the FortiGate unit for HTTP and
HTTPs administration from any FortiGate interface.
You can use the web-based manager for most FortiGate configuration settings. You can also use the web-based manager to monitor the status of the FortiGate unit.
Configuration changes made with the web-based manager are effective immediately without the need to reset the firewall or interrupt service. Once a satisfactory configuration has been established, it can be downloaded and saved. The saved configuration can be restored at any time.
Figure 1: The FortiGate web-based manager and setup wizard
20
Fortinet Inc.
Command line interface
You can access the FortiGate command line interface (CLI) by connecting a management computer serial port to the FortiGate RS-232 serial Console connector.
You can also use Telnet or a secure SSH connection to connect to the CLI from any network connected to the FortiGate, including the Internet.
The CLI supports the same configuration and monitoring functionality as the web-based manager. In addition, you can use the CLI for advanced configuration options not available from the web-based manager. This Installation and
Configuration Guide contains information about basic and advanced CLI commands.
You can find a more complete description of connecting to and using the FortiGate CLI in the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
Logging and reporting
The FortiGate supports logging of various categories of traffic and of configuration changes. You can configure logging to:
• report traffic that connects to the firewall,
• report network services used,
• report traffic permitted by firewall policies,
• report traffic that was denied by firewall policies,
• report events such as configuration changes and other management events, IPSec tunnel negotiation, virus detection, attacks, and web page blocking,
• report attacks detected by the NIDS,
• send alert email to system administrators to report virus incidents, intrusions, and firewall or VPN events or violations.
Logs can be sent to a remote syslog server or to a WebTrends NetIQ Security
Reporting Center and Firewall Suite server using the WebTrends enhanced log format. Some models can also save logs to an optional internal hard drive. If a hard drive is not installed, you can configure most FortiGates to log the most recent events and attacks detected by the NIDS to shared system memory.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
21
What’s new in Version 2.50
Introduction
What’s new in Version 2.50
This section presents a brief summary of some of the new features in FortiOS v2.50:
System administration
• Improved graphical FortiGate system health monitoring that includes CPU and memory usage, session number and network bandwidth usage, and the number of
viruses and intrusions detected. See “System status” on page 110 .
• Revised antivirus and attack definition update functionality that connects to a new version of the FortiResponse Distribution network. Updates can now be scheduled hourly and the System > Update page displays more information about the current
update status. See “Updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 115 .
• Direct connection to the Fortinet tech support web page from the web-based manager. You can register your FortiGate unit and get access to other technical
support resources. See “Registering FortiGate units” on page 125
.
Network configuration
• Changes have been made to how zones are added and used. See
“Configuring zones” on page 133 .
• Changes have been made to how VLANs are added and used. See
• New interface configuration options. See
“Configuring interfaces” on page 135 .
• Ping server and dead gateway detection for all interfaces.
• HTTP and Telnet administrative access to any interface.
• Secondary IP addresses for all FortiGate interfaces.
Routing
• Simplified direction-based routing configuration.
• Advanced policy routing (CLI only).
DHCP server
• DHCP server for the internal network (CLI only).
• Reserve IP/MAC pair combinations for DHCP servers (CLI only).
Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
• New RIP v1 and v2 functionality. See
“RIP configuration” on page 149
.
SNMP
• SNMP v1 and v2 support.
• Support for RFC 1213 and RFC 2665
• Monitoring of all FortiGate configuration and functionality
• See
“Configuring SNMP” on page 162
22
Fortinet Inc.
Introduction What’s new in Version 2.50
HA
• Active-active HA using switches and with the ability to select the schedule
• Transparent mode HA
• A/V update for HA clusters
• Configuration synchronizing for HA
See
“High availability” on page 75 .
Replacement messages
You can customize messages sent by the FortiGate unit:
• When a virus is detected,
• When a file is blocked,
• When a fragmented email is blocked
• When an alert email is sent
See
“Customizing replacement messages” on page 164
.
Firewall
• The firewall default configuration has changed. See “Default firewall configuration” on page 170 .
• Add virtual IPs to all interfaces. See
• Add content profiles to firewall policies to configure blocking, scanning, quarantine, web content blocking, and email filtering. See
“Content profiles” on page 197 .
Users and authentication
• LDAP authentication. See
“Configuring LDAP support” on page 205 .
VPN
See the FortiGate VPN Guide for a complete description of FortiGate VPN functionality. New features include:
• Phase 1
• AES encryption
• Certificates
• Advanced options including Dialup Group, Peer, XAUTH, NAT Traversal, DPD
• Phase 2
• AES encryption
• Encryption policies select service
• Generate and import local certificates
• Import CA certificates
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
23
What’s new in Version 2.50
Introduction
NIDS
See the FortiGate NIDS Guide for a complete description of FortiGate NIDS functionality. New features include:
• Attack detection signature groups
• User-configuration attack prevention
• Monitor multiple interfaces for attacks
• Monitor VLAN subinterfaces for attacks
• User-defined attack detection signatures
Antivirus
See the FortiGate Content Protection Guide for a complete description of FortiGate antivirus functionality. New features include:
• Content profiles
• Quarantine for files containing viruses or files that are blocked
• Blocking oversized files
Web Filter
See the FortiGate Content Protection Guide for a complete description of FortiGate web filtering functionality. New features include:
• Cerberian URL Filtering
Email filter
See the FortiGate Content Protection Guide for a complete description of FortiGate email filtering functionality.
Logging and Reporting
See the FortiGate Logging and Message Reference Guide for a complete description of FortiGate logging.
• Log to remote host CSV format
• Log message levels: Emergency, Alert, critical, error, Warning, notification, information
• Log level policies
• Traffic log filter
• New antivirus, web filter, and email filter logs
• Alert email supports authentication
• Suppress email flooding
• Extended WebTrends support for graphing activity
24
Fortinet Inc.
Introduction About this document
About this document
This installation and configuration guide describes how to install and configure the
FortiGate-400. This document contains the following information:
•
Getting started describes unpacking, mounting, and powering on the FortiGate.
•
NAT/Route mode installation describes how to install the FortiGate if you are
planning on running it in NAT/Route mode.
•
describes how to install the FortiGate if you are planning on running it in Transparent mode.
•
High availability describes how to install and configure the FortiGate in a high
availability configuration.
•
System status describes how to view the current status of your FortiGate unit and
related status procedures including installing updated FortiGate firmware, backing up and restoring system settings, and switching between Transparent and
NAT/Route mode.
•
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration describes configuring
automatic virus and attack definition updates. This chapter also contains procedures for connecting to the FortiGate tech support webs site and for registering your FortiGate unit.
•
Network configuration describes configuring interfaces, zones, and VLANs and
configuring routing.
•
RIP configuration describes the FortiGate RIP2 implementation and how to
configure RIP settings.
•
System configuration describes system administration tasks available from the
System > Config web-based manager pages. This chapter describes setting system time, adding and changed administrative users, configuring SNMP, and editing replacement messages.
•
Firewall configuration describes how to configure firewall policies to control traffic
through the FortiGate unit and apply content protection profiles to content traffic.
•
Users and authentication describes how to add user names to the FortiGate user
database and how to configure the FortiGate to connect to a RADIUS server to authenticate users.
•
describes how to configure FortiGate IPSec VPN.
•
PPTP and L2TP VPN describes how to configure PPTP and L2TP VPNs between
the FortiGate and a windows client.
•
Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) describes how to configure the
FortiGate NIDS to detect and prevent network attacks.
•
describes how use the FortiGate to protect your network from viruses and worms.
•
Web filtering describes how to configure web content filtering to prevent unwanted
Web content from passing through the FortiGate.
•
Email filter describes how to configure email filtering to screen unwanted email
content.
•
Logging and reporting describes how to configure logging and alert email to track
activity through the FortiGate.
• The Glossary defines many of the terms used in this document.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
25
Document conventions Introduction
Document conventions
This guide uses the following conventions to describe CLI command syntax.
• angle brackets
< > to indicate variable keywords
For example: execute restore config <filename_str>
You enter restore config myfile.bak
<xxx_str>
indicates an ASCII string variable keyword.
<xxx_integer>
indicates an integer variable keyword.
<xxx_ip>
indicates an IP address variable keyword.
• vertical bar and curly brackets
{|}
to separate alternative, mutually exclusive required keywords
For example: set system opmode {nat | transparent}
You can enter set system opmode nat
or set system opmode transparent
• square brackets
[ ]
to indicate that a keyword is optional
For example: get firewall ipmacbinding [dhcpipmac]
You can enter get firewall ipmacbinding or get firewall ipmacbinding dhcpipmac
26
Fortinet Inc.
Introduction Fortinet documentation
Fortinet documentation
Information about FortiGate products is available from the following FortiGate User
Manual volumes:
• Volume 1: FortiGate Installation and Configuration Guide
Describes installation and basic configuration for the FortiGate unit. Also describes how to use FortiGate firewall policies to control traffic flow through the FortiGate unit and how to use firewall policies to apply antivirus protection, web content filtering, and email filtering to HTTP, FTP and email content passing through the
FortiGate unit.
• Volume 2: FortiGate VPN Guide
Contains in-depth information about FortiGate IPSec VPN using certificates, preshared keys and manual keys for encryption. Also contains basic configuration information for the Fortinet Remote VPN Client, detailed configuration information for FortiGate PPTP and L2TP VPN, and VPN configuration examples.
• Volume 3: FortiGate Content Protection Guide
Describes how to configure antivirus protection, web content filtering, and email filtering to protect content as it passes through the FortiGate unit.
• Volume 4: FortiGate NIDS Guide
Describes how to configure the FortiGate NIDS to detect and protect the FortiGate unit from network-based attacks.
• Volume 5: FortiGate Logging and Message Reference Guide
Describes how to configure FortiGate logging and alert email. Also contains the
FortiGate log message reference.
• Volume 6: FortiGate CLI Reference Guide
Describes the FortiGate CLI and contains a reference to all FortiGate CLI commands.
The FortiGate online help also contains procedures for using the FortiGate web-based manager to configure and manage your FortiGate unit.
Comments on Fortinet technical documentation
You can send information about errors or omissions in this document or any Fortinet technical documentation to [email protected].
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
27
Customer service and technical support Introduction
Customer service and technical support
For antivirus and attack definition updates, firmware updates, updated product documentation, technical support information, and other resources, please visit the
Fortinet technical support web site at http://support.fortinet.com.
You can also register FortiGate Antivirus Firewalls from http://support.fortinet.com and modify your registration information at any time.
Fortinet email support is available from the following addresses:
[email protected] For customers in the United States, Canada, Mexico, Latin
America and South America.
[email protected] For customers in Japan, Korea, China, Hong Kong, Singapore,
Malaysia, all other Asian countries, and Australia.
For customers in the United Kingdom, Scandinavia, Mainland
Europe, Africa, and the Middle East.
For information on Fortinet telephone support, see http://support.fortinet.com.
When requesting technical support, please provide the following information:
• Your name
• Company name
• Location
• Email address
• Telephone number
• FortiGate unit serial number
• FortiGate model
• FortiGate FortiOS firmware version
• Detailed description of the problem
28
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Getting started
This chapter describes unpacking, setting up, and powering on your FortiGate
Antivirus Firewall. When you have completed the procedures in this chapter, you can proceed to one of the following:
• If you are going to operate the FortiGate unit in NAT/Route mode, go to
“NAT/Route mode installation” on page 45
.
• If you are going to operate the FortiGate unit in Transparent mode, go to
“Transparent mode installation” on page 61 .
.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
Connecting to the web-based manager
•
Connecting to the command line interface (CLI)
•
Factory default FortiGate configuration settings
•
Planning your FortiGate configuration
•
FortiGate model maximum values matrix
•
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
29
Package contents
Package contents
The FortiGate-400 package contains the following items:
• FortiGate-400 Antivirus Firewall
• one orange crossover ethernet cable
• one gray regular ethernet cable
• one null modem cable
• FortiGate-400 QuickStart Guide
• one power cable
• CD containing the FortiGate user documentation
• two 19-inch rack mount brackets
Figure 2: FortiGate-400 package contents
Getting started
Front
Ethernet Cables:
Orange - Crossover
Grey - Straight-through
CONSOLE 1 2 3 4 / HA
Esc Enter
LCD
Removable
Hard Drive
Control
Buttons
RS-232 Serial
Connection
Interface
1, 2, 3, 4/HA
Back
Power
Light
Null-Modem Cable
(RS-232)
Power Cable
Power
Switch
Power
Connection
Rack-Mount Brackets
USER MANUAL
FortiGate-400
Esc Enter CONSOLE 4 / HA
QuickStart Guide
Copyright 2003 Fortinet Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Trademarks
Products mentioned in this document are trademarks.
Documentation
Mounting
The FortiGate-400 unit can be mounted in a standard 19-inch rack. It requires 1 U of vertical space in the rack.
The FortiGate-400 unit can also be installed as a free-standing appliance on any stable surface. For free-standing installation, make sure that the appliance has at least
1.5 in. (3.75 cm) of clearance on each side to allow for adequate air flow and cooling.
Dimensions
• 16.75 x 12 x 1.75 in. 42.7 x 30.5 x 4.5 cm
Weight
• 11 lb. (5 kg)
30
Fortinet Inc.
Getting started Powering on
Power requirements
• Power dissipation: 180 W (max)
• AC input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC
• AC input current: 4 A
• Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz
Environmental specifications
• Operating temperature: 32 to 104°F (0 to 40°C)
• Storage temperature: -13 to 158°F (-25 to 70°C)
• Humidity: 5 to 95% non-condensing
Powering on
3
4
1
2
To power on the FortiGate-400 unit:
Make sure that the power switch on the back is turned off.
Connect the power cable to the power connection on the back of the FortiGate unit.
Connect the power cable to a power outlet.
Turn on the power switch.
After a few seconds, SYSTEM STARTING appears on the LCD.
MAIN MENU appears on the LCD when the system is up and running.
Table 1: FortiGate-400 LED indicators
LED
Power
1
2
3
4/HA
State
Green
Off
Amber
Flashing amber
Green
Off
Description
The FortiGate unit is powered on.
The FortiGate unit is powered off.
The correct cable is in use, and the connected equipment has power.
Network activity at this interface.
The interface is connected at 100 Mbps.
No link established.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
31
Connecting to the web-based manager Getting started
Connecting to the web-based manager
Use the following procedure to connect to the web-based manager for the first time.
Configuration changes made with the web-based manager are effective immediately without the need to reset the firewall or interrupt service.
To connect to the web-based manager, you need:
• a computer with an ethernet connection,
• Internet Explorer version 4.0 or higher,
• a crossover cable or an ethernet hub and two ethernet cables.
Note: You can use the web-based manager with recent versions of most popular web browsers.
The web-based manager is fully supported for Internet Explorer version 4.0 or higher.
1
2
3
4
Connecting to the web-based manager
Set the IP address of the computer with an ethernet connection to the static IP address 192.168.1.2 and a netmask of 255.255.255.0.
Using the crossover cable or the ethernet hub and cables, connect interface 1 of the
FortiGate unit to the computer ethernet connection.
Start Internet Explorer and browse to the address https://192.168.1.99 (remember to include the “s” in https://).
The FortiGate login is displayed.
Type admin
in the Name field and select Login.
The Register Now window is displayed. Use the information on this window to register your FortiGate unit so that Fortinet can contact you for firmware updates. You must also register to receive updates to the FortiGate virus and attack definitions.
Figure 3: FortiGate login
32
Fortinet Inc.
Getting started Connecting to the command line interface (CLI)
Connecting to the command line interface (CLI)
As an alternative to the web-based manager, you can install and configure the
FortiGate unit using the CLI. Configuration changes made with the CLI are effective immediately without the need to reset the firewall or interrupt service.
To connect to the FortiGate CLI, you need:
• a computer with an available communications port,
• the null modem cable included in your FortiGate package,
• terminal emulation software such as HyperTerminal for Windows.
Note: The following procedure describes how to connect to the CLI using Windows
HyperTerminal software. You can use any terminal emulation program.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
To connect to the CLI:
Connect the null modem cable to the communications port of your computer and to the FortiGate Console port.
Make sure that the FortiGate unit is powered on.
Start HyperTerminal, enter a name for the connection, and select OK.
Configure HyperTerminal to connect directly to the communications port on the computer to which you have connected the null modem cable and select OK.
Select the following port settings and select OK.
Bits per second 9600
Data bits 8
Parity
Stop bits
Flow control
None
1
None
Press Enter to connect to the FortiGate CLI.
The following prompt appears:
FortiGate-400 login:
Type admin
and press Enter twice.
The following prompt appears:
Type ? for a list of commands.
For information on how to use the CLI, see the FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
Factory default FortiGate configuration settings
The FortiGate unit is shipped with a factory default configuration. This default configuration allows you to connect to and use the FortiGate web-based manager to configure the FortiGate unit onto your network. To configure the FortiGate unit onto your network you add an administrator password, change network interface IP addresses, add DNS server IP addresses, and configuring routing if required.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
33
Factory default FortiGate configuration settings Getting started
If you are planning on operating the FortiGate unit in Transparent mode, you can switch to transparent mode from the factory default configuration and then configure the FortiGate unit onto your network in Transparent mode.
Once the network configuration is complete, you can perform additional configuration tasks such as setting system time, configuring virus and attack definition updates, and registering the FortiGate unit.
The factory default firewall configuration includes a single network address translation
(NAT) policy that allows users on your internal network to connect to the external network, and stops users on the external network from connecting to the internal network. You can add more policies to provide more control of the network traffic passing through the FortiGate unit.
The factory default content profiles can be used to quickly apply different levels of antivirus protection, web content filtering, and email filtering to the network traffic controlled by firewall policies.
•
Factory default NAT/Route mode network configuration
•
Factory default Transparent mode network configuration
•
Factory default firewall configuration
•
Factory default content profiles
Factory default NAT/Route mode network configuration
When the FortiGate unit is first powered on, it is running in NAT/Route mode and has the basic network configuration listed in
. This configuration allows you to connect to the FortiGate unit web-based manager and establish the configuration required to connect the FortiGate unit to your network. In
management access means you can connect to the web-based manager using this interface. Ping management access means this interface responds to ping requests.
Table 2: Factory default NAT/Route mode network configuration
Administrator account
Interface 1
Interface 2
Interface 3
User name:
Password:
IP:
Netmask:
Management Access:
IP:
Netmask:
Default Gateway:
Primary DNS Server:
Secondary DNS Server:
Management Access:
IP:
Netmask:
Management Access: admin
(none)
192.168.1.99
255.255.255.0
HTTPS, Ping
192.168.100.99
255.255.255.0
192.168.100.1
207.194.200.1
207.194.200.129
Ping
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
HTTPS, Ping
34
Fortinet Inc.
Getting started Factory default FortiGate configuration settings
Table 2: Factory default NAT/Route mode network configuration (Continued)
Interface 4/HA
IP:
Netmask:
Management Access:
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Ping
Factory default Transparent mode network configuration
If you switch the FortiGate unit to Transparent mode, it has the default network configuration listed in
Table 3: Factory default Transparent mode network configuration
Administrator account
Management IP
DNS
Management access
User name:
Password:
IP:
Netmask:
Primary DNS Server:
Secondary DNS Server:
Interface 1
Interface 2
Interface 3
Interface 4/HA admin
(none)
10.10.10.1
255.255.255.0
207.194.200.1
207.194.200.129
HTTPS, Ping
Ping
Ping
Ping
Factory default firewall configuration
The factory default firewall configuration is the same in NAT/Route and Transparent mode.
Table 4: Factory default firewall configuration
Port 1
Address
Port 2
Address
Recurring
Schedule
Firewall
Policy
Port1_All
Port2_All
Always
Port1
->
Port2
IP: 0.0.0.0
Mask: 0.0.0.0
IP: 0.0.0.0
Mask: 0.0.0.0
Source Port1_All
Destination Port2_All
Schedule
Service
Always
ANY
Represents all of the IP addresses on the network connected to port 1.
Represents all of the IP addresses on the network connected to port 2.
The schedule is valid at all times. This means that the firewall policy is valid at all times.
Firewall policy for connections from the internal network to the external network.
The policy source address. Internal_All means that the policy accepts connections from any internal IP address.
The policy destination address. External_All means that the policy accepts connections with a destination address to any IP address on the external network.
The policy schedule. Always means that the policy is valid at any time.
The policy service. ANY means that this policy processes connections for all services.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
35
Factory default FortiGate configuration settings Getting started
Table 4: Factory default firewall configuration (Continued)
Action
;
Â…
NAT
ACCEPT
Traffic Shaping
The policy action. ACCEPT means that the policy allows connections.
NAT is selected for the NAT/Route mode default policy so that the policy applies network address translation to the traffic processed by the policy.
NAT is not available for Transparent mode policies.
Traffic shaping is not selected. The policy does not apply traffic shaping to the traffic controlled by the policy. You can select this option to control the maximum or minimum amount of bandwidth available to traffic processed by the policy.
Â… Authentication Authentication is not selected. Users do not have to authenticate with the firewall before connecting to their destination address. You can configure user groups and select this option to require users to authenticate with the firewall before they can connect through the firewall.
Â… Antivirus & Web Filter Antivirus & Web Filter is not selected. This policy does not include a content profile that applies antivirus protection, web content filtering, or email filtering to content traffic processed by this policy.
You can select this option and select a content profile to apply different levels of content protection to traffic processed by this policy.
Â… Log Traffic Log Traffic is not selected. This policy does not record messages to the traffic log for the traffic processed by this policy. You can configure
FortiGate logging and select Log Traffic to record all connections through the firewall that are accepted by this policy.
Factory default content profiles
You can use content profiles to apply different protection settings for content traffic controlled by firewall policies. You can use content profiles for:
• Antivirus protection of HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP network traffic
• Web content filtering for HTTP network traffic
• Email filtering for IMAP and POP3 network traffic
• Oversized file and email blocking for HTTP, FTP, POP3, SMTP, and IMAP network traffic
• Passing fragmented emails in IMAP, POP3, and SMTP email traffic
Using content profiles you can build up protection configurations that can be easily applied to different types of Firewall policies. This allows you to customize different types and different levels of protection for different firewall policies.
For example, while traffic between internal and external addresses might need strict protection, traffic between trusted internal addresses might need moderate protection.
You can configure policies for different traffic services to use the same or different content profiles.
Content profiles can be added to NAT/Route mode and Transparent mode policies.
36
Fortinet Inc.
Getting started Factory default FortiGate configuration settings
Strict content profile
Use the strict content profile to apply maximum content protection to HTTP, FTP,
IMAP, POP3, and SMTP content traffic. You would not use the strict content profile under normal circumstances, but it is available if you are having extreme problems with viruses and require maximum content screening protection.
Table 5: Strict content profile
Options
Antivirus Scan
File Block
Quarantine
Web URL Block
Web Content Block
Web Script Filter
Web Exempt List
Email Block List
Email Exempt List
Email Content Block
Oversized File/Email Block
Pass Fragmented Emails
;
;
;
;
HTTP
;
;
; block
FTP
;
;
; block
IMAP
;
;
;
;
;
; block
Â…
POP3 SMTP
; ;
;
;
;
;
;
;
; block
Â… block
Â…
Scan content profile
Use the scan content profile to apply antivirus scanning to HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP content traffic. Quarantine is also selected for all content services. On
FortiGate models with a hard drive, if antivirus scanning finds a virus in a file, the file is quarantined on the FortiGate hard disk. If required, system administrators can recover quarantined files.
Table 6: Scan content profile
Options
Antivirus Scan
File Block
Quarantine
Web URL Block
Web Content Block
Web Script Filter
Web Exempt List
Email Block List
Email Exempt List
Email Content Block
Oversized File/Email Block
Pass Fragmented Emails
HTTP
;
Â…
;
Â…
Â…
Â…
Â… pass
FTP
;
Â…
; pass
IMAP
;
Â…
;
Â…
Â…
Â… pass
Â…
POP3 SMTP
;
Â…
;
;
Â…
;
Â…
Â…
Â… pass
Â… pass
Â…
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
37
Factory default FortiGate configuration settings Getting started
Web content profile
Use the web content profile to apply antivirus scanning and Web content blocking to
HTTP content traffic. You can add this content profile to firewall policies that control
HTTP traffic.
Table 7: Web content profile
Options
Antivirus Scan
File Block
Quarantine
Web URL Block
Web Content Block
Web Script Filter
Web Exempt List
Email Block List
Email Exempt List
Email Content Block
Oversized File/Email Block
Pass Fragmented Emails
;
;
Â…
Â…
Â…
HTTP
;
Â…
;
FTP
Â…
Â…
Â…
IMAP
Â…
Â…
Â…
POP3 SMTP
Â… Â…
Â…
Â…
Â…
Â… pass pass
Â…
Â…
Â… pass
Â…
Â…
Â…
Â… pass
Â… pass
Â…
Unfiltered content profile
Use the unfiltered content profile if you do not want to apply any content protection to content traffic. You can add this content profile to firewall policies for connections between highly trusted or highly secure networks where content does not need to be protected.
Table 8: Unfiltered content profile
Options
Antivirus Scan
File Block
Quarantine
Web URL Block
Web Content Block
Web Script Filter
Web Exempt List
Email Block List
Email Exempt List
Email Content Block
Oversized File/Email Block
Pass Fragmented Emails
Â…
Â…
Â…
;
Â…
HTTP
Â…
Â…
Â… pass
FTP
Â…
Â…
Â… pass
IMAP
Â…
Â…
Â…
POP3 SMTP
Â… Â…
Â…
Â…
Â…
Â…
Â…
;
Â… pass
;
Â…
;
Â… pass
; pass
;
38
Fortinet Inc.
Getting started Planning your FortiGate configuration
Planning your FortiGate configuration
Before beginning to configure the FortiGate unit, you need to plan how to integrate the unit into your network. Among other things, you have to decide whether or not the unit will be visible to the network, which firewall functions it will provide, and how it will control the traffic flowing between its interfaces.
Your configuration plan is dependent upon the operating mode that you select. The
FortiGate unit can be configured in either of two modes: NAT/Route mode (the default) or Transparent mode.
NAT/Route mode
In NAT/Route mode, the unit is visible to the network. Like a router, all of its interfaces are on different subnets. The following interfaces are available in NAT/Route mode:
• Interfaces 1, 2, 3, and 4/HA can be connected to any networks. By default, the
FortiGate-400 interfaces have the following configuration
• Interface 1 is the default interface to the internal network (usually the Internet).
• Interface 2 is the default interface to the external network.
• Interface 3 can be connected to another network such as a DMZ network.
• Interface 4/HA can be connected to another network. Interface 4/HA can also be connected to other FortiGate-400s if you are installing an HA cluster.
You can add security policies to control whether communications through the
FortiGate unit operate in NAT mode or in route mode. Security policies control the flow of traffic based on each packet’s source address, destination address and service. In
NAT mode, the FortiGate performs network address translation before the packet is sent to the destination network. In route mode, no translation takes place.
By default, the FortiGate unit has a NAT mode security policy that allows users on the internal network to securely download content from the external network. No other traffic is possible until you have configured more security policies.
You would typically use NAT/Route mode when the FortiGate unit is used as a gateway between private and public networks. In this configuration, you would create
NAT mode policies to control traffic flowing between the internal, private network and the external, public network (usually the Internet).
If you have multiple internal networks, such as a DMZ network in addition to the internal, private network, you could create route mode policies for traffic flowing between them.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
39
Planning your FortiGate configuration
Figure 4: Example NAT/Route mode network configuration
Getting started
NAT/Route mode with multiple external network connections
In NAT/Route mode, you can configure the FortiGate unit with multiple redundant connections to the external network (usually the Internet). For example, you could create the following configuration:
• Interface 1 is the interface to the internal network.
• Interface 2 is the default interface to the external network (usually the Internet).
• Interface 3 is the interface to the DMZ network.
• Interface 4/HA is the redundant interface to the external network.
You must configure routing to support redundant internet connections. Routing can be used to automatically re-direct connections from an interface if its connection to the external network fails.
Otherwise, security policy configuration is similar to a NAT/Route mode configuration with a single Internet connection. You would create NAT mode policies to control traffic flowing between the internal, private network and the external, public network (usually the Internet).
If you have multiple internal networks, such as a DMZ network in addition to the internal, private network, you could create route mode policies for traffic flowing between them.
Figure 5: Example NAT/Route multiple internet connection configuration
40
Fortinet Inc.
Getting started Planning your FortiGate configuration
Transparent mode
In Transparent mode, the FortiGate unit is invisible to the network. Similar to a network bridge, all of FortiGate interfaces must be on the same subnet. You only have to configure a management IP address so that you can make configuration changes.
The management IP address is also used for antivirus and attack definition updates.
You would typically use the FortiGate unit in Transparent mode on a private network behind an existing firewall or behind a router. The FortiGate unit performs firewalling as well as antivirus and content scanning but not VPN.
Figure 6: Example Transparent mode network configuration
You can connect up to four network segments to the FortiGate unit to control traffic between these network segments.
• Interface 1 can connect to the internal firewall or router.
• Interface 2 can connect to the external network.
• Interface 3 can connect to another network.
• Interface 4/HA connect to another network. Interface 4/HA can also connect to other FortiGate-400s if you are installing an HA cluster.
Configuration options
Once you have selected Transparent or NAT/Route mode operation, you can complete your configuration plan, and begin configuring the FortiGate unit.
You can use the web-based manager setup wizard, the control buttons and LCD, or the command line interface (CLI) for the basic configuration of the FortiGate unit.
Setup Wizard
If you are configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in NAT/Route mode (the default), the Setup Wizard prompts you to add the administration password and the internal and external interface addresses. Using the wizard, you can also add DNS server IP addresses and a default route for the external interface.
In NAT/Route mode you can also configure the FortiGate to allow Internet access to your internal Web, FTP, or email servers.
If you are configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in Transparent mode, you can switch to Transparent mode from the web-based manager and then use the Setup
Wizard to add the administration password, the management IP address and gateway, and the DNS server addresses.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
41
FortiGate model maximum values matrix Getting started
CLI
If you are configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in NAT/Route mode, you can add the administration password and all interface addresses. Using the CLI, you can also add DNS server IP addresses and a default route for the external interface.
If you are configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in Transparent mode, you can use the CLI to switch to Transparent mode, Then you can add the administration password, the management IP address and gateway, and the DNS server addresses.
Front keypad and LCD
If you are configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in NAT/Route mode, you can use the control buttons and LCD to add the IP address of the FortiGate interfaces as well as the external default gateway.
If you are configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in Transparent mode, you can use the control buttons and LCD to switch to Transparent mode. Then you can add the management IP address and default gateway.
FortiGate model maximum values matrix
Table 9: FortiGate maximum values matrix
Policy
Address
Address group
Service
Service group
Recurring schedule
Onetime schedule
User
User group
Group members
Virtual IPs
IP/MAC binding
Route
Policy route gateway 500
Admin user
IPsec Phase 1
VPN concentrator
VLAN subinterface
Zone
20
50
20
50
200
500
500
500
500
256
256
100
300
500
500
500
500
N/A
N/A
50
60
500
500
500
500
500
256
256
500
100
300
500
100
500
500
500
500
N/A
N/A
80
500
N/A
N/A
500
500
256
256
100 200
1000 2000
500
500
500
500
500
500
256
256
1000 1000
100 100
300
500
300
500
1000 1000
500 500
500
500
500
500
200
500
N/A
N/A
500
500
1500
500
N/A
N/A
256
256
1000
100
300
500
2000
500
FortiGate model
300
5000
400
5000
500 1000 2000 3000 3600
20000 50000 50000 50000 50000
3000
500
500
500
3000
500
500
500
6000 10000 10000 10000 10000
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
256
256
1000
100
300
500
2000
500
256
256
1000
100
300
500
2000 5000
500
256
256
1000
100
300
500
500
256
256
1000
100
300
500
5000
500
256
256
1000
100
300
500
5000
500
256
256
1000
100
300
500
5000
500
500
500
1500
500
500
500
3000
500
500
500
5000
500
500
500
5000
500
500
500
5000
500
500
500
5000
500
1024* 1024* 2048* 2048* 8192* 8192*
100 100 200 200 300 500
42
Fortinet Inc.
Getting started Next steps
Table 9: FortiGate maximum values matrix
IP pool
RADIUS server
File pattern
PPTP user
L2TP user
URL block
Content block
Exempt URL
50
50
6
60
50
6
100
50
6
200
FortiGate model
300
50
6
56
400
500
50
6
56
500
500
50
6
1000
6
2000
50
3000
50
6
50
6
3600
50
6
56
500
56
500
56
500
56
500
50
6
56
500
56
500
56
500
56
500
56
500
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit no limit
Next steps
Now that your FortiGate unit is operating, you can proceed to configure it to connect to networks:
• If you are going to operate the FortiGate unit in NAT/Route mode, go to
“NAT/Route mode installation” on page 45
.
• If you are going to operate the FortiGate unit in Transparent mode, go to
“Transparent mode installation” on page 61 .
.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
43
Next steps Getting started
44
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
NAT/Route mode installation
This chapter describes how to install your FortiGate unit in NAT/Route mode. To install your FortiGate unit in Transparent mode, see
“Transparent mode installation” on page 61
. To install two or more FortiGate units in HA mode, see
“High availability” on page 75
.
This chapter describes:
•
Preparing to configure NAT/Route mode
•
•
Using the front control buttons and LCD
•
Using the command line interface
•
•
Connecting the FortiGate unit to your networks
•
•
•
Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet
Preparing to configure NAT/Route mode
Use
to gather the information that you need to customize NAT/Route mode settings.
Table 10: NAT/Route mode settings
Administrator Password:
IP:
Interface 1
Netmask:
IP:
Interface 2
Interface 3
(optionally connect to a DMZ network)
Netmask:
Default Gateway:
Primary DNS Server:
Secondary DNS Server:
IP:
Netmask:
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
45
Using the setup wizard NAT/Route mode installation
Table 10: NAT/Route mode settings (Continued)
Interface 4/HA
Internal servers
IP:
Netmask:
Web Server:
SMTP Server:
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
POP3 Server:
IMAP Server:
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
FTP Server:
_____._____._____._____
If you provide access from the Internet to a web server, mail server,
IMAP server, or FTP server installed on an internal network, add the IP addresses of the servers here.
Using the setup wizard
From the web-based manager, you can use the setup wizard to create the initial configuration of your FortiGate unit. To connect to the web-based manager, see
“Connecting to the web-based manager” on page 32 .
Starting the setup wizard
1
2
3
To start the setup wizard:
Select Easy Setup Wizard (the middle button in the upper-right corner of the web-based manager).
Use the information that you gathered in
Table 10 on page 45 to fill in the wizard fields.
Select the Next button to step through the wizard pages.
Confirm your configuration settings and then select Finish and Close.
Note: If you use the setup wizard to configure internal server settings, the FortiGate unit adds port forwarding virtual IPs and firewall policies for each server. For each server located in your
Internal zone the FortiGate unit adds an External
->
Internal policy. For each server located in your DMZ zone, the FortiGate unit adds an External
->
DMZ policy.
Reconnecting to the web-based manager
If you changed the IP address of interface 1 while you were using the setup wizard, you must reconnect to the web-based manager using a new IP address. Browse to https:// followed by the new IP address of interface 1. Otherwise, you can reconnect to the web-based manager by browsing to https://192.168.1.99.
You have now completed the initial configuration of your FortiGate unit, and can proceed to
“Completing the configuration” on page 50 .
46
Fortinet Inc.
NAT/Route mode installation Using the front control buttons and LCD
Using the front control buttons and LCD
1
2
As an alternative to the setup wizard, use the information that you recorded in
to complete the following procedure. Starting with Main Menu displayed on the LCD, use the front control buttons and LCD:
Press Enter three times to configure the PORT1 IP address.
Set the PORT1 IP address.
Use the up and down arrow keys to increase or decrease the value of each IP address digit. Press Enter to move to the next digit. Press Esc to move to the previous digit.
5
6
3
4
7
8
Note: When you enter an IP address, the LCD display always shows three digits for each part of the address. For example, the IP address 192.168.100.1 appears on the LCD display as
192.168.100.001. The IP address 192.168.23.45 appears as 192.168.023.045.
When you have set the last digit of the IP address, press Enter.
Use the down arrow to highlight Netmask.
Press Enter and set the internal Netmask.
When you have set the last digit of the Netmask, press Enter.
Press Esc to return to the Main Menu.
Repeat these steps to configure PORT2, the PORT2 default gateway, PORT3, and
PORT4/HA if required.
You have now completed the basic configuration of your FortiGate unit, and you can proceed to
“Completing the configuration” on page 50 .
Using the command line interface
As an alternative to using the setup wizard, you can configure the FortiGate unit using
.
Configuring the FortiGate unit to operate in NAT/Route mode
Use the information that you gathered in
Table 10 on page 45 to complete the
following procedures.
1
2
Configuring NAT/Route mode IP addresses
Log into the CLI if you are not already logged in.
Set the IP address and netmask of interface 1 to the internal IP address and netmask that you recorded in
set system interface port1 mode static ip <IP_address>
<netmask>
Example set system interface port1 mode static ip 192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
47
Using the command line interface NAT/Route mode installation
3
4
5
6
7
8
Set the IP address and netmask of interface 2 to the external IP address and netmask that you recorded in
set system interface port2 mode static ip <IP_address>
<netmask>
Example set system interface port2 mode static ip 204.23.1.5
255.255.255.0
Set the IP address and netmask of interface 3 or 4 to the IP addresses and netmasks that you recorded in
set system interface <interface_name> mode static ip
<IP_address> <netmask>
Example
To set the IP address of interface 3 to 192.45.56.73 and netmask to 255.255.255.0, enter set system interface port3 mode static ip 192.45.56.73
255.255.255.0
Confirm that the addresses are correct. Enter: get system interface
The CLI lists the IP address, netmask and other settings for each of the FortiGate interfaces.
Set the primary DNS server IP addresses. Enter set system dns primary <IP address>
Example set system dns primary 293.44.75.21
Optionally, set the secondary DNS server IP addresses. Enter set system dns secondary <IP address>
Example set system dns secondary 293.44.75.22
Set the default route to the Default Gateway IP address.
set system route number <route_no> dst 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 gw1
<gateway_ip>
Example set system route number 0 dst 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 gw1 204.23.1.2
48
Fortinet Inc.
NAT/Route mode installation Connecting the FortiGate unit to your networks
Connecting the FortiGate unit to your networks
When you have completed the initial configuration, you can connect the FortiGate unit between your internal network and the Internet.
The FortiGate-400 has four 10/100Base-TX connectors that can be connected to up to four different networks. You can connect them in any configuration. When you first power on the FortiGate-400, the interfaces and zones are configured for the following connections:
• interface 1 to connect to your internal network,
• interface 2 to connect to your public switch or router and the Internet,
• interface 3 to connect to a DMZ network,
• interface 4/HA to connect to another FortiGate-400 for high availability (see
“High availability” on page 75
) or to connect to a fourth network.
1
2
3
4
Note: You can also create redundant connections to the internet by connecting two interfaces to separate Internet connections. For example, you could connect interface 2 and 3 to different
Internet connections, each provided by a different service provider. See
“Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet” on page 52 .
To connect the FortiGate unit running in NAT/Route mode:
Connect interface 1 to the hub or switch connected to your internal network.
Connect interface 2 to the public switch or router provided by your Internet Service
Provider.
Optionally connect interface 3 to your DMZ network.
You can use a DMZ network to provide access from the Internet to a web server or other server without installing the servers on your internal network.
Optionally connect the 4/HA interface to a fourth network (not shown in Figure 7 ).
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
49
Configuring your network
Figure 7: FortiGate-400 NAT/Route mode connections
NAT/Route mode installation
Configuring your network
If you are running the FortiGate unit in NAT/Route mode, your networks must be configured to route all Internet traffic to the IP address of the FortiGate interface to which they are connected.
50
Completing the configuration
Use the information in this section to complete the initial configuration of the FortiGate unit.
Configuring interface 3
1
2
3
4
5
Use the following procedure to configure interface 3 to connect to a network:
Log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose port3 and select Modify .
Change the IP address and Netmask as required.
Select Apply.
Fortinet Inc.
NAT/Route mode installation Completing the configuration
Configuring interface 4/HA
1
2
3
4
5
6
Use the following procedure to configure interface 4/HA to connect to a network:
Log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose port4/ha and select Modify .
Make sure that Work as HA is not selected.
Change the IP address and Netmask as required.
Select Apply.
Setting the date and time
For effective scheduling and logging, the FortiGate system date and time should be accurate. You can either manually set the system date and time or you can configure the FortiGate unit to automatically keep its time correct by synchronizing with a
Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.
To set the FortiGate system date and time, see
“Setting system date and time” on page 157 .
Enabling antivirus protection
1
2
3
4
5
To enable antivirus protection to protect users on your internal network from downloading a virus from the Internet:
Go to Firewall > Policy > port1
->
port2.
Select Edit to edit this policy.
Select Anti-Virus & Web filter to enable antivirus protection for this policy.
Select the Scan Content Profile.
Select OK to save your changes.
Registering your FortiGate unit
After purchasing and installing a new FortiGate unit, you can register the unit by going to System > Update > Support, or using a web browser to connect to http://support.fortinet.com and selecting Product Registration.
Registration consists of entering your contact information and the serial numbers of the FortiGate units you or your organization have purchased. Registration is quick and easy. You can register multiple FortiGate units in a single session without re-entering your contact information. For more information about registration, see
FortiGate units” on page 125 .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
51
Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet NAT/Route mode installation
Configuring virus and attack definition updates
You can go to System > Update to configure the FortiGate unit to automatically check to see if new versions of the virus definitions and attack definitions are available. If it finds new versions, the FortiGate unit automatically downloads and installs the updated definitions.
The FortiGate unit uses HTTPS on port 8890 to check for updates. FortiGate interface
2 must have a path to the FortiResponse Distribution Network (FDN) using port 8890.
To configure automatic virus and attack updates, see
“Updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 115 .
Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet
This section describes some basic routing and firewall policy configuration examples for a FortiGate unit with multiple connections to the Internet (see
). In this topology, the organization operating the FortiGate unit uses two Internet service providers to connect to the Internet. The FortiGate unit is connected to the Internet using port 2 and port 3. Port 1 connects to gateway 1, operated by ISP1 and port 2 connects to gateway 2, operated by ISP2.
By adding ping servers to interfaces, and by configuring routing you can control how traffic uses each Internet connection. With this routing configuration is place you can proceed to create firewall policies to support multiple internet connections.
This section provides some examples of routing and firewall configurations to configure the FortiGate unit for multiple internet connections. To use the information in this section you should be familiar with FortiGate routing (see “Configuring routing” on page 138 ) and FortiGate firewall configuration (see
“Firewall configuration” on page 169 ).
The examples below show how to configure destination-based routing and policy routing to control different traffic patterns.
•
•
Destination based routing examples
•
•
52
Fortinet Inc.
NAT/Route mode installation Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet
Figure 8: Example multiple Internet connection configuration
Configuring Ping servers
1
2
3
Use the following procedure to make Gateway 1 the ping server for port2 and
Gateway 2 the ping server for port3.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
For port2, select Modify .
• Ping Server: 1.1.1.1
• Select Enable Ping Server
• Select OK
For port3, select Modify .
• Ping Server: 2.2.2.1
• Select Enable Ping Server
• Select OK
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
53
Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet NAT/Route mode installation
1
2
Using the CLI
Add a ping server to port2.
set system interface port2 config detectserver 1.1.1.1 gwdetect enable
Add a ping server to port3.
set system interface port3 config detectserver 2.2.2.1 gwdetect enable
Destination based routing examples
This section describes the following destination-based routing examples:
•
Primary and backup links to the Internet
•
•
Load sharing and primary and secondary connections
1
2
1
Primary and backup links to the Internet
Use the following procedure to add a default destination-based route that directs all outgoing traffic to Gateway 1. If Gateway 1 fails, all connections are re-directed to
Gateway 2. Gateway 1 is the primary link to the Internet and Gateway 2 is the backup link.
Go to System > Network > Routing Table.
Select New.
• Destination IP: 0.0.0.0
• Mask: 0.0.0.0
• Gateway #1: 1.1.1.1
• Gateway #2: 2.2.2.1
• Device #1: port2
• Device #2: port3
• Select OK.
Using the CLI
Add the route to the routing table.
set system route number 0 dst 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 gw1 1.1.1.1 dev1 port2 gw2 2.2.2.1 dev2 dmz
Table 11: Route for primary and backup links
Destination IP Mask
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Gateway #1
1.1.1.1
Device #1 port2
Gateway #2 Device #2
2.2.2.1
port3
54
Fortinet Inc.
NAT/Route mode installation Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet
Load sharing
You can also configure destination routing to direct traffic through both gateways at the same time. If users on your internal network connect to the networks of ISP1 and
ISP2, you can add routes for each of these destinations. Each route can include a backup destination to the network of the other ISP.
1
2
Table 12: Load sharing routes
Destination IP‘ Mask Gateway #1 Device #1
100.100.100.0
255.255.255.0
1.1.1.1
port2
200.200.200.0
255.255.255.0
2.2.2.1
port3
Gateway #2 Device #2
2.2.2.1
port3
1.1.1.1
port2
The first route directs all traffic destined for the 100.100.100.0 network out port2 to gateway 1 with the IP address 1.1.1.1. If this router is down, traffic destined for the
100.100.100.0 network is re-directed out port3 to gateway 2 with the IP address
2.2.2.1.
Load sharing and primary and secondary connections
You can combine these routes into a more complete multiple internet connection configuration. In the topology shown in
Figure 8 on page 53 , users on the internal
network would connect to the Internet to access web pages and other Internet resources. However, they may also connect to services, such as email, provided by their ISPs. You can combine the routes described in the previous examples to provide users with a primary and backup connection to the Internet, while at the same time routing traffic to each ISP network as required.
The routing described below allows a user on the internal network to connect to the
Internet through gateway 1 and ISP1. At the same time, this user can also connect through to gateway 2 to access a mail server maintained by ISP2.
Adding the routes using the web-based manager
Go to System > Network > Routing Table.
Select New to add the default route for primary and backup links to the Internet.
• Destination IP: 0.0.0.0
• Mask: 0.0.0.0
• Gateway #1: 1.1.1.1
• Gateway #2: 2.2.2.1
• Device #1: port2
• Device #2: port3
• Select OK.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
55
Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet NAT/Route mode installation
3
4
5
1
1
2
Select New to add a route for connections to the network of ISP1.
• Destination IP: 100.100.100.0
• Mask: 255.255.255.0
• Gateway #1: 1.1.1.1
• Gateway #2: 2.2.2.1
• Device #1: port2
• Device #2: port3
Select New to add a route for connections to the network of ISP2.
• Destination IP: 200.200.200.0
• Mask: 255.255.255.0
• Gateway #1: 2.2.2.1
• Gateway #2: 1.1.1.1
• Device #1: port3
• Device #2: port2
• Select OK.
Change the order of the routes in the routing table to move the default route below the other two routes.
• For the default route select Move to .
• Type a number in the Move to field to move this route to the bottom of the list.
If there are only 3 routes, type 3.
• Select OK.
Adding the routes using the CLI
Add the route for connections to the network of ISP2.
set system route number 1 dst 100.100.100.0 255.255.255.0 gw1
1.1.1.1 dev1 port2 gw2 2.2.2.1 dev2 port3
Add the route for connections to the network of ISP1.
set system route number 2 dst 200.200.200.0 255.255.255.0 gw1
2.2.2.1 dev1 port3 gw2 1.1.1.1 dev2 port2
Add the default route for primary and backup links to the Internet.
set system route number 3 dst 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 gw1 1.1.1.1 dev1 port2 gw2 2.2.2.1 dev2 port3
The routing table should have routes arranged as shown in
Table 13: Example combined routing table
Destination IP‘ Mask Gateway #1 Device #1
100.100.100.0
255.255.255.0
1.1.1.1
port2
200.200.200.0
255.255.255.0
2.2.2.1
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
1.1.1.1
port3 port2
Gateway #2 Device #2
2.2.2.1
port3
1.1.1.1
2.2.2.1
port2 port3
56
Fortinet Inc.
NAT/Route mode installation Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet
Policy routing examples
Policy routing can be added to increase the control you have over how packets are routed. Policy routing works on top of destination-based routing. This means you should configure destination-based routing first and then build policy routing on top to increase the control provided by destination-based routing.
For example, if you have used destination-based routing to configure routing for dual internet connections, you can use policy routing to apply more control to which traffic is sent to which destination route. This section describes the following policy routing examples, based on topology similar to that shown in
Differences are noted in each example.
The policy routes described in these examples only work if you have already defined destination routes similar to those described in the previous section.
•
Routing traffic from internal subnets to different external networks
•
Routing a service to an external network
For more information about policy routing, see
“Policy routing” on page 146 .
1
2
Routing traffic from internal subnets to different external networks
If the FortiGate provides internet access for multiple internal subnets, you can use policy routing to control the route that traffic from each network takes to the Internet.
For example, if the internal network includes the subnets 192.168.10.0 and
192.168.20.0 you can enter the following policy routes:
Enter the following command to route traffic from the 192.168.10.0 subnet to the
100.100.100.0 external network: set system route policy 1 src 192.168.10.0 255.255.255.0 dst
100.100.100.0 255.255.255.0 gw 1.1.1.1
Enter the following command to route traffic from the 192.168.20.0 subnet to the
200.200.200.0 external network: set system route policy 2 src 192.168.20.0 255.255.255.0 dst
200.200.200.0 255.255.255.0 gw 2.2.2.1
1
2
Routing a service to an external network
You can use the following policy routes to direct all HTTP traffic (using port 80) to one external network and all other traffic to the other external network.
Enter the following command to route all HTTP traffic using port 80 to the next hop gateway with IP address 1.1.1.1.
set system route policy 1 src 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 dst 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 protocol 6 port 1 1000 gw 1.1.1.1
Enter the following command to route all other traffic to the next hop gateway with IP address 2.2.2.1.
Set system route policy 2 src 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 dst 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 gw 2.2.2.1
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
57
Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet NAT/Route mode installation
Firewall policy example
Firewall policies control how traffic flows through the FortiGate unit. Once routing for multiple internet connections has been configured you must create firewall policies to control which traffic is allowed through the FortiGate unit and the interfaces through which this traffic can connect.
For traffic originating on the Internal network to be able to connect to the Internet through both Internet connections, you must add redundant policies from the internal interface to each interface that connects to the Internet. Once these policies have been added, the routing configuration controls which internet connection is actually used.
3
4
5
1
2
6
Adding a redundant default policy
Figure 8 on page 53 shows a FortiGate unit connected to the Internet using its port2
and port3 interfaces. The default policy allows all traffic from the port1 network to connect to the Internet through the port2 interface. If you add a similar policy to the port1 to port3 policy list, this policy will allow all traffic from the port1 network to connect to the Internet through the port3 interface. With both of these policies added to the firewall configuration, the routing configuration will determine which Internet connection the traffic from the internal network actually uses. For more information
about the default policy, see “Default firewall configuration” on page 170 .
To add a redundant default policy
Go to Firewall > Address > port3.
Add the following address to port3.
Address Name Port3_All
IP Address 0.0.0.0
Netmask 0.0.0.0
Go to Firewall > Policy > port1
->
port3.
Select New.
Configure the policy to match the default policy.
Source
Destination
Schedule
Service
Action
NAT
Port1_All
Port3_All
Always
ANY
Accept
Select NAT.
Select OK to save your changes.
58
Fortinet Inc.
NAT/Route mode installation Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet
Adding more firewall policies
In most cases your firewall configuration includes more than just the default policy.
However, the basic premise of creating redundant policies applies even as the firewall configuration becomes more complex. To configure the FortiGate unit to use multiple
Internet connections you must add duplicate policies for connections between the internal network and both interfaces connected to the Internet. As well, as you add redundant policies, you must arrange them in both policy lists in the same order.
Restricting access to a single Internet connection
In some cases you might want to limit some traffic to only being able to use one
Internet connection. For example, in the topology shown in
organization might want its mail server to only be able to connect to the SMTP mail server of ISP1. To do this, you add a single port1
-> port2 firewall policy for SMTP connections. Because redundant policies have not been added, SMTP traffic from the
Internet network is always connected to ISP1. If the connection to ISP1 fails the SMTP connection is not available.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
59
Configuration example: Multiple connections to the Internet NAT/Route mode installation
60
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Transparent mode installation
This chapter describes how to install your FortiGate unit in Transparent mode. If you want to install the FortiGate unit in NAT/Route mode, see
see
“High availability” on page 75 .
This chapter describes:
•
Preparing to configure Transparent mode
•
•
Using the front control buttons and LCD
•
Using the command line interface
•
•
Connecting the FortiGate unit to your networks
•
Transparent mode configuration examples
Preparing to configure Transparent mode
Use
to gather the information that you need to customize Transparent mode settings.
Table 14: Transparent mode settings
Administrator Password:
Management IP
DNS Settings
IP:
_____._____._____._____
Netmask:
Default Gateway:
_____._____._____._____
_____._____._____._____
The management IP address and netmask must be valid for the network from which you will manage the FortiGate unit. Add a default gateway if the
FortiGate unit must connect to a router to reach the management computer.
Primary DNS Server:
_____._____._____._____
Secondary DNS Server:
_____._____._____._____
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
61
Using the setup wizard Transparent mode installation
Using the setup wizard
From the web-based manager, you can use the setup wizard to create the initial configuration of your FortiGate unit. To connect to the web-based manager, see
“Connecting to the web-based manager” on page 32 .
Changing to Transparent mode
3
4
1
2
The first time that you connect to the FortiGate unit, it is configured to run in
NAT/Route mode. To switch to Transparent mode using the web-based manager:
Go to System > Status.
Select Change to Transparent Mode.
Select Transparent in the Operation Mode list.
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes to Transparent mode.
To reconnect to the web-based manager, change the IP address of your management computer to 10.10.10.2. Connect to interface 1, 2, or 3 and browse to https:// followed by the Transparent mode management IP address. The default FortiGate Transparent mode Management IP address is 10.10.10.1.
Starting the setup wizard
1
2
3
To start the setup wizard:
Select Easy Setup Wizard (the middle button in the upper-right corner of the web-based manager).
Use the information that you gathered in
Table 14 on page 61 to fill in the wizard fields.
Select the Next button to step through the wizard pages.
Confirm your configuration settings and then select Finish and Close.
Reconnecting to the web-based manager
If you changed the IP address of the management interface while you were using the setup wizard, you must reconnect to the web-based manager using the new IP address. Browse to https:// followed by the new IP address of the management interface. Otherwise, you can reconnect to the web-based manager by browsing to https://10.10.10.1. If you connect to the management interface through a router, make sure that you have added a default gateway for that router to the management IP default gateway field.
62
Fortinet Inc.
Transparent mode installation Using the front control buttons and LCD
Using the front control buttons and LCD
1
2
This procedure describes how to use the control buttons and LCD to configure
Transparent mode IP addresses. Use the information that you recorded in Table 14 on page 61
to complete this procedure. Starting with Main Menu displayed on the LCD, use the front control buttons and LCD:
Press Enter three times to configure the management interface IP address.
Set the manager interface IP address.
Use the up and down arrow keys to increase or decrease the value of each IP address digit. Press Enter to move to the next digit. Press Esc to move to the previous digit.
5
6
3
4
7
8
Note: When you enter an IP address, the LCD display always shows three digits for each part of the address. For example, the IP address 192.168.100.1 appears on the LCD display as
192.168.100.001. The IP address 192.168.23.45 appears as 192.168.023.045.
When you have set the last digit of the IP address, press Enter.
Use the down arrow to highlight Netmask.
Press Enter and set the management IP Netmask.
When you have set the last digit of the Netmask, press Enter.
Press Esc to return to the Main Menu.
Repeat these steps to configure the default gateway if required.
Using the command line interface
As an alternative to the setup wizard, you can configure the FortiGate unit using the command line interface (CLI). To connect to the CLI, see
to complete the following procedures.
Changing to Transparent mode
1
2
3
Log into the CLI if you are not already logged in.
Switch to Transparent mode. Enter: set system opmode transparent
After a few seconds, the login prompt appears.
Type admin
and press Enter.
The following prompt appears:
Type ? for a list of commands.
4 Confirm that the FortiGate unit has switched to Transparent mode. Enter: get system status
The CLI displays the status of the FortiGate unit. The last line shows the current operation mode.
Operation mode: Transparent
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
63
Completing the configuration Transparent mode installation
Configuring the Transparent mode management IP address
1
2
Log into the CLI if you are not already logged in.
Set the management IP address and netmask to the IP address and netmask that you recorded in
3 set system management ip <IP address> <netmask>
Example set system management ip 10.10.10.2 255.255.255.0
Confirm that the address is correct. Enter: get system management
The CLI lists the management IP address and netmask.
Configure the Transparent mode default gateway
1
2
Log into the CLI if you are not already logged in.
Set the default route to the default gateway that you recorded in Table 14 on page 61 .
Enter: set system route number <number> gw1 <IP address>
Example set system route number 0 gw1 204.23.1.2
You have now completed the initial configuration of the FortiGate unit.
64
Completing the configuration
Use the information in this section to complete the initial configuration of the FortiGate unit.
Setting the date and time
For effective scheduling and logging, the FortiGate system date and time should be accurate. You can either manually set the system date and time or you can configure the FortiGate unit to automatically keep its time correct by synchronizing with a
Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.
To set the FortiGate system date and time, see
“Setting system date and time” on page 157 .
Enabling antivirus protection
1
2
3
4
5
To enable antivirus protection to protect users on your internal network from downloading a virus from the Internet:
Go to Firewall > Policy > port1
->
port2.
Select Edit to edit this policy.
Select Anti-Virus & Web filter to enable antivirus protection for this policy.
Select the Scan Content Profile.
Select OK to save your changes.
Fortinet Inc.
Transparent mode installation Connecting the FortiGate unit to your networks
Registering your FortiGate
After purchasing and installing a new FortiGate unit, you can register the unit by going to System > Update > Support, or using a web browser to connect to http://support.fortinet.com and selecting Product Registration.
Registration consists of entering your contact information and the serial numbers of the FortiGate units you or your organization have purchased. Registration is quick and easy. You can register multiple FortiGate units in a single session without re-entering your contact information.
For more information about registration, see
“Registering FortiGate units” on page 125 .
Configuring virus and attack definition updates
You can go to System > Update to configure the FortiGate unit to automatically check to see if new versions of the virus definitions and attack definitions are available. If it finds new versions, the FortiGate unit automatically downloads and installs the updated definitions.
The FortiGate unit uses HTTPS on port 8890 to check for updates. FortiGate interface
2 must have a path to the FortiResponse Distribution Network (FDN) using port 8890.
To configure automatic virus and attack updates, see
“Updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 115 .
Connecting the FortiGate unit to your networks
1
2
3
When you have completed the initial configuration, you can connect the FortiGate-400 unit to your networks.
The FortiGate-400 has four 10/100Base-TX connectors that can be connected to up to four different networks. You can connect them in any configuration.
For example, you can connect the FortiGate-400 interfaces using the following steps:
Connect interface 1 to the hub or switch connected to your internal network.
Connect interface 2 to the public switch or router provided by your Internet Service
Provider.
Optionally connect interfaces 3 and 4/HA to hubs or switches connected to your other networks (the example shows a connection to interface 3).
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
65
Transparent mode configuration examples
Figure 9: FortiGate-400 Transparent mode connections
Transparent mode installation
66
Transparent mode configuration examples
A FortiGate unit operating in Transparent mode still requires a basic configuration to operate as a node on the IP network. As a minimum, the FortiGate unit must be configured with an IP address and subnet mask. These are used for management access and to allow the unit to receive antivirus and definitions updates. Also, the unit must have sufficient route information to reach:
• the management computer,
• The FortiResponse Distribution Network (FDN),
• a DNS server.
A route is required whenever the FortiGate unit connects to a router to reach a destination. If all of the destinations are located on the external network, you may be required to enter only a single default route. If, however, the network topology is more complex, you may be required to enter one or more static routes in addition to the default route.
Fortinet Inc.
Transparent mode installation Transparent mode configuration examples
This section describes:
•
Default routes and static routes
•
Example default route to an external network
•
Example static route to an external destination
•
Example static route to an internal destination
Default routes and static routes
To create a route to a destination, you need to define an IP prefix which consists of an
IP network address and a corresponding netmask value. A default route matches any prefix and forwards traffic to the next hop router (otherwise known as the default gateway). A static route matches a more specific prefix and forwards traffic to the next hop router.
Default route example:
IP Prefix 0.0.0.0 (IP address)
0.0.0.0 (Netmask)
Next Hop 192.168.1.2
Static Route example:
IP Prefix 172.100.100.0 (IP address)
255.255.255.0 (Netmask)
Next Hop 192.168.1.2
Note: When adding routes to the FortiGate unit, add the default route last so that it appears on the bottom of the route list. This ensures that the unit will attempt to match more specific routes before selecting the default route.
Example default route to an external network
shows a FortiGate unit where all destinations, including the management computer, are located on the external network.To reach these destinations, the
FortiGate unit must connect to the “upstream” router leading to the external network.
To facilitate this connection, you must enter a single default route that points to the upstream router as the next hop/default gateway.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
67
Transparent mode configuration examples
Figure 10: Default route to an external network
Transparent mode installation
68
1
2
3
General configuration steps
Set the FortiGate unit to operate in Transparent mode.
Configure the Management IP address and Netmask of the FortiGate unit.
Configure the default route to the external network.
Fortinet Inc.
Transparent mode installation Transparent mode configuration examples
1
2
3
1
2
3
Web-based manager example configuration steps
To configure basic Transparent mode settings and a default route using the web-based manager:
Go to System > Status.
• Select Change to Transparent Mode.
• Select Transparent in the Operation Mode list.
• Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes to Transparent mode.
Go to System > Network > Management.
• Change the Management IP and Netmask:
IP: 192.168.1.1
Mask: 255.255.255.0
• Select Apply.
Go to System > Network > Routing.
• Select New to add the default route to the external network.
Destination IP: 0.0.0.0
Mask: 0.0.0.0
Gateway: 192.168.1.2
• Select OK.
CLI configuration steps
To configure the Fortinet basic settings and a default route using the CLI:
Change the system to operate in Transparent Mode.
set system opmode transparent
Add the Management IP address and Netmask.
set system management ip 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Add the default route to the external network.
set system route number 1 gw1 192.168.1.2
Example static route to an external destination
shows a FortiGate unit that requires routes to the FDN located on the external network. The Fortigate unit does not require routes to the DNS servers or management computer because they are located on the internal network.
To connect to the FDN, you would typically enter a single default route to the external network. However, to provide an extra degree of security, you could enter static routes to a specific FortiResponse server in addition to a default route to the external network. If the static route becomes unavailable (perhaps because the IP address of the FortiResponse server changes) the FortiGate unit will still be able to receive antivirus and NIDS updates from the FDN using the default route.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
69
Transparent mode configuration examples Transparent mode installation
Note: This is an example configuration only. To configure a static route, you require a destination IP address.
Figure 11: Static route to an external destination
70
1
2
3
4
General configuration steps
Set the FortiGate unit to operate in Transparent mode.
Configure the Management IP address and Netmask of the FortiGate unit.
Configure the static route to the FortiResponse server.
Configure the default route to the external network.
Fortinet Inc.
Transparent mode installation Transparent mode configuration examples
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
Web-based manager example configuration steps
To configure the basic FortiGate settings and a static route using the web-based manager:
Go to System > Status.
• Select Change to Transparent Mode.
• Select Transparent in the Operation Mode list.
• Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes to Transparent mode.
Go to System > Network > Management.
• Change the Management IP and Netmask:
IP: 192.168.1.1
Mask: 255.255.255.0
• Select Apply.
Go to System > Network > Routing.
• Select New to add the static route to the FortiResponse server.
Destination IP: 24.102.233.5
Mask: 255.255.255.0
Gateway: 192.168.1.2
• Select OK.
• Select New to add the default route to the external network.
Destination IP: 0.0.0.0
Mask: 0.0.0.0
Gateway: 192.168.1.2
• Select OK.
CLI configuration steps
To configure the Fortinet basic settings and a static route using the CLI:
Set the system to operate in Transparent Mode.
set system opmode transparent
Add the Management IP address and Netmask.
set system management ip 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Add the static route to the primary FortiResponse server.
set system route number 1 dst 24.102.233.5 255.255.255.0 gw1
192.168.1.2
Add the default route to the external network.
set system route number 2 gw1 192.168.1.2
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
71
Transparent mode configuration examples Transparent mode installation
Example static route to an internal destination
shows a FortiGate unit where the FDN is located on an external subnet and the management computer is located on a remote, internal subnet. To reach the FDN, you need to enter a single default route that points to the upstream router as the next hop/default gateway. To reach the management computer, you need to enter a single static route that leads directly to it. This route will point to the internal router as the next hop. (No route is required for the DNS servers because they are on the same layer 3 subnet as the FortiGate unit.)
Figure 12: Static route to an internal destination
72
3
4
1
2
General configuration steps
Set the unit to operate in Transparent mode.
Configure the Management IP address and Netmask of the FortiGate unit.
Configure the static route to the management computer on the internal network.
Configure the default route to the external network.
Fortinet Inc.
Transparent mode installation Transparent mode configuration examples
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
Web-based manager example configuration steps
To configure the FortiGate basic settings, a static route, and a default route using the web-based manager:
Go to System > Status.
• Select Change to Transparent Mode.
• Select Transparent in the Operation Mode list.
• Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes to Transparent mode.
Go to System > Network > Management.
• Change the Management IP and Netmask:
IP: 192.168.1.1
Mask: 255.255.255.0
• Select Apply.
Go to System > Network > Routing.
• Select New to add the static route to the management computer.
Destination IP: 172.16.1.11
Mask: 255.255.255.0
Gateway: 192.168.1.3
• Select OK.
• Select New to add the default route to the external network.
Destination IP: 0.0.0.0
Mask: 0.0.0.0
Gateway: 192.168.1.2
• Select OK.
CLI configuration steps
To configure the FortiGate basic settings, a static route, and a default route using the
CLI:
Set the system to operate in Transparent Mode.
set system opmode transparent
Add the Management IP address and Netmask.
set system management ip 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0
Add the static route to the management computer.
set system route number 1 dst 172.16.1.11 255.255.255.0 gw1
192.168.1.3
Add the default route to the external network.
set system route number 2 gw1 192.168.1.2
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
73
Transparent mode configuration examples Transparent mode installation
74
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
High availability
Fortinet achieves high availability (HA) using redundant hardware and the FortiGate
Clustering Protocol (FGCP). The FortiGate units in the HA cluster enforce the same overall security policy and share the same configuration settings. You can add up to
32 FortiGate units to an HA cluster. Each FortiGate unit in an HA cluster must be the same model and be running the same FortiOS firmware image.
FortiGate HA is device redundant. If one of the FortiGate units in an HA cluster fails, all functions, all established firewall connections, and all IPSec VPN sessions 1 are maintained by the other FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
The FortiGate units in the cluster use dedicated HA ethernet interfaces to communicate cluster session information and report individual system status. The units in the cluster are constantly communicating HA status information to make sure the cluster is functioning properly. For this reason, the connection between the HA ports of all of the FortiGate units in the cluster must be well maintained. An interruption of this communication can cause unpredictable results.
You can manage the cluster by connecting to any cluster interface configured for management access.
FortiGate units can be configured to operate in active-passive (A-P) or active-active
(A-A) HA mode. Active-active and active-passive HA are supported in both NAT/Route and Transparent modes.
This chapter provides an overview of HA functionality and describes how to configure and manage HA clusters in NAT/Route mode and in Transparent mode.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Active-passive HA
An Active-passive (A-P) HA cluster, also referred to as hot standby HA, consists of a primary FortiGate unit that is processing traffic and one or more subordinate FortiGate units connected to the network and to the primary FortiGate unit but not processing traffic.
1.HA does not provide session failover for PPPoE, DHCP, PPTP, and L2TP services.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
75
Active-active HA High availability
During startup the members of an HA cluster negotiate to select the primary unit. The primary unit allows other FortiGate units to join the HA cluster as subordinate units and assigns each subordinate unit a priority.
The primary FortiGate unit sends session messages to the subordinate units through the FortiGate HA interfaces. All FortiGate units in the cluster maintain all session information. If the primary FortiGate unit fails, the subordinate units negotiate to select a new primary unit. All connections are resumed by the new primary unit.
During a fail-over, the new primary unit notifies the adjacent networking devices so that the entire network can quickly converge to the new data path. The new primary unit also alerts administrators of the changes to the HA cluster by writing a message to its event log, sending an SNMP trap (if SNMP is enabled), and sending an alert email.
If a subordinate FortiGate unit fails, the primary FortiGate unit writes a message to its event log, and sends an SNMP trap and an alert email. The primary FortiGate unit also adjusts the priority of each of the remaining units in the HA cluster.
Active-active HA
Active-active (A-A) HA provides load balancing between all of the FortiGate units in an
HA cluster. An active-active HA cluster consists of a primary FortiGate unit and one or more subordinate FortiGate units all processing traffic. The primary FortiGate unit uses a load balancing algorithm to distribute sessions to all of the FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
In active-active HA mode the primary unit uses one of the following scheduling algorithms to distribute network sessions among the members of the HA cluster.
Table 15: Active-Active HA load balancing scheduling algorithms
Schedule
None
Hub
Description
No load balancing. Used when the cluster interfaces are connected to load balancing switches.
Used when the cluster interfaces are connected to a hub. Distributes traffic to units in the cluster based on the Source IP and Destination IP of the packet.
Least-Connection Distributes traffic to the cluster unit with the fewest concurrent connections.
Round Robin
Weighted Round
Robin
Random
IP
Distributes traffic to the next available cluster unit.
Similar to Round Robin but weighted values are assigned to each of the units in a cluster based on their capacity. For example, the primary unit should have a lower weighted value because it handles scheduling and forwards traffic.
Randomly distributes traffic to cluster units.
IP Port
Distributes traffic to units in a cluster based on the Source IP and
Destination IP of the packet.
Distributes traffic to units in a cluster based on the Source IP, Source
Port, Destination IP, and Destination port of the packet.
76
Fortinet Inc.
High availability HA in NAT/Route mode
During startup the members of the HA cluster negotiate to select the primary unit. The primary unit allows other FortiGate units to join the HA cluster as subordinate units and assigns each subordinate unit a priority.
The FortiGate units in the HA cluster communicate status and session information using their HA interfaces. All FortiGate units in the cluster maintain all session information. For load balancing, when the primary FortiGate unit forwards a packet to a subordinate unit it sends the packet back out the interface on which it received the packet to the corresponding interface on the subordinate FortiGate unit.
If the primary FortiGate unit fails, the first subordinate unit to register that the primary unit has failed becomes the new primary unit. The new primary unit notifies the other
FortiGate units that it is the new primary unit and resets the priority of each of the remaining subordinate units. The new primary unit also redistributes communication sessions among the units in the HA cluster.
During a fail-over, the new primary FortiGate unit notifies the adjacent networking devices so that the entire network can quickly converge to the new data path. The new primary unit also alerts administrators of the changes to the HA cluster by writing a message to the event log, sending an SNMP trap (if SNMP is enabled), and sending an alert email.
If a subordinate FortiGate unit fails, the primary unit writes a message to the event log, and sends an SNMP trap and an alert email. The primary unit also adjusts the priority of each of the remaining units in the HA cluster.
HA in NAT/Route mode
Use the following steps to configure a group of FortiGate units to operate as an HA cluster in NAT/Route mode.
•
Installing and configuring the FortiGate units
•
•
•
Connecting the HA cluster to your network
•
Installing and configuring the FortiGate units
Follow the instructions in “NAT/Route mode installation” on page 45 to install and
configure the FortiGate units. All of the FortiGate units in the HA cluster should have the same configuration. Do not connect the FortiGate units to the network. Instead, proceed to
“Configuring the HA interfaces” .
Configuring the HA interfaces
Configure the 4/HA interfaces of all of the FortiGate-400s in the HA cluster to operate in HA mode. When you switch the 4/HA interface to HA mode, the System > Config >
HA options become active. When running in HA mode, the 4/HA interfaces cannot be connected to a network because they are dedicated to HA communication.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
77
HA in NAT/Route mode High availability
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
The 4/HA interface of each FortiGate-400 unit must be configured with a different IP address. The addresses of the 4/HA interfaces must be on the same subnet and they must be configured for management access.
Repeat the following procedure for each FortiGate unit in the HA cluster:
Connect to the FortiGate unit and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
For the port4/ha interface, select Modify .
Select Work as HA to configure port4/ha for HA operation.
When the FortiGate unit is configured for HA operation, you cannot connect a network to the 4/HA interface.
Change the IP address and Netmask as required.
Select the management access methods for the HA interface.
HTTPS
PING
To allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
If you want this interface to respond to pings. Use this setting to verify your installation and for testing.
HTTP To allow HTTP connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
HTTP connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
SSH
SNMP
To allow secure SSH connections to the CLI through this interface.
To allow a remote SNMP manager to request SNMP information by connecting to this interface.
TELNET To allow Telnet connections to the CLI through this interface. Telnet connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
Select Apply.
Now that you have configured the HA interfaces, proceed to
“Configuring the HA cluster” .
Configuring the HA cluster
Use the following procedure to configure each FortiGate unit for HA before connecting the HA cluster to your network.
1
2
3
Note: These instructions describe configuring each of the FortiGate units in the HA cluster before connecting the HA cluster to your network. You can also use the procedure
Connect to the FortiGate unit and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Config > HA.
Select HA.
You can only select HA if the 4/HA interface is configured for HA operation. See
“Configuring the HA interfaces” on page 77 .
78
Fortinet Inc.
High availability HA in NAT/Route mode
4
5
6
7
Select the HA mode.
Select Active-Passive mode to create an Active-Passive HA cluster, in which one
FortiGate unit in the HA cluster is actively processing all connections and the others are passively monitoring the status and remaining synchronized with the active
FortiGate unit.
Select Active-Active mode to create an Active-Active HA cluster, in which each
FortiGate unit in the HA cluster is actively processing connections and monitoring the status of the other FortiGate units.
The HA mode must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
Enter and confirm a password for the HA cluster.
The password must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
Select a Group ID for the HA cluster.
The Group ID must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
If you are configuring Active-Active HA, select a schedule.
The schedule controls load balancing among the FortiGate units in the active-active
HA cluster. The schedule must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
None
Hub Load balancing for hubs. Select Hub if the cluster interfaces are connected to a hub. Traffic is distributed to units in a cluster based on the Source IP and Destination IP of the packet.
Least Connection Least connection load balancing. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select Least connection to distribute traffic to the cluster unit with the fewest concurrent connections.
Round Robin
No load balancing. Select None when the cluster interfaces are connected to load balancing switches.
Weighted Round
Robin
Random
IP
Round robin load balancing. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select round robin to distribute traffic to the next available cluster unit.
Weighted round robin load balancing. Similar to round robin, but weighted values are assigned to each of the units in a cluster based on their capacity and on how many connections they are currently processing. For example, the primary unit should have a lower weighted value because it handles scheduling and forwards traffic. Weighted round robin distributes traffic more evenly because units that are not processing traffic will be more likely to receive new connections than units that are very busy.
Random load balancing. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select random to randomly distribute traffic to cluster units.
Load balancing according to IP address. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select IP to distribute traffic to units in a cluster based on the Source IP and Destination IP of the packet.
IP Port Load balancing according to IP address and port. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select IP Port to distribute traffic to units in a cluster based on the Source IP, Source Port, Destination IP, and
Destination port of the packet.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
79
HA in NAT/Route mode High availability
8
9
Under Monitor on Interface, select the names of the interfaces to be monitored.
Monitor FortiGate interfaces to make sure they are functioning properly and that they are connected to their networks. If a monitored interface fails or is disconnected from its network, the FortiGate unit stops processing traffic and is removed from the cluster.
If you can re-establish traffic flow through the interface (for example, if you re-connect a disconnected network cable) the FortiGate unit rejoins the cluster. You should only monitor interfaces that are connected to networks.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit negotiates to establish an HA cluster. When you select apply you may temporarily loose connectivity with the FortiGate unit as the HA cluster negotiates.
Figure 13: Example Active-Active HA configuration
80
10 Repeat this procedure to add each FortiGate unit in the HA cluster.
When you have configured all of the FortiGate units, proceed to
“Connecting the HA cluster to your network” .
Connecting the HA cluster to your network
To connect the HA cluster to your network you must connect all matching interfaces in the cluster to the same hub or switch. Then you must connect these interfaces to their networks using the same hub or switch.
Also, you must connect all of the HA interfaces in the cluster to their own hub or switch. You can also connect a management computer to this hub or switch. The units in the cluster are constantly communicating HA status information to make sure the cluster is functioning properly. For this reason, the connection between the HA ports of all of the FortiGate units in the cluster must be well maintained. An interruption of this communication can cause unpredictable results.
Switches are recommended for performance reasons.
Fortinet Inc.
High availability HA in NAT/Route mode
1
2
3
4
The network equipment to use and the procedure to follow are the same, whether you are configuring the FortiGate units for active-active HA or active-passive HA.
To connect the FortiGate units to your network:
Connect port 1 of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected to your internal network.
Connect port 2 of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected to your external network.
Optionally connect port 3 of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected to another network.
Connect the 4/HA interfaces of the FortiGate units to another switch or hub.
Figure 14: HA network configuration
When you have connected the cluster, proceed to “Starting the HA cluster”
.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
81
HA in Transparent mode High availability
Starting the HA cluster
1
After all of the FortiGate units in the cluster are configured for HA and once the cluster is connected, use the following procedure to start the HA cluster.
Power on all of the HA units in the cluster.
As the units power on they negotiate to choose the primary cluster unit and the subordinate units. This negotiation occurs with no user intervention.
When negotiation is complete the cluster is ready to begin processing network traffic.
You can use the information in
“Managing the HA cluster” on page 86 to log into and
manage the cluster.
HA in Transparent mode
Use the following steps to configure a group of FortiGate units to operate as an HA cluster in Transparent mode.
•
Installing and configuring the FortiGate units
•
Configuring the HA interface and HA IP address
•
•
Connecting the HA cluster to your network
•
Installing and configuring the FortiGate units
Follow the instructions in “Transparent mode installation” on page 61 to install and
configure the FortiGate units. All of the FortiGate units in the HA cluster should have the same configuration. Do not connect the FortiGate units to the network. Instead, proceed to
“Configuring the HA interface and HA IP address” .
Configuring the HA interface and HA IP address
3
4
1
2
Configure the 4/HA interfaces of all of the FortiGate-400s in the HA cluster to operate in HA mode. When you switch the 4/HA interface to HA mode, the System > Config >
HA options become active. When running in HA mode, the 4/HA interfaces cannot be connected to a network because they are dedicated to HA communication.
The 4/HA interface of each FortiGate-400 unit must be configured with a different IP address. The addresses of the 4/HA interfaces must be on the same subnet and they must be configured for management access.
Repeat the following procedure for each FortiGate unit in the HA cluster:
Connect to the FortiGate unit and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Network > Management.
For the port4/ha interface, select HA to configure port4/ha for HA operation.
Select the management Access methods for the port4/ha interface.
82
Fortinet Inc.
High availability HA in Transparent mode
5
6
7
HTTPS
PING
HTTP
To allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
If you want this interface to respond to pings. Use this setting to verify your installation and for testing.
To allow HTTP connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
HTTP connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
To allow secure SSH connections to the CLI through this interface.
SSH
SNMP To allow a remote SNMP manager to request SNMP information by connecting to this interface.
TELNET To allow Telnet connections to the CLI through this interface. Telnet connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
Change the HA IP address and Netmask as required.
Optionally configure management access for other interfaces.
Select Apply.
Now that you have configured the HA interfaces, proceed to
“Configuring the HA cluster” .
Configuring the HA cluster
Use the following procedure to configure each FortiGate unit for HA before connecting the HA cluster to your network.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Note: These instructions describe configuring each of the FortiGate units in the HA cluster before connecting the HA cluster to your network. You can also use the procedure
Connect to the FortiGate unit and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Config > HA.
Select HA.
You can only select HA if the 4/HA interface is configured for HA operation. See
“Configuring the HA interface and HA IP address” on page 82 .
Select the HA mode.
Select Active-Passive mode to create an Active-Passive HA cluster, in which one
FortiGate unit in the HA cluster is actively processing all connections and the others are passively monitoring the status and remaining synchronized with the active
FortiGate unit.
Select Active-Active mode to create an Active-Active HA cluster, in which each
FortiGate unit in the HA cluster is actively processing connections and monitoring the status of the other FortiGate units.
The HA mode must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
Enter and confirm a password for the HA cluster.
The password must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
Select a Group ID for the HA cluster.
The Group ID must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
83
HA in Transparent mode High availability
7
8
9
If you are configuring Active-Active HA, select a schedule.
The schedule controls load balancing among the FortiGate units in the active-active
HA cluster. The schedule must be the same for all FortiGate units in the HA cluster.
None
Hub
Least Connection Least connection load balancing. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select Least connection to distribute traffic to the cluster unit with the fewest concurrent connections.
Round Robin Round robin load balancing. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select round robin to distribute traffic to the next available cluster unit.
Weighted Round
Robin
No load balancing. Select None when the cluster interfaces are connected to load balancing switches.
Load balancing for hubs. Select Hub if the cluster interfaces are connected to a hub. Traffic is distributed to units in a cluster based on the Source IP and Destination IP of the packet.
Random
Weighted round robin load balancing. Similar to round robin, but weighted values are assigned to each of the units in a cluster based on their capacity and on how many connections they are currently processing. For example, the primary unit should have a lower weighted value because it handles scheduling and forwards traffic. Weighted round robin distributes traffic more evenly because units that are not processing traffic will be more likely to receive new connections than units that are very busy.
Random load balancing. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select random to randomly distribute traffic to cluster units.
IP
IP Port
Load balancing according to IP address. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select IP to distribute traffic to units in a cluster based on the Source IP and Destination IP of the packet.
Load balancing according to IP address and port. If the FortiGate units are connected using switches, select IP Port to distribute traffic to units in a cluster based on the Source IP, Source Port, Destination IP, and
Destination port of the packet.
Under Monitor on Interface, select the names of the interfaces to be monitored.
Monitor FortiGate interfaces to make sure they are functioning properly and that they are connected to their networks. If a monitored interface fails or is disconnected from its network, the FortiGate unit stops processing traffic and is removed from the cluster.
If you can re-establish traffic flow through the interface (for example, if you re-connect a disconnected network cable) the FortiGate unit rejoins the cluster. You should only monitor interfaces that are connected to networks.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit negotiates to establish an HA cluster. When you select apply you may temporarily loose connectivity with the FortiGate unit as the HA cluster negotiates.
84
Fortinet Inc.
High availability
Figure 15: Sample active-passive HA configuration
HA in Transparent mode
10 Repeat this procedure to add each FortiGate unit in the HA cluster.
When you have configured all of the FortiGate units, proceed to
“Connecting the HA cluster to your network” .
Connecting the HA cluster to your network
1
2
3
4
To connect the HA cluster to your network you must connect all matching interfaces in the cluster to the same hub or switch. Then you must connect these interfaces to their networks using the same hub or switch.
Also, you must connect all of the HA interfaces in the cluster to their own hub or switch. You can also connect a management computer to this hub or switch. The units in the cluster are constantly communicating HA status information to make sure the cluster is functioning properly. For this reason, the connection between the HA ports of all of the FortiGate units in the cluster must be well maintained. An interruption of this communication can cause unpredictable results.
Switches are recommended for better performance.
The network equipment to use and the procedure to follow are the same, whether you are configuring the FortiGate units for active-active HA or active-passive HA.
To connect the FortiGate units to your network:
Connect port 1 of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected to your internal network.
Connect port 2 of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected to your external network.
Optionally connect port 3 of each FortiGate unit to a switch or hub connected to another network.
Connect the 4/HA interfaces of the FortiGate units to another switch or hub.
When you have connected the cluster, proceed to “Starting the HA cluster”
.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
85
Managing the HA cluster High availability
Starting the HA cluster
1
After all of the FortiGate units in the cluster are configured for HA and once the cluster is connected, use the following procedure to start the HA cluster.
Power on all of the HA units in the cluster.
As the units power on they negotiate to choose the primary cluster unit and the subordinate units. This negotiation occurs with no user intervention.
When negotiation is complete the cluster is ready to begin processing network traffic.
You can use the information in
“Managing the HA cluster” on page 86 to log into and
manage the cluster.
Managing the HA cluster
When a FortiGate cluster is up and running, you manage it as a cluster instead of a group of individual FortiGate units. You manage the cluster by connecting to the web-based manager or CLI using any interface configured for management access.
Since all units in the cluster are configured with the same interface IP addresses
(except for the HA interface), connecting to any interface IP address configured for management access connects to that cluster interface; which automatically connects you to the primary FortiGate unit.
You can also connect to and manage individual units in the cluster by connecting to their HA interfaces (all of which are configured with a different IP address).
You can also manage individual cluster units by connect to the primary unit CLI. From here you can use the execute ha manage
command to connect to the CLI of each unit in the cluster.
This section describes:
•
Viewing the status of cluster members
•
•
•
Viewing and managing cluster log messages
•
Managing individual cluster units
•
Synchronizing the cluster configuration
•
Returning to standalone configuration
•
Replacing a FortiGate unit after fail-over
Viewing the status of cluster members
1
2
To view the status of each cluster member.
Connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Status > Cluster Members.
The web-based manager lists the serial numbers of all of the FortiGate units in the cluster. The primary unit is identified as Local. For each cluster member, the list includes the up time and status for that cluster member.
86
Fortinet Inc.
High availability
Figure 16: Example cluster members list
Managing the HA cluster
Monitoring cluster members
1
2
To monitor health information for each cluster member.
Connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Status > Monitor.
CPU, Memory Status, and Hard disk status is displayed for each cluster member. The primary unit is identified as Local and the other units in the cluster are listed by serial number.
The display includes bar graphs of current CPU and memory usage as well as line graphs of CPU and memory usage for the last minute.
For more information, see
“Viewing CPU and memory status” on page 110 .
Figure 17: Example cluster Sessions & Network display
3 Select Sessions & Network.
Sessions and network status is displayed for each cluster member. The primary unit is identified as Local and the other units in the cluster are listed by serial number.
The display includes bar graphs of the current number of sessions and current network utilization as well as line graphs of session and network utilization usage for the last minute. The line graph scales are shown in the upper left corner of the graph.
For more information, see
“Viewing sessions and network status” on page 111 .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
87
Managing the HA cluster High availability
4
5
6
Select Virus & Intrusions.
Virus and intrusions status is displayed for each cluster member. The primary unit is identified as Local and the other units in the cluster are listed by serial number.
The display includes bar graphs of the number viruses and intrusions detected per hour as well as line graphs of the number of viruses and intrusions detected for the last 20 hours.
For more information, see
“Viewing virus and intrusions status” on page 112
.
Select Packets & Bytes.
The number of packets and bytes processed by each cluster member is displayed.
For each of these displays you can set the automatic refresh interval and select Go to control how often the web-based manager updates the display.
More frequent updates use system resources and increase network traffic. However, this only occurs when you are viewing the display using the web-based manager. The line graph scales are shown on the upper right corner of the graph.
Monitoring cluster sessions
1
2
To view the current primary unit communication sessions.
Connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager.
Go to System > Status > Session.
The session table displays the sessions processed by the primary unit in the cluster.
The sessions include HA communications between the primary unit and the subordinate units.
Viewing and managing cluster log messages
1
2
3
4
To view log messages for each cluster member:
Connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager.
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
The primary unit Traffic log, Event log, Attack log, Antivirus log, Web Filter log, and
Email Filter log are displayed.
The pull-down list at the upper right of the display identifies the unit for which logs are displayed. The primary unit is identified as Local and the other units in the cluster are listed by serial number.
Select the serial number of one of the units in the cluster to display the logs for this cluster unit.
You can view logs saved to memory or logs saved to the hard disk, depending on the configuration of the cluster unit.
For each cluster unit:
• You can view and search log messages (see
“Viewing logs saved to memory” on page 289
and “Viewing and managing logs saved to the hard disk” on page 290 )
• If the cluster unit contains a hard disk you can manage log messages (see
“Downloading a log file to the management computer” on page 291
,
“Deleting all messages in an active log” on page 291 , and
“Deleting a saved log file” on page 292 )
88
Fortinet Inc.
High availability Managing the HA cluster
Note: Note you can view and manage log messages for all cluster members. However, from the primary unit you can only configure logging for the primary unit. To configure logging for other units in the cluster you must manage individual cluster units.
Managing individual cluster units
1
2
3
4
You can manage individual cluster units by connecting to each unit’s HA interface using either the web-based manager or the CLI. To do this, the HA interfaces of each unit have to be configured for HTTPS and SSH management access.
You can also use the following procedure to connect to the CLI of each unit in the cluster:
Managing individual units from the web-based manager:
Use SSH to connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager.
Connect to any cluster interface configured for SSH management to automatically log into the primary unit.
You can also use a direct cable connection to log into the primary unit CLI (to do this you must know which unit is the primary unit. See
primary unit).
Enter the following command followed by a space and type a question mark (
?
): execute ha manage
A list of all of the subordinate units in the cluster is displayed. Each cluster unit in the list is numbered, starting at 1. The information displayed for each cluster unit includes the unit serial number and host name of the unit.
Complete the command with the number of the subordinate unit to log into. For example, to log into subordinate unit 1, enter the following command: execute ha manage 1
You are connected to and logged into the CLI of the selected subordinate unit. If this subordinate unit has a different host name, the CLI prompt changes to this host name.
You can use CLI commands to manage this subordinate unit.
Enter the following command to return to the primary unit CLI: exit
You can use the execute manage ha
command to log into the CLI of any of the other subordinate units in the cluster.
Synchronizing the cluster configuration
For best results when operating a cluster you should make sure that the configurations of all of the units in the cluster remain synchronized. You can do this by making configuration changes to the primary unit and then using the execute ha synchronize
command from each subordinate unit in an HA cluster to manually synchronize its configuration with the primary unit. Using this command you can synchronize the following:
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
89
Managing the HA cluster High availability
Table 16: execute ha synchronize
keywords
Keyword config
Description
Synchronize the FortiGate configuration. This includes normal system configuration, firewall configuration, VPN configuration and so on stored in the
FortiGate configuration file.
avupd
Synchronize the antivirus engine and antivirus definitions received by the primary unit from the FortiResponse Distribution Network (FDN).
attackdef
Synchronize NIDS attack definition updates received by the primary unit from the FDN.
weblists
Synchronize web filter lists added to or changed on the primary unit.
emaillists
Synchronize email filter lists added to or changed on the primary unit.
resmsg ca
Synchronize replacement messages changed on the primary unit.
Synchronize CA certificates added to the primary unit.
localcert
Synchronize local certificates added to the primary unit.
all
Synchronize all of the above.
1
2
3
4
5
Use the following procedure to make configuration changes to the primary FortiGate unit and then synchronize the configuration of the subordinate units.
Connect to the cluster and log into the web-based manager or CLI.
Make configuration changes as required.
Connect to the CLI of each of the subordinate units in the cluster.
To connect to subordinate units, see
“Managing individual cluster units” on page 89
.
Use the execute ha synchronize
command to synchronize the configuration of the subordinate unit.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 for all of the subordinate units in the HA cluster.
Returning to standalone configuration
1
2
3
Repeat this procedure for each FortiGate unit in the HA cluster. To return to standalone configuration:
Connect to the web-based manager.
Go to System > Config > HA.
Select Standalone Mode and select Apply.
The FortiGate unit exits from HA mode and returns to standalone mode.
Replacing a FortiGate unit after fail-over
A failover can occur due to a hardware or software problem. When a failover occurs, you can attempt to restart the failed FortiGate unit by cycling its power. If the FortiGate unit starts up correctly, it rejoins the HA cluster, which then continues to function normally. If the FortiGate unit does not restart normally or does not rejoin the HA cluster, you must take it out of the network and either reconfigure or replace it.
Once the FortiGate unit is reconfigured or replaced, change its HA configuration to match that of the FortiGate unit that failed and connect it back into the network. The reconnected FortiGate unit then automatically joins the HA cluster.
90
Fortinet Inc.
High availability Advanced HA options
Advanced HA options
The following advanced HA options are available from the FortiGate CLI:
•
Selecting a FortiGate unit to a permanent primary unit
•
Configuring weighted-round-robin weights
Selecting a FortiGate unit to a permanent primary unit
1
2
In a typical FortiGate cluster configuration, the primary unit selection process is automatic. The primary unit can be different each time the cluster starts up. In addition the unit functioning as the primary unit can change from time to time (for example, if the current primary unit restarts, one of the other units in the cluster replaces it as the primary unit).
In some situations, you may want to control which unit becomes the primary unit. You can configure a FortiGate unit to become the permanent primary unit by changing the priority of this unit and configuring it to override any other primary unit.
When FortiGates units in a cluster are negotiating to be the primary unit, the one with the lowest priority always becomes the primary unit. If two units have the same priority, the standard negotiation process is used to select the primary unit.
To configure a FortiGate unit to be the permanent primary unit in an HA cluster:
Connect to the CLI of the permanent primary FortiGate unit.
Set the priority of the permanent primary unit. Enter: set system ha priority <priority_int>
Where
<priority_int>
is the priority to set for the permanent primary unit. The unit with the lowest priority becomes the primary unit. The default priority is 128. Set the priority of the permanent primary unit to a number lower than 128.
For example, to set the priority of the permanent primary unit to 10, enter the command:
3
4 set system ha priority 10
Make sure the priorities of all of the other units in the cluster are higher than the priority of the permanent primary unit.
The command get system ha mode
displays the current priority of the FortiGate unit that you are connected to.
Configure the permanent primary unit to override an existing primary unit when it joins the cluster. Use the following command to configure primary unit override: set system ha override enable
Enable override so the that the permanent primary unit will always override any other primary unit. For example, if the permanent primary unit shuts down, one of the other units in the cluster replaces it as the primary unit. When the permanent primary unit is restarted, it can become the primary unit again only if override is enabled.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
91
Advanced HA options High availability
Configuring weighted-round-robin weights
By default, in active-active HA mode the weighted round-robin schedule assigns the same weight to each FortiGate unit in the cluster. Once the cluster is configured to use the weighted round-robin schedule, you can use the set system ha weight command to configure a weight value for each cluster unit. The weight value sets the maximum number of connections that are sent to a cluster unit before a connection can be sent to the next cluster unit. You can set weight values to control the number of connections processed by each cluster unit. One use for this technique would be to reduce the number of connections processed by the primary cluster unit, by increasing the weight assigned to the subordinate cluster units.
Weight values are entered in order according to the priority of the units in the cluster.
For example, if you have a cluster of 3 FortiGate units, you can enter the following command to configure the weight values for each unit: set system ha weight 1 3 3
This command has the following results:
• The first connection is processed by the primary unit
• The next three connections are processed by the first subordinate unit
• The next three connections are processed by the second subordinate unit
The subordinate units will process more connections than the primary unit, and both subordinate units will on average process the same number of connections.
92
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
System status
You can connect to the web-based manager and go to System > Status to view the current status of your FortiGate unit. The status information that is displayed includes the current firmware version, the current virus and attack definitions, and the FortiGate unit serial number.
If you have logged into the web-based manager using the admin administrator account, you can use System Status to make any of the following changes to the
FortiGate system settings:
•
Changing the FortiGate host name
•
Changing the FortiGate firmware
•
Manual virus definition updates
•
Manual attack definition updates
•
•
•
Restoring system settings to factory defaults
•
•
•
•
Shutting down the FortiGate unit
If you log into the web-based manager with any other administrator account, you can go to System > Status to view the system settings including:
•
Displaying the FortiGate serial number
•
Displaying the FortiGate up time
•
Displaying log hard disk status
All administrative users can also go to System > Status > Monitor and view
FortiGate system status. System status displays FortiGate health monitoring information including CPU and memory status, Session and network status.
•
All administrative users can also go to System > Status > Session and view the active communication sessions to and through the FortiGate unit.
•
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
93
Changing the FortiGate host name System status
Changing the FortiGate host name
1
2
3
4
The FortiGate host name appears on the System > Status page and on the FortiGate
CLI prompt. The host name is also used as the SNMP System Name (see
“Configuring SNMP” on page 162 ).
The default host name is FortiGate-400.
To change the FortiGate host name:
Go to System > Status.
Select Edit Host Name
Enter a new host name.
.
Select OK.
The new host name appears on the System Status page and is added to the SNMP
System Name.
94
Changing the FortiGate firmware
After you download a FortiGate firmware image from Fortinet, you can use the procedures in
Table 1 to install the firmware image on your FortiGate unit.
Table 1: Firmware upgrade procedures
Procedure
Upgrade to a new firmware version
Revert to a previous firmware version
Install a firmware image from a system reboot using the CLI
Test a new firmware image before
Installing and using a backup firmware image
Description
Commonly-used web-based manager and CLI procedures to upgrade to a new FortiOS firmware version or to a more recent build of the same firmware version.
Use the web-based manager or CLI procedure to revert to a previous firmware version. This procedure reverts your FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration.
Use this procedure to install a new firmware version or revert to a previous firmware version. You must run this procedure by connecting to the CLI using the FortiGate console port and a nullmodem cable. This procedure reverts your FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration.
Use this procedure to test a new firmware image before installing it.
You must run this procedure by connecting to the CLI using the
FortiGate console port and a null-modem cable. This procedure temporarily installs a new firmware image using your current configuration. You can test the firmware image before installing it permanently. If the firmware image works correctly you can use one of the other procedures listed in this table to install it permanently.
If your FortiGate unit is running BIOS version v3.x, you can install a backup firmware image. Once the backup firmware image is installed you can switch to this backup image when required.
Fortinet Inc.
System status Changing the FortiGate firmware
Upgrade to a new firmware version
Use the following procedures to upgrade your FortiGate to a newer firmware version.
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
9
Upgrading the firmware using the web-based manager
Note: Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions included with the firmware release that you are installing. When you have installed new firmware, use the procedure
Copy the firmware image file to your management computer.
Login to the FortiGate web-based manager as the admin administrative user.
Go to System > Status.
Select Firmware Upgrade .
Enter the path and filename of the firmware image file, or select Browse and locate the file.
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file, upgrades to the new firmware version, restarts, and displays the FortiGate login. This process takes a few minutes.
Login to the web-based manager.
Go to System > Status and check the Firmware Version to confirm that the firmware upgrade has been installed successfully.
Use the procedure “Manually updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 119 to
update antivirus and attack definitions.
1
2
3
4
Upgrading the firmware using the CLI
To use the following procedure you must have a TFTP server that you can connect to from the FortiGate unit.
Note: Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions included with the firmware release that you are installing. When you have installed new firmware, use the procedure
CLI command execute updatecenter updatenow
to update the antivirus and attack definitions.
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Log into the CLI as the admin administrative user.
Make sure the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server.
You can use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server.
For example, if the TFTP server's IP address is 192.168.1.168: execute ping 192.168.1.168
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
95
Changing the FortiGate firmware System status
5
6
7
8
9
Enter the following command to copy the firmware image from the TFTP server to the
FortiGate: execute restore image <name_str> <tftp_ip>
Where
<name_str>
is the name of the firmware image file on the TFTP server and
<tftp_ip>
is the IP address of the TFTP server. For example, if the firmware image file name is
FGT_300-v250-build045-FORTINET.out and the IP address of the
TFTP server is 192.168.1.168, enter: execute restore image FGT_300-v250-build045-FORTINET.out
192.168.1.168
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file, upgrades to the new firmware version, and restarts. This process takes a few minutes.
Reconnect to the CLI.
To confirm that the new firmware image has been loaded, enter: get system status
Use the procedure “Manually updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 119 to
update antivirus and attack definitions, or from the CLI, enter: execute updatecenter updatenow
To confirm that the antivirus and attack definitions have been updated, enter the following command to display the antivirus engine, virus and attack definitions version, contract expiry, and last update attempt information.
get system objver
Revert to a previous firmware version
Use the following procedures to revert your FortiGate unit to a previous firmware version.
Reverting to a previous firmware version using the web-based manager
The following procedures return your FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration and delete NIDS user-defined signatures, web content lists, email filtering lists, and changes to replacement messages.
Before running this procedure you can:
• Backup the FortiGate unit configuration, use the procedure
“Backing up system settings” on page 108
.
• Backup the NIDS user defined signatures, see the FortiGate NIDS Guide
• Backup web content and email filtering lists, see the FortiGate Content Protection
Guide.
If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version (for example, reverting from FortiOS v2.50 to FortiOS v2.36) you may not be able to restore your previous configuration from the backup configuration file.
96
Fortinet Inc.
System status Changing the FortiGate firmware
3
4
5
1
2
6
7
8
9
10
Note: Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions included with the firmware release that you are installing. When you have installed new firmware, use the procedure
Copy the firmware image file to your management computer.
Login to the FortiGate web-based manager as the admin administrative user.
Go to System > Status.
Select Firmware Upgrade .
Enter the path and filename of the previous firmware image file, or select Browse and locate the file.
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file, reverts to the old firmware version, resets the configuration, restarts, and displays the FortiGate login. This process takes a few minutes.
Login to the web-based manager.
For information about logging into the web-based manager when the FortiGate unit is set to factory defaults, see
“Connecting to the web-based manager” on page 32 .
Go to System > Status and check the Firmware Version to confirm that the firmware has been installed successfully.
Restore your configuration.
See
“Restoring system settings” on page 108 to restore your previous configuration.
Use the procedure “Manually updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 119 to
update antivirus and attack definitions.
Reverting to a previous firmware version using the CLI
This procedure reverts your FortiGate unit to its factory default configuration and deletes NIDS user-defined signatures, web content lists, email filtering lists, and changes to replacement messages.
Before running this procedure you can:
• Backup the FortiGate unit configuration using the command execute backup config
.
• Backup the NIDS user defined signatures using the command execute backup nidsuserdefsig
• Backup web content and email filtering lists, see the FortiGate Content Protection
Guide.
If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version (for example, reverting from FortiOS v2.50 to FortiOS v2.36) you may not be able to restore your previous configuration from the backup configuration file.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
97
Changing the FortiGate firmware System status
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
9
10
11
Note: Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions included with the firmware release that you are installing. When you have installed new firmware, use the procedure
CLI command execute updatecenter updatenow
to update the antivirus and attack definitions.
To use the following procedure you must have a TFTP server that you can connect to from the FortiGate unit.
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Login to the FortiGate CLI as the admin administrative user.
Make sure the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server.
You can use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server.
For example, if the TFTP server's IP address is 192.168.1.168: execute ping 192.168.1.168
Enter the following command to copy the firmware image from the TFTP server to the
FortiGate unit: execute restore image <name_str> <tftp_ip>
Where
<name_str>
is the name of the firmware image file on the TFTP server and
<tftp_ip>
is the IP address of the TFTP server. For example, if the firmware image file name is
FGT_300-v250-build045-FORTINET.out
and the IP address of the
TFTP server is 192.168.1.168, enter: execute restore image FGT_300-v250-build045-FORTINET.out
192.168.1.168
The FortiGate unit uploads the firmware image file. Once the file has been uploaded a message similar to the following is displayed:
Get image from tftp server OK.
This operation will downgarde the current firmware version!
Do you want to continue? (y/n)
Type Y
The FortiGate unit reverts to the old firmware version, resets the configuration to factory defaults, and restarts. This process takes a few minutes.
Reconnect to the CLI.
For information about logging into the web-based manager when the FortiGate unit is set to factory defaults, see
“Connecting to the command line interface (CLI)” on page 33
.
To confirm that the new firmware image has been loaded, enter: get system status
Restore your previous configuration. Use the following command: execute restore config
Use the procedure “Manually updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 119 to
update antivirus and attack definitions, or from the CLI, enter: execute updatecenter updatenow
98
Fortinet Inc.
System status Changing the FortiGate firmware
12 To confirm that the antivirus and attack definitions have been updated, enter the following command to display the antivirus engine, virus and attack definitions version, contract expiry, and last update attempt information.
get system objver
Install a firmware image from a system reboot using the CLI
This procedure installs a specified firmware image and resets the FortiGate unit to default settings. You can use this procedure to upgrade to a new firmware version, revert to an older firmware version, or to re-install the current firmware.
3
4
1
2
5
Note: There are a few variations on this procedure for different FortiGate BIOS versions. These variations are explained in the procedure steps that are affected. The version of the BIOS running on your FortiGate unit is displayed when you restart the FortiGate unit while accessing the CLI by connecting to the FortiGate console port using a null-modem cable.
To run this procedure you:
• access the CLI by connecting to the FortiGate console port using a null-modem cable,
• install a TFTP server that you can connect to from port1. The TFTP server should be on the same subnet as port1.
Before running this procedure you can:
• Backup the FortiGate unit configuration, use the procedure
“Backing up system settings” on page 108
.
• Backup the NIDS user defined signatures, see the FortiGate NIDS Guide
• Backup web content and email filtering lists, see the FortiGate Content Protection
Guide.
If you are reverting to a previous FortiOS version (for example, reverting from FortiOS v2.50 to FortiOS v2.36) you may not be able to restore your previous configuration from the backup configuration file.
Note: Installing firmware replaces your current antivirus and attack definitions with the definitions included with the firmware release that you are installing. When you have installed new firmware, use the procedure
To install firmware from a system reboot
Connect to the CLI using the null modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of your TFTP server.
Make sure that port1 is connected to the same network as the TFTP server.
To confirm that the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server, use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server. For example, if the TFTP server’s IP address is 192.168.1.168: execute ping 192.168.1.168
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
99
Changing the FortiGate firmware System status
6
7
8
9
10
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit: execute reboot
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When one of the following messages appears:
• FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Press Any Key To Download Boot Image.
...
• FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
I
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You only have 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press any key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute reboot command.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, one of the following messages appears:
• FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Enter TFTP Server Address [192.168.1.168]:
Go to step
• FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
Type G to get the new firmware image from the TFTP server.
Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
Type the address of port1 and press Enter.
Note: The local IP address is only used to download the firmware image. After the firmware is installed the address of this interface is changed back to the default IP address for this interface.
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
100
Fortinet Inc.
System status Changing the FortiGate firmware
11
12
Enter the firmware image file name and press Enter.
The TFTP server uploads the firmware image file to the FortiGate unit and messages similar to the following appear.
• FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Do You Want To Save The Image? [Y/n]
Type Y.
• FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Save as Default firmware/Run image without saving:[D/R]
Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image without saving:[D/B/R]
Type D.
The FortiGate unit installs the new firmware image and restarts. The installation might take a few minutes to complete.
Restoring your previous configuration
You can then restore your previous configuration. Begin by changing the interface addresses if required. You can do this from the CLI using the command: set system interface
After changing the interface addresses, you can access the FortiGate unit from the web-based manager and restore your configuration.
restore web content and email filtering lists, see the FortiGate Content Protection
Guide.
If you are reverting to a previous firmware version (for example, reverting from
FortiOS v2.50 to FortiOS v2.36) you may not be able to restore your previous configuration from the backup up configuration file.
Update the virus and attack definitions to the most recent version, see
“Manually updating antivirus and attack definitions” on page 119 .
Test a new firmware image before installing it
You can test a new firmware image by installing the firmware image from a system reboot and saving it to system memory. After completing this procedure the FortiGate unit operates using the new firmware image with the current configuration. This new firmware image is not permanently installed. The next time the FortiGate unit restarts it will be operating with the originally installed firmware image using the current configuration. If the new firmware image operates successfully, you can install it permanently using the procedure
“Upgrade to a new firmware version” on page 95 .
To run this procedure you:
• access the CLI by connecting to the FortiGate console port using a null-modem cable,
• install a TFTP server that you can connect to from port1. The TFTP server should be on the same subnet as port1.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
101
Changing the FortiGate firmware System status
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
To test a new firmware image:
Connect to the CLI using a null modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Make sure the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of the TFTP server.
Make sure that port1 is connected to the same network as the TFTP server.
You can use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server.
For example, if the TFTP server's IP address is 192.168.1.168: execute ping 192.168.1.168
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit: execute reboot
As the FortiGate unit reboots, press any key to interrupt the system startup.
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When one of the following messages appears:
• FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Press Any Key To Download Boot Image.
...
• FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
I
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You only have 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press any key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute reboot command.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, one of the following messages appears:
• FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Enter TFTP Server Address [192.168.1.168]:
Go to step
• FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,Q,or H:
Type G to get the new firmware image from the TFTP server.
Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
Type the address of port1 and press Enter.
102
Fortinet Inc.
System status Changing the FortiGate firmware
Note: The local IP address is only used to download the firmware image. After the firmware is installed the address of this interface is changed back to the default IP address for this interface.
11
12
13
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
Enter the firmware image file name and press Enter.
The TFTP server uploads the firmware image file to the FortiGate unit and messages similar to the following appear.
• FortiGate unit running v2.x BIOS
Do You Want To Save The Image? [Y/n]
Type N.
• FortiGate unit running v3.x BIOS
Save as Default firmware/Run image without saving:[D/R]
Type R.
The FortiGate image is installed to system memory and the FortiGate starts running the new firmware image but with its current configuration.
You can login to the CLI or the web-based manager using any administrative account.
To confirm that the new firmware image has been loaded, from the CLI enter: get system status
You can test the new firmware image as required.
Installing and using a backup firmware image
If your FortiGate unit is running BIOS version v3.x, you can install a backup firmware image. Once the backup firmware image is installed you can switch to this backup image when required.
This section describes:
•
Installing a backup firmware image
•
Switching to the backup firmware image
•
Switching back to the default firmware image
1
2
3
Installing a backup firmware image
To run this procedure you:
• access the CLI by connecting to the FortiGate console port using a null-modem cable,
• install a TFTP server that you can connect to from the FortiGate as described in the procedure
“Install a firmware image from a system reboot using the CLI” on page 99
.
To install a backup firmware image:
Connect to the CLI using the null modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Make sure that the TFTP server is running.
Copy the new firmware image file to the root directory of your TFTP server.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
103
Changing the FortiGate firmware System status
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
To confirm that the FortiGate unit can connect to the TFTP server, use the following command to ping the computer running the TFTP server. For example, if the TFTP server’s IP address is 192.168.1.168: execute ping 192.168.1.168
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit: execute reboot
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When one of the following messages appears:
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
I
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You only have 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press any key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute reboot command.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, one of the following messages appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
Type G to get the new firmware image from the TFTP server.
Type the address of the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter Local Address [192.168.1.188]:
Type the address of the interface of the FortiGate unit that can connect to the TFTP server and press Enter.
The following message appears:
Enter File Name [image.out]:
Enter the firmware image file name and press Enter.
The TFTP server uploads the firmware image file to the FortiGate unit and messages similar to the following appear.
Save as Default firmware/Backup firmware/Run image without saving:[D/B/R]
Type B.
The FortiGate unit saves the backup firmware image and restarts. When the FortiGate unit restarts it is running the previously installed firmware version.
104
Fortinet Inc.
System status Changing the FortiGate firmware
1
2
3
4
Switching to the backup firmware image
Use this procedure to switch your FortiGate unit to operating with a backup firmware image that you have previous installed. When you switch the FortiGate unit to the backup firmware image, the FortiGate unit operates using the configuration that was saved with that firmware image.
If you install a new backup image from a reboot the configuration saved with this firmware image is the factory default configuration. If you use the procedure
“Switching back to the default firmware image” on page 106 to switch to a backup
firmware image that was previously running as the default firmware image, the configuration saved with this firmware image is restored.
Connect to the CLI using the null modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit: execute reboot
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When one of the following messages appears:
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
I
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You only have 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press any key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute reboot command.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, one of the following messages appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
Type B to load the backup firmware image.
The FortiGate unit loads the backup firmware image and restarts. When the FortiGate unit restarts it is running the backup firmware version and the configuration is set to factory default.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
105
Manual virus definition updates System status
1
2
3
4
Switching back to the default firmware image
Use this procedure to switch your FortiGate unit to operating with the backup firmware image that had been running as the default firmware image. When you switch to this backup firmware image, the configuration saved with this firmware image is restored.
Connect to the CLI using the null modem cable and FortiGate console port.
Enter the following command to restart the FortiGate unit: execute reboot
As the FortiGate units starts, a series of system startup messages are displayed.
When one of the following messages appears:
Press any key to enter configuration menu.....
......
I
Immediately press any key to interrupt the system startup.
Note: You only have 3 seconds to press any key. If you do not press any key soon enough, the
FortiGate unit reboots and you must log in and repeat the execute reboot
command.
If you successfully interrupt the startup process, one of the following messages appears:
[G]: Get firmware image from TFTP server.
[F]: Format boot device.
[B]: Boot with backup firmware and set as default.
[Q]: Quit menu and continue to boot with default firmware.
[H]: Display this list of options.
Enter G,F,B,Q,or H:
Type B to load the backup firmware image.
The FortiGate unit loads the backup firmware image and restarts. When the FortiGate unit restarts it is running the backup firmware version with a restored configuration.
Manual virus definition updates
The System > Status page of the FortiGate web-based manager displays the current installed versions of the FortiGate Antivirus Definitions. You can use the following procedure to update the antivirus definitions manually.
1
2
3
4
Note: To configure the FortiGate unit for automatic antivirus definitions updates, see
antivirus definitions update by going to System > Update and selecting Update Now.
Download the latest antivirus definitions update file from Fortinet and copy it to the computer that you use to connect to the web-based manager.
Start the web-based manager and go to System > Status.
To the right of the Antivirus Definitions Version, select Definitions Update .
Enter the path and filename for the antivirus definitions update file, or select Browse and locate the antivirus definitions update file.
106
Fortinet Inc.
System status Manual attack definition updates
5
6
Select OK to copy the antivirus definitions update file to the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit updates the antivirus definitions. This takes about 1 minute.
Go to System > Status to confirm that the Antivirus Definitions Version information has been updated.
Manual attack definition updates
The System > Status page of the FortiGate web-based manager displays the current installed versions of the FortiGate Attack Definitions used by the Network Intrusion
Detection System (NIDS). You can use the following procedure to update the attack definitions manually.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Note: To configure the FortiGate unit for automatic attack definitions updates, see
attack definitions update by going to System > Update and selecting Update Now.
Download the latest attack definitions update file from Fortinet and copy it to the computer that you use to connect to the web-based manager.
Start the web-based manager and go to System > Status.
To the right of the Attack Definitions Version, select Definitions Update .
Enter the path and filename for the attack definitions update file, or select Browse and locate the attack definitions update file.
Select OK to copy the attack definitions update file to the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit updates the attack definitions. This takes about 1 minute.
Go to System > Status to confirm that the Attack Definitions Version information has been updated.
Displaying the FortiGate serial number
1 Go to System > Status.
The serial number is displayed in the System Status page of the web-based manager.
The serial number is specific to the FortiGate unit and does not change with firmware upgrades.
Displaying the FortiGate up time
1 Go to System > Status.
The FortiGate up time displays the time in days, hours, and minutes since the
FortiGate unit was last started.
Displaying log hard disk status
1 Go to System > Status.
Log Hard Disk displays Available if the FortiGate unit contains a hard disk and Not
Available if no hard disk is installed. The FortiGate unit uses the hard disk to store log messages and to quarantine files infected with a virus or blocked by antivirus file blocking.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
107
Backing up system settings System status
Backing up system settings
1
2
3
4
5
You can back up system settings by downloading them to a text file on the management computer:
Go to System > Status.
Select System Settings Backup.
Select Backup System Settings.
Type a name and location for the file.
The system settings file is backed up to the management computer.
Select Return to go back to the Status page.
Restoring system settings
1
2
3
4
5
You can restore system settings by uploading a previously downloaded system settings text file:
Go to System > Status.
Select System Settings Restore.
Enter the path and filename of the system settings file, or select Browse and locate the file.
Select OK to restore the system settings file to the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit restarts, loading the new system settings.
Reconnect to the web-based manager and review your configuration to confirm that the uploaded system settings have taken effect.
Restoring system settings to factory defaults
Use the following procedure to restore system settings to the values set at the factory.
This procedure does not change the firmware version or the antivirus or attack definitions.
1
2
3
!
4
Caution: This procedure deletes all changes that you have made to the FortiGate configuration and reverts the system to its original configuration, including resetting interface addresses.
Go to System > Status.
Select Restore Factory Defaults.
Select OK to confirm.
The FortiGate unit restarts with the configuration that it had when it was first powered on.
Reconnect to the web-based manager and review the system configuration to confirm that it has been reset to the default settings.
To restore your system settings, see
“Restoring system settings” on page 108
.
108
Fortinet Inc.
System status Changing to Transparent mode
Changing to Transparent mode
1
2
3
4
5
Use the following procedure to switch the FortiGate unit from NAT/Route mode to
Transparent mode. When the FortiGate unit has changed to Transparent mode its configuration resets to Transparent mode factory defaults.
Go to System > Status.
Select Change to Transparent Mode.
Select Transparent in the operation mode list.
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes operation mode.
To reconnect to the web-based manager, connect to the interface configured for
Transparent mode management access and browse to https:// followed by the
Transparent mode management IP address.
By default in Transparent mode, you can connect to port1. The default Transparent mode management IP address is 10.10.10.1.
Changing to NAT/Route mode
1
2
3
4
5
Use the following procedure to switch the FortiGate unit from Transparent mode to
NAT/Route mode. When the FortiGate unit has changed to NAT/Route mode its configuration resets to NAT/Route mode factory defaults.
Go to System > Status.
Select Change to NAT Mode.
Select NAT/Route in the operation mode list.
Select OK.
The FortiGate unit changes operation mode.
To reconnect to the web-based manager you must connect to the interface configured by default for management access.
By default in NAT/Route mode, you can connect to port1. The default Transparent mode management IP address is 192.168.1.99.
See
“Connecting to the web-based manager” on page 32
or
“Connecting to the command line interface (CLI)” on page 33
.
Restarting the FortiGate unit
1
2
Go to System > Status.
Select Restart.
The FortiGate unit restarts.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
109
Shutting down the FortiGate unit System status
Shutting down the FortiGate unit
1
2
Go to System > Status.
Select Shutdown.
The FortiGate unit shuts down and all traffic flow stops.
The FortiGate unit can only be restarted after shutdown by turning the power off, then on.
System status
You can use the system status monitor to display FortiGate system health information.
The system health information includes memory usage, the number of active communication sessions, and the amount of network bandwidth currently in use. The web-based manager displays current statistics as well as statistics for the previous minute.
If the FortiGate unit contains a hard disk, the system status monitor also displays the capacity of the hard disk as well as the amount of used and free space on the hard disk.
You can also view current virus and intrusion status. The web-based manager displays the current number of viruses and attacks as well as a graph of virus and attack levels over the previous 20 hours.
In each case you can set an automatic refresh interval that updates the display every
5 to 30 seconds. You can also refresh the display manually.
•
•
Viewing sessions and network status
•
Viewing virus and intrusions status
Viewing CPU and memory status
Current CPU and memory status indicates how close the FortiGate unit is to running at full capacity. The web-based manager displays CPU and memory usage for core processes only. CPU and memory use for management processes (for example, for
HTTPS connections to the web-based manager) is excluded.
If CPU and memory use is low, the FortiGate unit is able to process much more network traffic than is currently running. If CPU and memory use is high, the FortiGate unit is performing near its full capacity. Placing additional demands on the system could lead to traffic processing delays.
110
Fortinet Inc.
System status
Figure 1: CPU and memory status monitor
System status
1
2
3
CPU and memory intensive processes such as encrypting and decrypting IPSec VPN traffic, virus scanning, and processing high levels of network traffic containing small packets will increase CPU and memory usage.
Go to System > Status > Monitor.
CPU & Memory status is displayed. The display includes bar graphs of current CPU and memory usage as well as line graphs of CPU and memory usage for the last minute.
If your FortiGate unit contains a hard disk, CPU, memory, and hard disk status is displayed.
Set the automatic refresh interval and select Go to control how often the web-based manager updates the display.
More frequent updates use system resources and increase network traffic. However, this only occurs when you are viewing the display using the web-based manager.
Select Refresh to manually update the information displayed.
Viewing sessions and network status
Use the session and network status display to track how many network sessions the
FortiGate unit is processing and to see what effect the number of sessions has on the available network bandwidth. Also, by comparing CPU and memory usage with session and network status you can see how much demand network traffic is placing on system resources.
Sessions displays the total number of sessions being processed by the FortiGate unit on all interfaces. Sessions also displays the sessions as a percentage of the maximum number of sessions that the FortiGate unit is designed to support.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
111
System status System status
1
2
Network utilization displays the total network bandwidth being used through all
FortiGate interfaces. Network utilization also displays network utilization as a percentage of the maximum network bandwidth that can be processed by the
FortiGate unit.
Go to System > Status > Monitor.
Select Sessions & Network.
Sessions and network status is displayed. The display includes bar graphs of the current number of sessions and current network utilization as well as line graphs of session and network utilization usage for the last minute. The line graph scales are shown in the upper left corner of the graph.
Figure 2: Sessions and network status monitor
112
3
4
Set the automatic refresh interval and select Go to control how often the web-based manager updates the display.
More frequent updates use system resources and increase network traffic. However, this only occurs when you are viewing the display using the web-based manager.
Select Refresh to manually update the information displayed.
Viewing virus and intrusions status
1
2
Use the virus and intrusions status display to track when viruses are found by the
FortiGate antivirus system and to track when the NIDS detects a network-based attack.
Go to System > Status > Monitor.
Select Virus & Intrusions.
Virus and intrusions status is displayed. The display includes bar graphs of the number viruses and intrusions detected per hour as well as line graphs of the number of viruses and intrusions detected for the last 20 hours.
Fortinet Inc.
System status
Figure 3: Sessions and network status monitor
Session list
3
4
Set the automatic refresh interval and select Go to control how often the web-based manager updates the display.
More frequent updates use system resources and increase network traffic. However, this only occurs when you are viewing the display using the web-based manager. The line graph scales are shown on the upper right corner of the graph.
Select Refresh to manually update the information displayed.
Session list
1
2
3
4
The session list displays information about the communications sessions currently being processed by the FortiGate unit. You can use the session list to view current sessions. FortiGate administrators with read and write permission, and the FortiGate admin user can also stop active communication sessions.
Viewing the session list
Go to System > Status > Session.
The web-based manager displays the total number of active sessions in the FortiGate unit session table and lists the top 16.
To page through the list of sessions, select Page Up or Page Down .
Select Refresh to update the session list.
If you have logged in as an administrative user with read and write privileges or as the admin user, you can select Clear to stop any active session.
Each line of the session list displays the following information:
Protocol
From IP
The service protocol of the connection, for example, udp, tcp, or icmp.
The source IP address of the connection.
From Port The source port of the connection.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
113
Session list
To IP
To Port
Expire
Clear
The destination IP address of the connection.
The destination port of the connection.
The time, in seconds, before the connection expires.
Stop an active communication session.
Figure 4: Example session list
System status
114
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
You can configure the FortiGate unit to connect to the FortiResponse Distribution
Network (FDN) to update the antivirus and attack definitions and antivirus engine. You have the following update options:
• Request updates from the FDN manually,
• Schedule updates to automatically request the latest versions hourly, daily, or weekly
• Push updates so that the FDN contacts your FortiGate unit when a new update is available.
To receive scheduled updates and push updates, you must register the FortiGate unit on the Fortinet Support web page.
This chapter describes:
•
Updating antivirus and attack definitions
•
•
Updating registration information
•
Registering a FortiGate unit after an RMA
Updating antivirus and attack definitions
You can configure the FortiGate unit to connect to the FortiResponse Distribution
Network (FDN) to automatically receive the latest antivirus and attack definitions and antivirus engine updates. The FortiGate unit supports the following antivirus and attack definition update features:
• User-initiated manual updates from the FDN,
• Hourly, daily, or weekly scheduled antivirus and attack definition and antivirus engine updates from the FDN,
• Push updates from the FDN,
• View the update status including version numbers, expiry dates, and update dates and times,
• Push updates through a NAT device.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
115
Updating antivirus and attack definitions Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
The System > Update page web-based manager displays the following antivirus and attack definition update information:
Version
Expiry date
Last update attempt
Last update status
Displays the current antivirus engine, virus definition, and attack definition version numbers.
Displays the expiry date of your license for antivirus engine, virus definition, and attack definition updates.
Displays the date and time on which the FortiGate unit last attempted to download antivirus engine, virus definition, and attack definition updates.
Displays the success or failure of the last update attempt. No updates means the last update attempt was successful but no new updates are available.
Update succeeded or similar messages mean the last update attempt was successful and new updates were installed. Other messages can indicate that the FortiGate was not able to connect to the FDN and other error conditions.
This section describes:
•
Connecting to the FortiResponse Distribution Network
•
•
•
•
Manually updating antivirus and attack definitions
•
•
Push updates through a NAT device
•
Scheduled updates through a proxy server
Connecting to the FortiResponse Distribution Network
Before the FortiGate unit can receive antivirus and attack updates, it must be able to connect to the FortiResponse Distribution Network (FDN). The FortiGate unit uses
HTTPS on port 8890 to connect to the FDN. The FortiGate interface 1 must have a path to the internet using port 8890. To configure scheduled updates, see
“Configuring scheduled updates” on page 117 .
You can also configure the FortiGate unit to allow push updates. Push updates are provided to the FortiGate unit from the FDN using HTTPS on UDP port 9443. To receive push updates, the FDN must have a path to the FortiGate interface 1 using
UDP port 9443. To configure push updates, see
“Configuring push updates” on page 119 .
The FDN is a world-wide network of FortiResponse Distribution Servers (FDSs).
When your FortiGate unit connects to the FDN it actually connects to the nearest
FDS. To do this, all FortiGate units are programmed with a list of FDS addresses sorted by nearest time zone according to the time zone configured for the FortiGate unit. To make sure the FortiGate unit receives updates from the nearest FDS, go to
System > Config > Time and make sure you have selected the correct time zone for your area.
116
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration Updating antivirus and attack definitions
1
2
3
To make sure the FortiGate unit can connect to the FDN:
Go to System > Config > Time and make sure the time zone is set to the correct time zone for your area.
Go to System > Update.
Select Refresh.
The FortiGate unit tests its connection to the FDN. The test results are displayed at the top of the System Update page.
Table 1: Connections to the FDN
Connections
FortiResponse
Distribution
Network
Push Update
Status Comments
Available The FortiGate unit can connect to the FDN. You can configure the FortiGate unit for scheduled updates.
See
“Configuring scheduled updates” on page 117
.
Not available The FortiGate unit cannot connect to the FDN. You must configure your FortiGate unit and your network so that the FortiGate unit can connect to the Internet and to the FDN. For example, you may need to add routes to the FortiGate routing table or configure your network to allow the FortiGate unit to use HTTPS on port 8890 to connect to the Internet.
You may also have to connect to an override
FortiResponse server to receive updates. See
“Configuring update logging” on page 118
.
Available The FDN can connect to the FortiGate unit to send push updates. You can configure the FortiGate unit to receive push updates. See
“Configuring push updates” on page 119 .
Not available The FDN cannot connect to the FortiGate unit to send push updates. Push updates may not be available if you have not registered the FortiGate unit (see
“Registering the FortiGate unit” on page 126 ), if there is
a NAT device installed between the FortiGate unit and the FDN (see
“Push updates through a NAT device” on page 120 ), or if your FortiGate unit connects to the
Internet using a proxy server (see
“Scheduled updates through a proxy server” on page 124 ).
Configuring scheduled updates
1
2
3
You can configure the FortiGate unit to check for and download updated definitions hourly, daily, or weekly according to the schedule you specify.
Go to System > Update.
Select Scheduled Update.
Select whether to check for and download updates hourly, daily, or weekly:
Hourly
Daily
Weekly
Once every 1 to 23 hours. Select the number of hours and minutes between each update request.
Once a day. You can specify the time of day to check for updates.
Once a week. You can specify the day of the week and the time of day to check for updates.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
117
Updating antivirus and attack definitions Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
4 Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit starts the next scheduled update according to the new update schedule.
Whenever a scheduled update is run, the event is recorded in the FortiGate event log.
Figure 1: Configuring automatic antivirus and attack definitions updates
118
Configuring update logging
1
2
3
4
Use the following procedure to configure FortiGate logging to record log messages when the FortiGate unit updates antivirus and attack definitions. Update log messages are recorded on the FortiGate Event log.
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting.
Select Config Policy for the type of logs that the FortiGate unit is configured to record.
See
.
Select Update to record log messages when the FortiGate unit updates antivirus and attack definitions.
Select the following update log options:
5
Failed Update The FortiGate unit records a log message whenever and update attempt fails.
Successful
Update
The Fortigate unit records a log message whenever an update attempt is successful.
FDN error The FortiGate unit records a log messages whenever it cannot connect to the FDN or whenever it receives an error message from the FDN.
Select OK.
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration Updating antivirus and attack definitions
Adding an override server
1
2
3
If you cannot connect to the FDN or if your organization provides antivirus and attack updates using their own FortiResponse server, you can use the following procedure to add the IP address of an override FortiResponse server.
Go to System > Update.
Select Use override server address and add the IP address of a FortiResponse server.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit tests the connection to the override server.
If the FortiResponse Distribution Network setting changes to available, the FortiGate unit has successfully connected to the override server.
If the FortiResponse Distribution Network stays set to not available, the FortiGate unit cannot connect to the override server. Check the FortiGate configuration and the network configuration to make sure you can connect to the override FortiResponse server from the FortiGate unit.
Manually updating antivirus and attack definitions
1
2
You can use the following procedure to update the antivirus and attack definitions at any time. To run this procedure the FortiGate unit must be able to connect to the FDN or to an override FortiResponse server.
Go to System > Update.
Select Update Now to update the antivirus and attack definitions.
If the connection to the FDN or override server is successful, the web-based manager displays a message similar to the following:
Your update request has been sent. Your database will be updated in a few minutes. Please check your update page for the status of the update.
After a few minutes, if an update is available, the System Update page lists new version information for antivirus definitions, the antivirus engine, or for attack definitions. The System Status page will also displays new dates and version numbers for antivirus and attack definitions. Messages are recorded to the event log indicating whether the update was successful or not.
Configuring push updates
The FDN can push updates to FortiGate units to provide the fastest possible response to critical situations. You must register the FortiGate unit before it can receive push updates. See
“Registering the FortiGate unit” on page 126 .
Push updates are not supported if the FortiGate unit must use a proxy server to connect to the FDN. See
“Scheduled updates through a proxy server” on page 124
for more information.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
119
Updating antivirus and attack definitions Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
1
2
3
To enable push updates
Go to System > Update.
Select Allow Push Update.
Select Apply.
About push updates
When you configure a FortiGate unit to allow push updates, the FortiGate unit sends a
SETUP message to the FDN. The next time a new antivirus engine, new antivirus definitions, or new attack definitions are released, the FDN notifies all FortiGate units configured for push updates that a new update is available. Within 60 seconds of receiving a push notification, the FortiGate unit attempts to request an update from the
FDN.
If available for your network configuration, configuring push updates is recommended in addition to configuring scheduled updates. Push updates mean that on average the
FortiGate unit receives new updates sooner than if the FortiGate just receives scheduled updates. However, scheduled updates make sure that the FortiGate unit does eventually receives the latest updates.
Enabling push updates is not recommended as the only method for obtaining updates.
The push notification may not be received by the FortiGate unit. Also, when the
FortiGate unit receives a push notification it will only make one attempt to connect to the FDN and download updates.
Push updates through a NAT device
If the FDN can only connect to the FortiGate unit through a NAT device, you must configure port forwarding on the NAT device and add the port forwarding information to the push update configuration. Using port forwarding, the FDN connects to the
FortiGate unit using either port 9443 or an override push port that you assign.
Note: You cannot receive push updates through a NAT device if the external IP address of the
NAT device is dynamic (for example, set using PPPoE or DHCP).
Example: push updates through a NAT device
This example describes how to configure a FortiGate NAT device to forward push updates to a FortiGate unit installed on its internal network. For the FortiGate unit on the internal network to receive push updates, the FortiGate NAT device must be configured with a port forwarding virtual IP. This virtual IP maps the IP address of the external interface of the FortiGate NAT device and a custom port to the IP address of the FortiGate unit on the internal network. This IP address can either be the external
IP address of the FortiGate unit if it is operating in NAT/Route mode or the
Management IP address of the FortiGate unit if it is operating in Transparent mode.
Note: This example describes the configuration for a FortiGate NAT device. However, any NAT device with a static external IP address that can be configured for port forwarding can be used.
120
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration Updating antivirus and attack definitions
Figure 2: Example network topology: Push updates through a NAT device
1
2
3
General procedure
Use the following steps to configure the FortiGate NAT device and the FortiGate unit on the Internal network so that the FortiGate unit on the Internal network can receive push updates:
Add a port forwarding virtual IP to the FortiGate NAT device.
Add a firewall policy to the FortiGate NAT device that includes the port forwarding virtual IP.
Configure the FortiGate unit on the internal network with an override push IP and port.
Note: Before completing the following procedure you should register the FortiGate unit on the internal network so that it can receive push updates.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
121
Updating antivirus and attack definitions Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
9
10
11
5
6
3
4
1
2
7
8
Adding a port forwarding virtual IP to the FortiGate NAT device
Use the following procedure to configure a FortiGate NAT device to use port forwarding to forward push update connections from the FDN to a FortiGate unit on the internal network.
To configure the FortiGate NAT device:
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
Select New.
Add a name for the virtual IP.
Select the External interface that the FDN connects to.
For the example topology, select the external interface.
Select Port Forwarding.
Enter the External IP address that the FDN connects to.
For the example topology, enter 64.230.123.149.
Enter the External Service Port that the FDN connects to.
For the example topology, enter 45001.
Set Map to IP to the IP address of the FortiGate unit on the internal network.
If the FortiGate unit is operating in NAT/Route mode, enter the IP address of the external interface.
If the FortiGate unit is operating in Transparent mode, enter the management IP address.
For the example topology, enter 192.168.1.99.
Set the Map to Port to 9443.
Set Protocol to UDP.
Select OK.
122
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
Figure 3: Push update port forwarding virtual IP
Updating antivirus and attack definitions
1
2
3
3
4
1
2
Adding a firewall policy for the port forwarding virtual IP
To configure the FortiGate NAT device:
Add a new external to internal firewall policy.
Configure the policy with the following settings:
Source
Destination
Schedule
Service
Action
NAT
Select OK.
External_All
The virtual IP added above.
Always
ANY
Accept
Selected.
Configure the FortiGate unit with an override push IP and port
To configure the FortiGate unit on the internal network:
Go to System > Update.
Select Allow Push Update.
Select Use override push.
Set IP to the External IP Address added to the virtual IP.
For the example topology, enter 64.230.123.149.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
123
Updating antivirus and attack definitions Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
5
6
Set Port to the External Service Port added to the virtual IP.
For the example topology, enter 45001.
Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit sends the override push IP address and Port to the FDN. The FDN will now use this IP address and port for push updates to the FortiGate unit on the internal network.
If the External IP Address or External Service Port change, add the changes to the
Use override push configuration and select Apply to update the push information on the FDN.
Figure 4: Example push update configuration
124
7
8
Select Apply.
You can select Refresh to make sure that push updates work.
Push Update should change to Available.
Scheduled updates through a proxy server
If your FortiGate unit must connect to the Internet through a proxy server, you can use the set system autoupdate tunneling
command to allow the FortiGate unit to connect (or tunnel) to the FDN using the proxy server. Using the command you can specify the IP address and port of the proxy server. As well, if the proxy server requires authentication, you can add the user name and password required for the proxy server to the autoupdate configuration. The full syntax for enabling updates through a proxy server is: set system autouopdate tunneling enable [address
<proxy-address_ip> [port <proxy-port> [username <username_str>
[password <password_str>]]]]
For example, if the IP address of the proxy server is 64.23.6.89 and its port is 8080, enter the following command: set system autouopdate tunneling enable address 64.23.6.89 port 8080
For more information about the set system autoupdate
command, see Volume 6,
FortiGate CLI Reference Guide.
The FortiGate unit connects to the proxy server using the HTTP CONNECT method, as described in RFC 2616. The FortiGate unit sends an HTTP CONNECT request to the proxy server (optionally with authentication information) specifying the IP address and port required to connect to the FDN. The proxy server establishes the connection to the FDN and passes information between the FortiGate unit and the FDN.
The CONNECT method is used mostly for tunneling SSL traffic. Some proxy servers won't allow the CONNECT to connect to just any port; they restrict the allowed ports to the well known ports for HTTPS and perhaps some other similar services. Because
FortiGate autoupdates use HTTPS on port 8890 to connect to the FDN, your proxy server may have to be configured to allow connections on this port.
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration Registering FortiGate units
There are no special tunneling requirements if you have configured an override server address to connect to the FDN.
Push updates are not supported if the FortiGate must connect to the Internet through a proxy server.
Registering FortiGate units
After purchasing and installing a new FortiGate unit, you can register the unit using the web-based manager by going to System > Update > Support, or by using a web browser to connect to http://support.fortinet.com and selecting Product Registration.
Registration consists of entering your contact information and the serial numbers of the FortiGate units you or your organization have purchased. Registration is quick and easy. You can register multiple FortiGate units in a single session without re-entering your contact information.
Once registration is completed, Fortinet sends a Support Login user name and password to your email address. You can use this user name and password to log on to the Fortinet support web site to:
• View your list of registered FortiGate units
• Register additional FortiGate units
• Add or change FortiCare Support Contract numbers for each FortiGate unit
• View and change registration information
• Download virus and attack definitions updates
• Download firmware upgrades
• Modify registration information after an RMA
Soon you will also be able to:
• Access Fortinet user documentation
• Access the Fortinet knowledge base
All registration information is stored in the Fortinet Customer Support database. This information is used to make sure that your registered FortiGate units can be kept up to date. All information is strictly confidential. Fortinet does not share this information with any third party organizations for any reason.
This section describes:
•
•
Registering the FortiGate unit
FortiCare Service Contracts
Owners of a new FortiGate unit are entitled to 90 days of technical support services.
To continue receiving support services after the 90 day expiry date, you must purchase a FortiCare Support Contract from an authorized Fortinet reseller or distributor. Different levels of service are available so you can purchase the support that you need. For maximum network protection, Fortinet strongly recommends that all customers purchase a service contract that covers antivirus and attack definition updates. See your Fortinet reseller or distributor for details of packages and pricing.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
125
Registering FortiGate units Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
To activate the FortiCare Support Contract, you must register the FortiGate unit and add the FortiCare Support Contract number to the registration information. You can also register the FortiGate unit without purchasing a FortiCare Support Contract. In this case, when you do purchase a FortiCare Support Contract you can update the registration information to add the support contract number.
A single FortiCare Support Contract can cover multiple FortiGate units. You must enter the same service contract number for each of the FortiGate models covered by the service contract.
Registering the FortiGate unit
Before registering a FortiGate unit, you require the following information:
• Your contact information including:
• First and last name
• Company name
• Email address (Your Fortinet support login user name and password will be sent to this email address.)
• Address
• Contact phone number
• A security question and an answer to the security question.
This information is used for password recovery. The security question should be a simple question that only you know the answer to. The answer should not be easy to guess.
• The product model and serial number for each FortiGate unit to be registered.
The serial number is located on a label on the bottom of the FortiGate unit.
You can view the Serial number from the web-based manager by going to
System > Status.
The serial number is also available from the CLI using the get system status command.
• FortiCare Support Contract numbers if you have purchased FortiCare Support
Contracts for the FortiGate units to be registered.
1
2
To register one or more FortiGate units
Go to System > Update > Support.
Enter your contact information into the product registration form.
126
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration Registering FortiGate units
Figure 5: Registering a FortiGate unit (contact information and security question)
5
6
3
4
Provide a security question and an answer to the security question.
Select the model number of the Product Model to register.
Enter the Serial Number of the FortiGate unit.
If you have purchased a FortiCare Support Contract for this FortiGate unit, enter the support contract number.
Figure 6: Registering a FortiGate unit (product information)
7 Select Finish.
If you have not entered a FortiCare Support Contract number (SCN) you can return to the previous page to enter the number. If you do not have a FortiCare Support
Contract you can select Continue to complete the registration.
If you have entered a support contract number a real-time validation is performed to verify that the SCN information matches the FortiGate unit. If the information doesn't match you can try entering it again.
A web page is displayed that contains detailed information about the Fortinet technical support services available to you for the registered FortiGate unit.
Your Fortinet support user name and password is sent to the email address provided with your Contact information.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
127
Updating registration information Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
Updating registration information
You can use your Fortinet support user name and password to log on to the Fortinet
Support web site at any time to view or update your Fortinet support information.
This section describes:
•
Recovering a lost Fortinet support password
•
Viewing the list of registered FortiGate units
•
Registering a new FortiGate unit
•
Adding or changing a FortiCare Support Contract number
•
Changing your Fortinet support password
•
Changing your contact information or security question
•
Downloading virus and attack definitions updates
Recovering a lost Fortinet support password
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
If you provided a security question and answer when you registered on the Fortinet support web site, you can use the following procedure to receive a replacement password. If you did not provide a security question and answer, contact Fortinet tech support.
Go to System > Update > Support.
Select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name.
Select Forgot your password?
Enter your email address and select Submit.
The security question that you entered when you registered is displayed.
Enter the answer to your security question and select Get Password.
If you entered the correct answer to the security question, an email containing a new password is sent to your email address. You can use your current user name and this password to log into the Fortinet support web site.
Select Support Login.
When your new password arrives, enter your user name and new password to log into the Fortinet support web site.
Viewing the list of registered FortiGate units
3
4
1
2
Go to System > Update > Support and select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name and password.
Select Login.
Select View Products.
The list of FortiGate products that you have registered is displayed. For each
FortiGate unit, the list includes the serial number and current support options for that unit.
128
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
Figure 7: Sample list of registered FortiGate units
Updating registration information
Registering a new FortiGate unit
3
4
5
1
2
6
7
8
Go to System > Update > Support and select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name and password.
Select Login.
Select Add Registration.
Select the model number of the Product Model to register.
Enter the Serial Number of the FortiGate unit.
If you have purchased a FortiCare Support Contract for this FortiGate unit, enter the support contract number.
Select Finish.
The list of FortiGate products that you have registered is displayed. The list now includes the new FortiGate unit.
Adding or changing a FortiCare Support Contract number
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to System > Update > Support and select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name and password.
Select Login.
Select Add/Change Contract number.
Select the Serial Number of the FortiGate unit for which to add or change a FortiCare
Support Contract number.
Add the new Support Contract number.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
129
Updating registration information Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
7 Select Finish.
The list of FortiGate products that you have registered is displayed. The list now includes the new support contract information.
Changing your Fortinet support password
5
6
7
3
4
1
2
Go to System > Update > Support and select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name and password.
Select Login.
Select My Profile.
Select Change Password.
Enter your current password.
Enter and confirm a new password.
An email is sent to your email address confirming that your password has been changed. Use your current user name and new password the next time you log into the Fortinet tech support web site.
Changing your contact information or security question
6
7
4
5
8
1
2
3
Go to System > Update > Support and select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name and password.
Select Login.
Select My Profile.
Select Edit Profile.
Make the required changes to your contact information.
Make the required changes to your security question and answer.
Select Update Profile.
Your changes are saved to the Fortinet technical support database. If you changed your contact information, the changes are displayed.
Downloading virus and attack definitions updates
3
4
1
2
5
6
Use the following procedure to manually download virus and attack definitions updates. This procedure also describes how to install the definitions updates on your
FortiGate unit.
Go to System > Update > Support and select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name and password.
Select Login.
Select Download Virus/Attack Update.
If required, select the FortiOS version.
Select the virus and attack definitions to download.
130
Fortinet Inc.
Virus and attack definitions updates and registration Registering a FortiGate unit after an RMA
Figure 8: Downloading virus and attack definition updates
For information about how to install the downloaded files, see
“Manual virus definition updates” on page 106
and “Manual attack definition updates” on page 107
.
Registering a FortiGate unit after an RMA
3
4
1
2
5
The Return Material Authorization (RMA) process starts when a customer’s registered
FortiGate unit doesn't work properly due to a hardware failure. If this happens while the FortiGate unit is still protected by hardware coverage, you can return the FortiGate unit that is not functioning to your reseller or distributor.
The RMA is recorded and you will receive a replacement unit. Fortinet adds the RMA information to the Fortinet support database. When you receive the replacement unit you can use the following procedure to update your product registration information.
Go to System > Update > Support and select Support Login.
Enter your Fortinet support user name and password to log in.
Select Add Registration.
Select the link to replace a unit with a new unit from an RMA.
Select Finish.
The list of FortiGate products that you have registered is displayed. The list now includes the replacement FortiGate unit. All support levels are transferred to the replacement unit.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
131
Registering a FortiGate unit after an RMA Virus and attack definitions updates and registration
132
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Network configuration
Go to System > Network to make any of the following changes to the FortiGate network settings:
•
•
•
•
•
Providing DHCP services to your internal network
Configuring zones
In NAT/Route mode, you can use zones to group related interfaces or VLAN subinterfaces. Grouping interfaces and subinterfaces into zones simplifies policy creation. For example, if you have two interfaces connected to the Internet, you can add both of these interfaces to the same zone. Then you can configure policies for connections to and from this zone, rather than to and from each interface.
You can add new zones. You can also rename and edit any zone. Finally, you can delete zones when they appear in the zone list with a Delete icon.
A new zone will not appear in the policy grid until you add a firewall address for it. See
“Adding addresses” on page 179 .
This section describes:
•
•
•
Adding VLAN subinterfaces to a zone
•
•
Adding zones
1
2
Using the web-based manager:
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Select New to add a zone.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
133
Configuring zones Network configuration
3
4
5
Type a Name for the zone.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Optionally select Block intra-zone traffic to block traffic between interfaces in the same zone.
Select OK to add the zone.
The zone now appears on the firewall policy grid.
Adding interfaces to a zone
1
2
3
4
5
You can add one or more interfaces to a zone. If you have added firewall addresses to an interface, you must delete these firewall addresses before you can add the
interface to a zone. See “Deleting addresses” on page 180 . When you add an
interface to a zone, you cannot add firewall addresses to the interface and the interface does not appear on the policy grid.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
For the interface to add to a zone, select Modify .
Use the Zone list to select the zone to add the interface to.
Select OK to save your changes.
Repeat these steps to add more interfaces to zones.
Adding VLAN subinterfaces to a zone
1
2
3
4
5
You can add one or more VLAN subinterfaces to a zone. If you have added firewall addresses to a VLAN subinterface, you must delete these firewall addresses before you can add the VLAN subinterface to a zone. See
“Deleting addresses” on page 180 .
When you add a VLAN subinterface to a zone, you cannot add firewall addresses to the VLAN subinterface and the VLAN subinterface does not appear on the policy grid.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
For the VLAN subinterface to add to a zone, select Modify .
Use the Zone list to select the zone to add the VLAN subinterface to.
Select OK to save your changes.
Repeat these steps to add more VLAN subinterfaces to zones.
Renaming zones
1
2
3
4
You can change the name of any zone in the zone list.
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Choose a zone to rename and select Edit zone
Enter a new name for the zone.
.
Select OK to save your changes.
134
Fortinet Inc.
Network configuration Configuring interfaces
Deleting zones
1
2
3
You must remove all interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces from a zone before you can delete the zone. You can only delete zones that have the Delete icon beside them in the zone list.
Go to System > Network > Zone.
Select Delete to remove a zone from the list.
Select OK to delete the zone.
Configuring interfaces
Use the following procedures to configure the FortiGate interfaces:
•
•
•
Changing an interface static IP address
•
Adding a secondary IP address to an interface
•
Adding a ping server to an interface
•
Controlling management access to an interface
•
Configuring traffic logging for connections to an interface
•
Changing the MTU size to improve network performance
•
•
Configuring the management interface (Transparent mode)
Viewing the interface list
1
Use the following procedure to view the interface list.
Go to System > Interface.
The interface list is displayed. The interface list shows the following status information for all of the FortiGate interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces:
• The IP address of the interface
• The netmask of the interface
• The zone that the interface has been added to
• The administrative access configuration for the interface
• The link status for the interface (link status does not apply to VLAN subinterfaces)
If the link status is a green arrow, the interface is up and can accept network traffic.
If the link status is a red arrow, the interface is down and cannot accept traffic. To
bring an interface up, see the procedure “Bringing up an interface” .
Bringing up an interface
1
2
If the link status of an interface on the interface shows that it is down, you can use the following procedure to bring the interface up.
Go to System > Interface.
The interface list is displayed.
Select Bring Up for the interface that you want to bring up.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
135
Configuring interfaces Network configuration
Changing an interface static IP address
1
2
3
4
Use the following procedure to change the static IP address of any FortiGate interface:
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select Modify for the interface to change.
Change the IP address and Netmask as required.
The IP address of the interface must be on the same subnet as the network the interface is connecting to.
Two interfaces cannot have the same IP address and cannot have IP addresses on the same subnet.
Select OK to save your changes.
If you changed the IP address of the interface that you are connecting to manage the
FortiGate unit, you must reconnect to the web-based manager using the new interface
IP address.
Adding a secondary IP address to an interface
You can use the CLI to add a secondary IP address to any FortiGate interface. The secondary IP address cannot be the same as the primary IP address but it can be on the same subnet.
To add a secondary IP address from the CLI enter the command: set system interface <intf_str> config secip <second_ip>
<netmask_ip>
You can also configure management access and add a ping server to the secondary
IP address.
set system interface <intf_str> config secallowaccess ping https ssh snmp http telnet set system interface <intf_str> config secgwdetect enable
Adding a ping server to an interface
1
2
3
4
5
Add a ping server to an interface if you want the FortiGate unit to confirm connectivity with the next hop router on the network connected to the interface. Adding a ping server is required for routing failover. See
“Adding destination-based routes to the routing table” on page 143
.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select Modify for the interface to which to add a Ping server.
Set Ping Server to the IP address of the next hop router on the network connected to the interface.
Select Enable.
The FortiGate unit uses dead gateway detection to ping the Ping Server IP address to make sure that the FortiGate unit can connect to the this IP address. To configure dead gateway detection, see
“To modify the Dead Gateway Detection settings” on page 159 .
Select OK to save your changes.
136
Fortinet Inc.
Network configuration Configuring interfaces
Controlling management access to an interface
1
2
3
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select Modify for the interface for which to configure management access.
Select the management Access methods for the interface.
4
HTTPS
PING
To allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
If you want this interface to respond to pings. Use this setting to verify your installation and for testing.
HTTP To allow HTTP connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
HTTP connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
SSH
SNMP
To allow SSH connections to the CLI through this interface.
To allow a remote SNMP manager to request SNMP information by connecting to this interface. See
“Configuring SNMP” on page 162 .
TELNET To allow Telnet connections to the CLI through this interface. Telnet connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
Configuring management access for an interface connected to the Internet allows remote administration of the FortiGate unit from any location on the Internet. Allowing management access from the Internet could compromise the security of your
FortiGate unit. You should avoid allowing management access for an interface connected to the Internet unless this is required for your configuration. To improve the security of a FortiGate unit that allows remote management from the Internet, add secure administrative user passwords, change these passwords regularly, and only enable secure management access using HTTPS or SSH.
Select OK to save your changes.
Configuring traffic logging for connections to an interface
1
2
3
4
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select Modify for the interface for which to configure logging.
Select Log to record log messages whenever a firewall policy accepts a connection to this interface.
Select OK to save your changes.
Changing the MTU size to improve network performance
1
2
3
You can change the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size for port1, port2, port3, and port4/ha (if it is not configured for HA). To improve the performance of your network connection, you can adjust the MTU of the packets that the FortiGate unit transmits from its interfaces. Ideally, this MTU should be the same as the smallest
MTU of all the networks between the FortiGate unit and the destination of the packets.
If the packets that the FortiGate sends are larger, they are broken up or fragmented, which slows down transmission speeds.
To change the MTU size:
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Choose an interface and select Modify .
Select Fragment outgoing packets greater than MTU.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
137
Configuring interfaces Network configuration
4 Set the MTU size.
Set the maximum packet size in the range of 68 to 1500 bytes. The default MTU size is 1500. Experiment by lowering the MTU to find an MTU size for best network performance.
Configuring port4/ha
You can use port4/ha as a firewall interface or for communication between
FortiGate-400 units in an HA group. To configure port4/ha as a firewall interface, you must disable its HA functionality. You can then add the interface to a zone and configure its IP address and netmask. The zone should match the type of network connected to the interface. For example, if you are connecting port4/ha to an internal network, add it to the Internal zone.
1
2
3
4
Configuring port4/ha for HA mode
To connect two or more FortiGate-400 units in high availability mode, you must set their port4/ha interfaces to HA mode. In HA mode, you cannot connect port4/ha to a network and you cannot add VLAN subinterfaces to it. It can only be connected to the port4/ha of the other FortiGate-400 units in the HA group. The FortiGate-400 units in the HA group use this connection to communicate status and configuration information among the members of the HA group.
To configure port4/ha for HA mode:
Go to System > Network > Interface.
For port4/ha, select Modify .
Select Work as HA to configure the interface for HA operation.
When port4/ha is configured for HA operation, you cannot connect this interface to a network.
Select OK to save your changes.
3
4
1
2
Configuring port4/ha as a firewall interface
To configure port4/ha to operate as a firewall interface, disable HA functionality and add port4/ha to a zone:
Go to System > Network > Interface.
For port4/ha, select Modify .
Make sure that Work as HA is not selected.
Select OK to save your changes.
Configuring the management interface (Transparent mode)
1
2
In Transparent mode, you configure the management interface for management access.
Go to System > Network > Management.
Change the Management IP and Netmask as required.
This must be a valid address for the network from which you will manage the
FortiGate unit.
138
Fortinet Inc.
Network configuration Configuring VLANs
3
4
5
Add a default gateway IP address if the FortiGate unit must connect to a default gateway to reach the management computer.
Select the management Access methods for each interface.
HTTPS
PING
SSH
SNMP
To allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager through this interface.
If you want this interface to respond to pings. Use this setting to verify your installation and for testing.
To allow secure SSH connections to the CLI through this interface.
To allow a remote SNMP manager to request SNMP information by connecting to this interface. See
“Configuring SNMP” on page 162 .
Select Apply to save your changes.
Configuring VLANs
Using Virtual LAN (VLAN) technology, a single FortiGate unit can provide security services and control connections between multiple security domains. Traffic from each security domain is given a different VLAN ID. The FortiGate unit can recognize VLAN
IDs and apply security policies to secure network and IPSec VPN traffic between security domains. The FortiGate unit can also apply authentication, content filtering, and antivirus protection for network and VPN traffic that is allowed to pass between security domains.
This section describes a basic VLAN network configuration, provides an overview of what is required to configure the FortiGate unit to support VLANs, and describes how to add VLAN subinterfaces. VLAN subinterfaces function like any FortiGate interface.
You can add firewall addresses for a VLAN subinterface to add it to the policy grid.
You can also add VLAN subinterfaces to zones.
VLAN support is available when the FortiGate unit is operating in NAT/Route mode.
This section describes:
•
•
VLAN network configuration
Fortigate units support IEEE 802.1Q-compliant VLAN tags. A VLAN tag is a series of added bits in the ethernet frame header that indicates membership in a particular
VLAN.
The FortiGate unit does not add or change VLAN tags. However, you can configure it to separate VLAN-tagged packets and apply policies to control how they connect through the firewall.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
139
Configuring VLANs
Figure 9: Typical VLAN network configuration
Network configuration
140
In a typical VLAN configuration, a number of physical networks could be connected to a single IEEE 802.1Q-compliant router. The router is configured to add VLAN IDs to the packets that it receives from each network and then route the packets out a single interface that is connected to the FortiGate interface.
This FortiGate unit is configured with subinterfaces that include VLAN IDs that match the VLAN IDs added by the router. When the FortiGate unit receives packets with
VLAN IDs, it directs them to the correct subinterface.
Fortinet Inc.
Network configuration Configuring VLANs
Adding VLAN subinterfaces
The VLAN ID of each VLAN subinterface must match the VLAN ID added by the IEEE
802.1Q-compliant router. The VLAN ID can be any number between 1 and 4096.
Each VLAN subinterface must also be configured with its own IP address and netmask.
You add VLAN subinterfaces to physical interfaces. You can add over 1000 VLAN subinterfaces to a FortiGate unit.
Rules for VLAN IDs
Two VLAN subinterfaces added to the same physical interface cannot have the same
VLAN ID. However, you can add two or more VLAN subinterfaces with the same
VLAN IDs to different physical interfaces. There is no internal connection or link between two VLAN subinterfaces with same VLAN ID. Their relationship is the same as the relationship between two main interfaces.
1
2
3
4
5
Rules for VLAN IP addresses
Normally, the IP addresses of all FortiGate interfaces cannot overlap. That is, the IP addresses of all interfaces must be different on different subnets. However, some overlap of VLAN subinterfaces is allowed. The rules for overlapping VLAN subinterface IP addresses are:
• Two or more VLAN subinterfaces can have the same IP address as long as they have different VLAN IDs.
• The IP addresses of two or more VLAN subinterfaces can be on the same subnet as long as they have different VLAN IDs.
• The IP address of a VLAN subinterface must different from IP address of the interface that it is added to.
• The IP address of a VLAN subinterface can be on the same subnet as the IP address of the interface that it is added to.
• You cannot add firewall policies between 2 VLAN subinterfaces that have the same
IP address or that have IP addresses in the same subnet, even if their VLAN IDs are different.
Adding a VLAN subinterface
Use the following procedure to add VLAN subinterfaces:
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select New VLAN to add a VLAN subinterface.
Enter a Name to identify the VLAN subinterface.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select the interface that receives the VLAN packets intended for this VLAN subinterface.
Enter the VLAN ID that matches the VLAN ID of the packets to be received by this
VLAN subinterface.
The VLAN ID can be any number between 1 and 4096 but must match the VLAN ID added by the IEEE 802.1Q-compliant router.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
141
Configuring VLANs Network configuration
6
7
8
Enter the IP address and Netmask for the VLAN subinterface.
Optionally select a zone to add the VLAN subinterface to a zone.
Select the management Access for the VLAN subinterface to control how administrators on the network that connects to this subinterface can connect to and manage the FortiGate unit.
HTTPS
PING
HTTP
To allow secure HTTPS connections to the web-based manager through this VLAN subinterface.
If you want this VLAN subinterface to respond to pings. Use this setting to verify your installation and for testing.
To allow HTTP connections to the web-based manager through this VLAN subinterface. HTTP connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
SSH
SNMP
To allow secure SSH connections to the CLI through this VLAN subinterface.
To allow a remote SNMP manager to request SNMP information by connecting to
this VLAN subinterface. See “Configuring SNMP” on page 162
.
TELNET To allow Telnet connections to the CLI through this VLAN subinterface. Telnet connections are not secure and can be intercepted by a third party.
Figure 10: Adding a VLAN subinterface
142
9 Select OK to save your changes.
The FortiGate unit adds the new subinterface to the interface that you selected in step
Fortinet Inc.
Network configuration Configuring routing
Configuring routing
This section describes how to configure FortiGate routing. You can configure routing to add static routes from the FortiGate unit to local routers. Using policy routing you can increase the flexibility of FortiGate routing to support more advanced routing functions.
You can also use routing to create a multiple Internet connection configuration that supports redundancy and load sharing between the two Internet connections.
For more information about configuring routing for multiple internet connections, and for configuration examples, see
“Configuration example: Multiple connections to the
This section describes:
•
•
Adding destination-based routes to the routing table
•
Adding routes in Transparent mode
•
•
Adding a default route
3
4
1
2
5
6
Use the following procedure to add a default route for network traffic leaving the external interface.
Go to System > Network > Routing Table.
Select New to add a new route.
Set the Source IP and Netmask to 0.0.0.0.
Set the Destination IP and Netmask to 0.0.0.0.
Set Gateway 1 to the IP address of the routing gateway that routes traffic to the
Internet.
Select OK to save the default route.
Note: Only 1 default route can be active at any 1 time. If two default routes are added to the routing table, only the default route closest to the top of the routing table is active.
Adding destination-based routes to the routing table
Use the following procedure to add destination-based routes to the FortiGate routing table. Add destination-based routes to control the destination of traffic exiting the
FortiGate unit. You configure routes by adding destination IP addresses and netmasks and adding gateways for these destination addresses. The gateways are the next hop routers to which to route traffic that matches the destination addresses in the route.
You can add one or two gateways to a route. If you add one gateway, the FortiGate unit routes the traffic to that gateway. You can add a second gateway to route traffic to the second gateway if the first gateway fails.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
143
Configuring routing Network configuration
5
6
3
4
1
2
7
8
To support routing failover, the IP address of each gateway must be added to the ping server of the interface connected to the same network as the gateway. See
“Adding a ping server to an interface” on page 136 .
Adding destination-based routes to the routing table
Go to System > Network > Routing Table.
Select New to add a new route.
Type the Destination IP address and netmask for the route.
Add the IP address of Gateway #1.
Gateway #1 is the IP address of the primary destination for the route.
Gateway #1 must be on the same subnet as a Fortigate interface.
If you are adding a static route from the FortiGate unit to a single destination router, you only need to specify one gateway.
Optionally, add the IP address of Gateway #2 if want to route traffic to multiple gateways.
Set Device #1 to the FortiGate interface or VLAN subinterface through which to route traffic to connect to Gateway #1.
You can select the name of an interface, VLAN subinterface, or Auto (the default). If you select the name of an interface or VLAN subinterface the traffic is routed to that interface. If you select Auto the system selects the interface according to the following rules:
• If the Gateway #1 IP address is on the same subnet as a FortiGate interface or
VLAN subinterface, the system sends the traffic to that interface.
• If the Gateway #1 IP address is not on the same subnet as a FortiGate interface or
VLAN subinterface, the system routes the traffic to interface 2, using the default route.
You can use Device #1 to send packets to an interface that is on a different subnet than the destination IP address of the packets without routing them using the default route.
Set Device #2 to the FortiGate interface or VLAN subinterface through which to route traffic to connect to Gateway #2.
You can select the name of an interface, VLAN subinterface, or Auto (the default). If you select the name of an interface or VLAN subinterface the traffic is routed to that interface. If you select Auto the system selects the interface according to the following rules:
• If the Gateway #2 IP address is on the same subnet as a FortiGate interface or
VLAN subinterface, the system sends the traffic to that interface.
• If the Gateway #2 IP address is not on the same subnet as a FortiGate interface or
VLAN subinterface, the system routes the traffic to interface 2, using the default route.
You can use Device #2 to send packets to an interface that is on a different subnet than the destination IP address of the packets without routing them using the default route.
Select OK to save the route.
144
Fortinet Inc.
Network configuration Configuring routing
Note: Any 2 routes in the routing table must differ by something other than just the gateway to be simultaneously active. If two routes added to the routing table are identical except for their gateway IP addresses, only the route closer to the top of the routing table can be active.
Note: Arrange routes in the routing table from more specific to more general. To arrange routes in the routing table, see
“Configuring the routing table” .
Adding routes in Transparent mode
3
4
1
2
5
6
Use the following procedure to add routes when operating the FortiGate unit in
Transparent mode.
Go to System > Network > Routing.
Select New to add a new route.
Enter the Destination IP address and Netmask for the route.
Enter the Gateway IP address for the route.
Select OK to save the new route.
Repeat these steps to add more routes as required.
Configuring the routing table
1
2
3
4
The routing table shows the destination IP address and mask of each route you add as well as the gateways and devices added to the route. The routing table also displays the gateway connection status. A green check mark indicates that the
FortiGate unit has used the ping server and dead gateway detection to determine that it can connect to the gateway; a red X means that a connection cannot be established.
A blue question mark means that the connection status is unknown. For more information, see
“Adding a ping server to an interface” on page 136 , and
The FortiGate unit assigns routes by searching for a match starting at the top of the routing table and moving down until it finds the first match. You must arrange routes in the routing table from more specific to more general. The default route is the most general route. If you add a default route, it should be at the bottom of the routing table.
Go to System > Network > Routing Table.
Choose a route to move and select Move to table.
to change its order in the routing
Type a number in the Move to field to specify where in the routing table to move the route and select OK.
Select Delete to remove a route from the routing table.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
145
Configuring routing
Figure 11: Routing table
Network configuration
146
Policy routing
Policy routing extends the functions of destination routing. Using policy routing you can route traffic based not only the destination address but also on:
• Source address
• Protocol, service type, or port range
• Incoming or source interface
Using policy routing you can build a routing policy database (RPDB) that selects the appropriate route for traffic by executing a set of routing rules. To select a route for traffic the FortiGate unit matches the traffic with the policy routes added to the RPDB starting at the top of the list. The first policy route to match the traffic is used to set the route for the traffic. The route supplies the net hop gateway as well as the FortiGate interface to be used by the traffic.
Packets are matched with policy routes before they are matched with destination routes. If a packet does not match a policy route it is routed using destination routes.
The gateway added to a policy route must also be added to a destination route. When the FortiGate unit matches packets with a route in the RPDB, the FortiGate unit looks in the destination routing table for the gateway that was added to the policy route. If a match is found, the FortiGate routes the packet using the matched destination route. If a match is not found, the FortiGate routes the packet using normal routing.
To find a route with a matching gateway, the FortiGate unit starts at the top of the destination routing table and searches until it finds the first matching destination route.
This matched route is used to route the packet.
For policy routing examples, see
“Policy routing examples” on page 57
.
Policy routing command syntax
Configure policy routing using the following CLI command.
set system route policy <route_int> src <source_ip>
<source_mask> iifname <source-interface_name> dst <destination_ip> <destination_mask> oifname <destination-interface_name> protocol <protocol_int> port <low-port_int> <high-port_int> gw <gateway_ip>
Complete policy routing command syntax is described in Volume 6: FortiGate CLI
Reference Guide.
Fortinet Inc.
Network configuration Providing DHCP services to your internal network
Providing DHCP services to your internal network
‘
If the FortiGate unit is operating in NAT/Route mode, you can use the CLI command set system dhcpserver
to configure the FortiGate unit to be the DHCP server for
your internal network. Table 2 describes the syntax for the
set system dhcpserver
command.
Table 2: set system dhcpserver
command syntax
Keywords defaultroute
<gateway_ip> dns <dns_ip>
[<dns_ip>] [<dns_ip>]
Description
The default route to be assigned to DHCP clients. The defaultroute
, exclusionrange
, iprange
, and reserve
IP addresses must all be on the same subnet as the internal interface.
The IP addresses of up to 3 DNS servers that the DHCP clients can use for looking up domain names. Use a space to separate the IP addresses. To remove a DNS IP, set the IP to 0.0.0.0.
domain <domain_str>
The domain name that the DHCP server assigns to the DHCP clients.
exclusionrange
{<start1_ip-end1_ip>
| none}
[{<start2_ip-end2_ip>
| none}]
[{<start3_ip-end3_ip>
| none}]
[{<start4_ip-end4_ip>
| none}]
Enter up to 4 exclusion ranges of IP addresses within the starting IP and ending IP addresses that cannot be assigned to
DHCP clients. Separate the IP addresses in the range with a dash (
-
). Do not add spaces. Use a space to separate ranges.
The defaultroute
, exclusionrange
, iprange
, and reserve
IP addresses must all be on the same subnet as the internal interface.
To change an exclusion range you must redefine all of the exclusion ranges. To remove all exclusion ranges, replace the first exclusion range with none
.
iprange
<start_ip-end_ip> leaseduration
<lease_int> status
{enable | disable} winsserver
{<server1_ip> | none}
[{<server2_ip> | none}]
The starting IP and the ending IP for the range of IP addresses that the FortiGate unit can assign to DHCP clients. The defaultroute
, exclusionrange
, iprange
, and reserve
IP addresses must all be on the same subnet as the internal interface.
The interval in seconds after which a DHCP client must ask the
DHCP server for a new address. The lease duration must be between 300 and 8000000 seconds.
netmask <netmask_ip>
The Netmask that the FortiGate DHCP server assigns to the
DHCP clients.
reserve <reserve_ip>
<reserve_mac>
[<name_str> | none]
Reserve an IP address so that the FortiGate DHCP server always assigns this IP address to the device with the specified
MAC address. Optionally specify a name for the IP and MAC address pair. The reserved IP cannot be assigned to any other device. You can only add a given IP address or MAC address once. The defaultroute
, exclusionrange
, iprange
, and reserve
IP addresses must all be on the same subnet as the internal interface.
Enable or disable the FortiGate DHCP server for your internal network.
Enter one or two WINS server IP addresses that are assigned to DHCP clients.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
147
Providing DHCP services to your internal network Network configuration
148
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
RIP configuration
The FortiGate implementation of the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) supports both
RIP version 1 (as defined by RFC 1058) and RIP version 2 (also called RIP2 and defined by RFC 2453). RIP2 enables RIP messages to carry more information and support simple authentication. RIP2 also supports subnet masks, a feature not available in RIP.
RIP sends routing update messages at regular intervals and when network topology changes. When the FortiGate unit receives a routing update that includes changes to an entry, it updates its routing table to reflect the new route. The FortiGate RIP table maintains the best route to a destination. After updating its routing table, the FortiGate unit begins transmitting routing updates to inform other network routers of the change.
You can configure FortiGate RIP to control the timing of these updates.
RIP uses hop count as the routing metric to measure the distance between the source and destination network of a route. Each hop in the path of the route is added to the metric for the route. RIP prevents routing loops by limiting the number of hops allowed in a path to 15. This feature limits the maximum diameter of RIP network to 15 hops.
RIP uses a split horizon to prevent temporary routing loops caused by network topology changes. The premise of a split horizon is that it is never useful to send information about a route back in the direction from which it came. For example,
Router 1 could tell Router 2 that it has a route for network A. Router 2 knows that it got this information from Router 1, so when Router 2 sends its updates to Router 1,
Router 2 will not include the route to network A in its update. In this example, if Router
1 receives Router 2’s information about the route to network A, Router 1 might try and use this route to get to network A rather than using its own.
RIP uses timers to regulate its performance. A routing update timer controls the time interval between routing updates. Usually this timer is set to 30 seconds. Each routing table entry has a route timeout. When the route timeout expires the route is marked as invalid. The invalid routes remain in the route table until the route flush timer expires.
RIP is a UDP-based protocol that sends and receives datagrams on UDP port 520.
Unsolicited routing update messages have both the source and destination port equal to the RIP port. Update messages sent in response to a request are sent to the port from which the request came. Specific queries may be sent from ports other than the
RIP port, but they must be directed to the RIP port on the target machine.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
149
RIP settings RIP configuration
This chapter describes how to configure FortiGate RIP:
•
•
Configuring RIP for FortiGate interfaces
•
•
RIP settings
1
2
3
4
5
6
Configure RIP settings to enable basic RIP functionality and metrics and to configure
RIP timers.
Go to System > RIP > Settings.
Select Enable RIP Server to configure the FortiGate unit to be a RIP server.
Select Enable Advertise Default so that the FortiGate unit includes its default route in
RIP routing table updates.
Select Enable Auto Summary to automatically summarize subnet routes into network-level routes.
If Enable Auto Summary is not selected, the FortiGate unit transmits sub-prefix routing information across classfull network boundaries.
Change the following RIP default settings to fine tune RIP performance.
RIP defaults are effective in most configurations. You should only have to change these settings to troubleshoot problems with your RIP configuration.
Default Metric Change the default metric that is applied to routes with incompatible metrics.
The default metric assists in resolving how routes with incompatible metrics are redistributed. Whenever metrics do not convert, RIP uses the default metric to provide a reasonable substitute and allows the redistribution to proceed. The default setting of the default metric is 2.
Input Queue Change the depth of the RIP input queue. The larger the numerical value, the larger the depth of the queue. Consider changing the input-queue depth if you have FortiGate unit sending at high speed to a low-speed router that might not be able to receive at the high speed. Configuring this command will help prevent the routing table from losing information.The range is 0 to 1024.
The default input queue depth is 50. A queue size of 0 means there is no input queue.
Output Delay Change the output delay to add a delay in milliseconds between packets in a multiple-packet RIP update. A typical output delay is 8 to 50 milliseconds.
Add an output delay if you are configuring RIP on a FortiGate unit that could be sending packets to a router that cannot receive the packets at the rate the
FortiGate unit is sending them. The default output delay is 0 milliseconds.
Change the following RIP timer settings to fine tune RIP performance.
RIP timer defaults are effective in most configurations. You should only have to change these timers to troubleshoot problems with your RIP configuration.
150
Fortinet Inc.
RIP configuration RIP settings
7
Update
Invalid
Holddown
Flush
The time interval in seconds between sending routing table updates. The default is 30 seconds.
The time interval in seconds after which a route is declared invalid. Invalid should be at least three times the value of Update. A route becomes invalid when there is an absence of updates that refresh the route. The route then enters holddown. The route is marked inaccessible and advertised as unreachable. However, the route is still used for forwarding packets. The default is 180 seconds.
The time interval in seconds during which routing information regarding better paths is suppressed. Holddown should be at least three times the value of Update. A route enters into a holddown state when an update packet is received that indicates the route is unreachable. The route is marked inaccessible and advertised as unreachable and is no longer used for forwarding packets. When holddown expires, the route can be flushed from the routing table. The default is 180 seconds.
The amount of time in seconds that must pass before a route is removed from the routing table. The value for Flush should be greater than the value for Invalid. If the value for Flush is less than the value for Invalid, the proper holddown interval cannot elapse, which results in a new route being accepted before the holddown interval expires. The default is 240 seconds.
Select Apply to save your changes.
Figure 1: Configuring RIP settings
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
151
Configuring RIP for FortiGate interfaces RIP configuration
Configuring RIP for FortiGate interfaces
1
2
3
You can create a unique RIP configuration for each FortiGate interface and VLAN subinterface. This allows you to customize RIP for the network to which each interface or each VLAN subinterface is connected. For example:
• If you have a complex network connected to port 1 that contains devices that use the RIP2 protocol, you might want to configure RIP2 send and receive for this interface.
• If port2 is connected to the Internet you may not want to enable RIP send for this interface so that the internal routes are not exposed to the Internet. However, you may want to configure RIP receive so that the FortiGate unit receives routes from your ISP.
• If port3 is connected to a small DMZ network you may not need to configure RIP for this interface.
To configure RIP for FortiGate interfaces
Go to System > RIP > Interface.
On this page you can view a summary of the RIP settings for each FortiGate interface.
Select Modify for the interface for which to configure RIP settings.
Configure the following RIP settings:
RIP1 Send This interface can send RIP1 routing broadcasts to routers on its network.
The routing broadcasts are UDP packets with a destination port of 520.
RIP1 Receive This interface can receive RIP1 routing broadcasts. The interface listens on port 520 for broadcast RIP1 messages.
RIP2 Send This interface can send RIP2 routing broadcasts to its network. The routing broadcasts are UDP packets with a destination port of 520.
RIP2 Receive This interface can receive RIP2 routing broadcasts. The interface listens on port 520 for broadcast RIP2 messages.
Split-Horizon Configure split-horizon to prevent routing loops. By default, split horizon is enabled. This option should only be disabled if you are sure that routing loops cannot be created from this interface.
Authentication Enable authentication for RIP2 packets sent and received by this interface.
Authentication is only supported by RIP2. Do not select authentication if you are configuring the interface for RIP1.
Password Enter the password to be included in RIP2 requests. The password can be up to 16 characters long.
Mode
Metric
Defines how the FortiGate authenticates RIP2 packets. Select None, Clear, or MD5.
None means do not send the password.
Clear means send the password is plain text.
MD5 means use MD5 authentication.
Changes the metric for routes sent by this interface. All routes sent from this interface will have this metric added to their current metric value. You can change interface metrics to give higher priorities to some interfaces. For example, if you have two interfaces that can be used to route packets to the same destination, if you set the metric of one interface higher than the other, the routes to the interface with the lower metric will seem to have a lower cost, so more traffic will use routes to the interface with the lower metric. The metric can be from 1 to 16.
152
Fortinet Inc.
RIP configuration Adding RIP neighbors
4
Note: MD5 authentication is used to verify the integrity of the routing message sent by the
FortiGate unit. Using MD5 authentication, the password is added to the routing message and
MD5 is applied to create the MD5 digest of the routing message. The password is replaced in the routing message with this MD5 digest and this message is broadcast. When a router receives the routing message, it replaces the MD5 digest with the password, computes the MD5 digest of this new messaged and then compares the result with the MD5 digest sent with the original message. If the two MD5 digests are identical, the receiver accepts the message. If they are not, the receiver rejects the message.
Select OK to save the RIP configuration for the selected interface.
Figure 2: Example RIP configuration for an internal interface
Adding RIP neighbors
1
2
Add RIP neighbors to define a neighboring router with which to exchange routing information. Add neighbors on non-broadcast networks.
When you add neighbors, the FortiGate unit exchanges routing information with the neighbor router directly, instead of relying on broadcasting routes. This point-to-point exchange of routing information between the FortiGate unit and the routers added to the neighbor list is more secure and reduces network traffic. Adding neighbors is required to be able to exchange routes over non-broadcast networks.
When used in combination with the RIP filters, the FortiGate unit can be configured to exchange routing information with a subset of routers and access servers on a LAN.
Adding RIP neighbors
Go to System > RIP > Neighbor.
Select New to add a RIP neighbor.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
153
Adding RIP filters RIP configuration
3
4
5
6
Add the IP address of a neighbor router that you want the FortiGate unit to exchange routing information with.
Select Enable Send RIP1 to send RIP1 messages to the neighbor.
Select Enable Send RIP2 to send RIP2 messages to the neighbor.
Select OK to add the RIP neighbor to the list.
Adding RIP filters
Use RIP filters to control the routing information received by the FortiGate unit and sent by the FortiGate unit. You can create filters for two purposes:
Neighbors filter For filtering routes received from neighboring routers. When the FortiGate unit receives routes from a neighboring router, the neighbors filter defines what routes received from the neighbor will be stored in the FortiGate routing table and what routes will be discarded.
Routes filter For filtering routes before a routing table update is sent to neighboring routers. Before the FortiGate unit sends routes to neighboring routers, the routes filter defines what routes can be sent and what routes cannot be sent.
A RIP filter consists of the IP address and netmask of a route, the action the filter should perform for this route (allow or deny), and the interface on which this filter entry should be applied. Routes that do not match a route added to a RIP filter are allowed.
A single RIP filter contains instructions for allowing or denying a single route. You can add multiple RIP filter entries under the same RIP filter name to create a RIP filter list.
Using a RIP filter list you can filter multiple routes.
After creating RIP filters and filter lists you can configure the neighbors filter or routes filter by selecting a filter or filter list for each of these filter types. If you do not select a
RIP filter for neighbors or routes, no filtering is applied. You can add a total of four RIP filters or RIP filter lists, but you can only have one active neighbors filter and one active routes filter.
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
Adding a single RIP filter
1
Add a single RIP filter to filter a single route. You can apply a single RIP filter to the neighbors or routes filter. You can add a total of four RIP filters or RIP Filter lists.
If you want to filter multiple routes, use a RIP filter list. See
“Adding a RIP filter list” on page 155 .
Go to System > RIP > Filter.
2 Select New to add a RIP filter.
3 Configure the RIP filter.
154
Fortinet Inc.
RIP configuration Adding RIP filters
4
Filter Name
Blank Filter
IP
Mask
Action
Interface
Enter a name for the RIP filter. Each RIP filter and RIP filter list must have unique name. The name can be 15 characters long and can contain upper and lower case letters, numbers, and special characters. The name cannot contain spaces.
Used for Filter lists. See
“Adding a RIP filter list” on page 155 .
Add the IP address of the route.
Add the netmask of the route.
Select Allow so that the filter permits this route to be communicated. Select
Deny to stop this route from being communicated.
Select the interface on which to apply this RIP filter.
Select OK to save the RIP filter.
Adding a RIP filter list
1
2
3
Add a RIP filter list to filter multiple routes. A RIP filter list consists of a RIP filter name and a series of route prefixes. You can add a total of four RIP filters or RIP Filter lists.
When a RIP filter list is added to the neighbors or routes filter, all of the routes in the
RIP filter list are filtered.
Go to System > RIP > Filter.
Select New to add a RIP filter.
Configure the RIP filter list name.
4
5
6
7
8
Filter Name
Blank Filter
Enter a name for the RIP filter list. Each RIP filter and RIP filter list must have unique name. The name can be 15 characters long and can contain upper and lower case letters, numbers, and special characters. The name cannot contain spaces.
Optionally select blank filter to start the RIP filter list with a blank x. After adding the blank filter you can add routes to the RIP filter list.
Select OK to save the RIP filter list.
For the RIP filter list name, select Add Prefix to add a route prefix to the filter list.
Configure the route prefix.
IP
Mask
Action
Interface
Add the IP address of the route.
Add the netmask of the route.
Select Allow so that the filter permits this route to be communicated. Select
Deny to stop this route from being communicated.
Select the interface on which to apply this RIP filter.
Select OK to add the route prefix to the filter list.
Repeat steps 5 to 7 to add route prefixes to the filter list.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
155
Adding RIP filters RIP configuration
Adding a neighbors filter
1
2
3
4
You can select a single RIP filter or a RIP filter list to be the neighbors filter.
Go to System > RIP > Filter.
Add RIP filters and RIP filter lists as required.
For Neighbors Filter, select the name of the RIP filter or RIP filter list to become the neighbors filter.
Select Apply.
Routes received from neighbors are filtered using the selected RIP filter or RIP filter list.
Adding a routes filter
1
2
3
4
You can select a single RIP filter or a RIP filter list to be the routes filter.
Go to System > RIP > Filter.
Add RIP filters and RIP filter lists as required.
For Routes Filter, select the name of the RIP filter or RIP filter list to become the routes filter.
Select Apply.
Routes sent by the FortiGate unit are filtered using the selected RIP filter or RIP filter list.
Figure 3: Example RIP Filter configuration
156
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
System configuration
Go to System > Config to make any of the following changes to the FortiGate system configuration:
•
•
Changing web-based manager options
•
Adding and editing administrator accounts
•
•
Customizing replacement messages
Setting system date and time
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
For effective scheduling and logging, the FortiGate system time should be accurate.
You can either manually set the FortiGate system time or you can configure the
FortiGate unit to automatically keep its system time correct by synchronizing with a
Network Time Protocol (NTP) server.
For more information on NTP and to find the IP address of an NTP server that you can use, see http://www.ntp.org.
To set the date and time
Go to System > Config > Time.
Select Refresh to display the current FortiGate system date and time.
Select your Time Zone from the list.
Select Automatically adjust clock for daylight saving changes if you want the FortiGate system clock to be adjusted automatically when your time zone changes to daylight saving time.
Select Set Time and set the FortiGate system date and time to the correct date and time if required.
Select Synchronize with NTP Server to configure the FortiGate unit to use NTP to automatically set the system time and date.
You can go to www.ntp.org for information about the network time protocol (NTP) and to select a public NTP server in your region.
Enter the IP address or domain name of the NTP server that the FortiGate unit uses to set its time and date.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
157
Changing web-based manager options System configuration
8
9
Specify how often the FortiGate unit should synchronize its time with the NTP server.
A typical Syn Interval would be 1440 minutes for the FortiGate unit to synchronize its time once a day.
Select Apply.
Figure 1: Example date and time setting
Changing web-based manager options
1
2
On the System > Config > Options page, you can:
• Set the system idle timeout.
• Set the authentication timeout.
• Select the language for the web-base manager.
• Modify the dead gateway detection settings.
You can also restrict access to the control buttons and LCD by requiring a PIN
(Personal Identification Number).
To set the system idle timeout
For Idle Timeout, type a number in minutes.
Select Apply.
Idle Timeout controls the amount of inactive time that the web-based manager waits before requiring the administrator to log in again.
The default idle time out is 5 minutes. The maximum idle time out is 480 minutes
(8 hours).
158
Fortinet Inc.
System configuration Changing web-based manager options
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
To set the Auth timeout
For Auth Timeout, type a number in minutes.
Select Apply.
Auth Timeout controls the amount of inactive time that the firewall waits before
The default Auth Timeout is 15 minutes. The maximum Auth Timeout is 480 minutes
(8 hours).
To select a language for the web-based manager
From the Languages list, select a language that the web-based manager uses.
Select Apply.
You can choose from English, Simplified Chinese, Japanese, Korean, or Traditional
Chinese.
Note: When the web-based manager language is set to use Simplified Chinese, Japanese,
Korean, or Traditional Chinese, you can change to English by selecting the English button on the upper right of the web-based manager.
To set PIN protection for the LCD panel
Select PIN Protection under LCD Panel.
Type a 6-digit PIN.
Administrators must enter the PIN to use the control buttons and LCD.
Select Apply.
To modify the Dead Gateway Detection settings
Modify dead gateway detection to control how the FortiGate unit confirms connectivity with a ping server added to an interface configuration. To add a ping server to an interface, see
“Adding a ping server to an interface” on page 136
.
For Detection Interval, type a number in seconds to specify how often the FortiGate unit tests the connection to the ping target.
For Fail-over Detection, type a number of times that the connection test fails before the FortiGate unit assumes that the gateway is no longer functioning.
Select Apply.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
159
Adding and editing administrator accounts System configuration
Adding and editing administrator accounts
When the FortiGate unit is initially installed, it is configured with a single administrator account with the user name admin. From this administrator account, you can add and edit administrator accounts. You can also control the access level of each of these administrator accounts and, optionally, control the IP address from which the administrator can connect to the FortiGate unit.
There are three administration account access levels: admin Has all permissions. Can view, add, edit, and delete administrator accounts.
Can view and change the FortiGate configuration. The admin user is the only user who can go to System > Status and manually update firmware, update the antivirus definitions, update the attack definitions, download or upload system settings, restore the FortiGate unit to factory defaults, restart the
FortiGate unit, and shut down the FortiGate unit. There is only one admin user.
Read & Write Can view and change the FortiGate configuration. Can view but cannot add, edit, or delete administrator accounts. Can change own administrator account password. Cannot make changes to system settings from the
System > Status page.
Read Only Can view the FortiGate configuration.
Adding new administrator accounts
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
From the admin account, use the following procedure to add new administrator accounts and control their permission levels:
Go to System > Config > Admin.
Select New to add an administrator account.
Type a login name for the administrator account.
The login name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters
(A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Type and confirm a password for the administrator account.
For improved security, the password should be at least 6 characters long. The password can contain any characters except spaces.
Optionally type a Trusted Host IP address and netmask for the location from which the administrator can log into the web-based manager.
If you want the administrator to be able to access the FortiGate unit from any address, set the trusted host to 0.0.0.0 and the netmask to 0.0.0.0.
To limit the administrator to only be able to access the FortiGate unit from a specific network, set the trusted host to the address of the network and set the netmask to the netmask for the network. For example, to limit an administrator to accessing the
FortiGate unit from your internal network, set the trusted host to the address of your internal network (for example, 192.168.1.0) and set the netmask to 255.255.255.0.
Set the Permission level for the administrator.
Select OK to add the administrator account.
160
Fortinet Inc.
System configuration Adding and editing administrator accounts
Editing administrator accounts
The admin account user can change individual administrator account passwords, configure the IP addresses from which administrators can access the web-based manager, and change the administrator permission levels.
Administrator account users with Read & Write access can change their own administrator passwords.
8
9
10
5
6
7
3
4
1
2
To edit an administrator account
Go to System > Config > Admin.
To change an administrator account password, select Change Password
.
.
Type the Old Password.
Type a New Password and Confirm the new password.
For improved security, the password should be at least 6 characters long. The password can contain any characters except spaces. If you enter a password that is less than 6 characters long, the system displays a warning message but still accepts the password.
Select OK.
To edit the settings of an administrator account, select Edit
Optionally type a Trusted Host IP address and netmask for the location from which the administrator can log into the web-based manager.
If you want the administrator to be able to access the FortiGate unit from any address, set the trusted host to 0.0.0.0 and the netmask to 255.255.255.255.
To limit the administrator to only be able to access the FortiGate unit from a specific network, set the trusted host to the address of the network and set the netmask to the netmask for the network. For example, to limit an administrator to accessing the
FortiGate unit from your internal network, set the trusted host to the address of your internal network (for example, 192.168.1.0) and set the netmask to 255.255.255.0.
Change the administrator’s permission level as required.
Select OK.
To delete an administrator account, choose the account to delete and select
Delete .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
161
Configuring SNMP System configuration
Configuring SNMP
Configure the FortiGate SNMP agent to report system information and send traps to
SNMP managers. The FortiGate SNMP agent supports SNMP v1 and v2c. RFC support includes RFC 1213 and RFC 2665. The FortiGate SNMP implementation is read-only. SNMP v1 and v2c compliant SNMP manager have read-only access to
FortiGate system information and can received FortiGate traps. To monitor FortiGate system information and receive FortiGate traps you must compile the Fortinet proprietary MIBs and the standard MIBs into the SNMP manager.
This section describes:
•
Configuring the FortiGate unit for SNMP monitoring
•
Configuring FortiGate SNMP support
•
•
Configuring the FortiGate unit for SNMP monitoring
Before a remote SNMP manager can connect to the FortiGate agent, you must configure one or more FortiGate interfaces to accept SNMP connections. For
Configuring FortiGate SNMP support
1
2
3
Go to System > Config > SNMP v1/v2c.
Select Enable SNMP.
Configure SNMP settings:
System Name
System Location
Automatically set to the FortiGate host name. To change the System
Name, see “Changing the FortiGate host name” on page 94 .
Describe the physical location of the FortiGate unit. The system location description can be up to 31 characters long and can contain spaces, numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. The \ < > [ ] ` $ % & characters are not allowed.
Contact Information Add the contact information for the person responsible for this FortiGate unit. The contact information can be up to 31 characters long and can contain spaces, numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. The \ < > [ ] ` $ % & characters are not allowed.
Get Community Also called read community, get community is a password to identify
SNMP get requests sent to the FortiGate unit. When an SNMP manager sends a get request to the FortiGate unit, it must include the correct get community string.
The default get community string is “public”. Change the default get community string to keep intruders from using get requests to retrieve information about your network configuration. The get community string must be used in your SNMP manager to enable it to access FortiGate
SNMP information.
The get community string can be up to 31 characters long and can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Spaces and the \ < > [ ] ` $ % & characters are not allowed.
162
Fortinet Inc.
System configuration Configuring SNMP
4
Trap Community
Trap Receiver IP
Addresses
The trap community string functions like a password that is sent with
SNMP traps.
The default trap community string is “public”. Change the trap community string to the one accepted by your trap receivers.
The trap community string can be up to 31 characters long and can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Spaces and the \ < > [ ] ` $ % & characters are not allowed.
Type the IP addresses of up to three trap receivers on your network that are configured to receive traps from your FortiGate unit. Traps are only sent to the configured addresses.
Select Apply.
Figure 2: Sample SNMP configuration
FortiGate MIBs
The FortiGate SNMP agent supports FortiGate proprietary MIBs as well as standard
RFC 1213 and RFC 2665 MIBs. The FortiGate MIBs are listed in Table 1 . You can
obtain these MIB files from Fortinet technical support. To be able to communicate with the SNMP agent, all of these MIBs must be compiled into your SNMP manager.
Your SNMP manager may already include standard and private MIBs in a compiled database that is ready to use. You must add the Fortinet proprietary MIBs to this database. If the standard MIBs used by the Fortinet SNMP agent are already compiled into your SNMP manager you will not have to re-compile them.
Table 1: FortiGate MIBs
MIB file name
EtherLike.mib
FN-TRAP.mib
Description
The Ethernet-like MIB is a standard MIB based on RFC 2665. This MIB includes information used for managing ethernet interfaces.
The Fortinet trap MIB is a proprietary MIB that is required for your SNMP manager to receive traps from the FortiGate SNMP agent. For more information on FortiGate traps, see
“FortiGate traps” on page 164 .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
163
Customizing replacement messages System configuration
Table 1: FortiGate MIBs
MIB file name
FORTINET.mib
The Fortinet MIB is a proprietary MIB that includes detailed FortiGate system configuration information. Add this MIB to your SNMP manager to monitor all FortiGate configuration settings.
RFC1213.mib
Description
The RFC 1213 MIB is the standard MIB-II MIB that describes network management protocols for TCP/IP networks.
FortiGate traps
The FortiGate agent can send traps to up to three SNMP trap receivers on your network that are configured to receive traps from the FortiGate unit. For these SNMP managers to receive traps, you must load and compile the Fortinet trap MIB onto the
SNMP manager. The FortiGate agent sends the traps listed in
.
Table 2: FortiGate traps
Trap message
The <interface_name> Interface IP is changed to <new_IP> (Fortigate
Serial No.: <FortiGate_serial_no>)
System Down
Agent Down
Cold Start
Authentication failure
Description
The IP address of an interface of a FortiGate unit has changed. The trap message includes the name of the interface for which the IP address changed, the new IP address of the interface, and the serial number of the
FortiGate unit. This trap can be used to track interface
IP address changes for interfaces configured with dynamic IP addresses set using DHCP or PPPoE.
The FortiGate unit is shutting down.
An administrator has disabled the SNMP agent. This trap is also sent when the agent stops before a system shutdown.
The FortiGate unit starts or restarts. An administrator enables the SNMP agent or changes FortiGate SNMP settings. This trap is sent when the agent starts during system startup.
An SNMP manager community string does not match the FortiGate get community string
Customizing replacement messages
Replacement messages are added to content passing through the firewall to replace:
• Files or other content removed from email messages by the antivirus system
• Files or other content removed from HTTP downloads by the antivirus system or web filtering
• Files removed from FTP downloads by the antivirus system
You can edit replacement messages to control the content of these messages when they are received by a user.
You can also edit the content added to alert email messages to control the information that appears in alert emails for virus incidents, NIDS events, critical system events, and disk full events.
164
Fortinet Inc.
System configuration
This section describes:
•
Customizing replacement messages
•
Figure 3: Sample replacement message
Customizing replacement messages
Customizing replacement messages
1
2
3
4
Each of the replacement messages in the replacement message list is created by combining replacement message sections. You can use these sections as building blocks to create your own replacement messages.
You can edit any of the replacement messages in the replacement message list and add and edit the replacement message sections as required.
Go to System > Config > Replacement Messages.
For the replacement message you want to customize, select Modify .
In the Message setup dialog box, edit the content of the message.
lists the replacement message sections that can be added to replacement messages and describes the tags that can appear in each section. In addition to the allowed tags you can add any text. Also for mail and HTTP messages you can add
HTML code.
Select OK to save the changes.
Table 3: Replacement message sections
File blocking
Section Start
Section End
Used for file blocking (all services).
<**BLOCKED**>
Allowed Tags %%FILE%%
%%URL%%
<**/BLOCKED**>
The name of the file that was blocked.
The URL of the blocked web page.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
165
Customizing replacement messages System configuration
Table 3: Replacement message sections
Scanning Used for virus scanning (all services).
Section Start <**INFECTED**>
Allowed Tags %%FILE%% The name of the file that was infected.
%%VIRUS%% The name of the virus infecting the file.
Section End
%%URL%%
<**/BLOCKED**>
The URL of the blocked web page or file.
Quarantine Used when quarantine is enabled (permitted for all scan services and block services for email only).
Section Start <**QUARANTINE**>
Allowed Tag %%QUARFILE
NAME%%
The name of the file that was quarantined.
Section End <**/QUARANTINE**>
Customizing alert emails
1
2
3
4
Customize alert emails to control the content displayed in alert email messages sent to system administrators.
Go to System > Config > Replacement Messages.
For the alert email message you want to customize, select Modify .
In the Message setup dialog box, edit the text of the message.
lists the replacement message sections that can be added to alert email messages and describes the tags that can appear in each section. In addition to the allowed tags you can add any text and HTML code.
Select OK to save the changes.
Table 4: Alert email message sections
NIDS event Used for NIDS event alert email messages
Section Start <**NIDS_EVENT**>
Allowed Tags %%NIDS_EVENT%% The NIDS attack message.
Section End <**/NIDS_EVENT**>
Virus alert Used for virus alert email messages
Section Start <**VIRUS_ALERT**>
Allowed Tags %%VIRUS%% The name of the virus.
%%PROTOCOL%% The service for which the virus was detected.
%%SOURCE_IP%% The IP address from which the virus was received.
For email this is the IP address of the email server that sent the email containing the virus. For HTTP this is the IP address of web page that sent the virus.
%%DEST_IP%% The IP address of the computer that would have received the virus. For POP3 this is the IP address of the user’s computer that attempted to download the email containing the virus.
166
Fortinet Inc.
System configuration Customizing replacement messages
Table 4: Alert email message sections
%%EMAIL_FROM%% The email address of the sender of the message in which the virus was found.
%%EMAIL_TO%% The email address of the intended receiver of the message in which the virus was found.
Block alert Used for file block alert email messages
Section Start <**BLOCK_ALERT**>
Allowed Tags %%FILE%%
%%PROTOCOL%%
The name of the file that was blocked.
The service for which the file was blocked.
%%SOURCE_IP%% The IP address from which the block file was received. For email this is the IP address of the email server that sent the email containing the blocked file. For HTTP this is the IP address of web page that sent the blocked file.
%%DEST_IP%% The IP address of the computer that would have received the blocked file. For email this is the IP address of the user’s computer that attempted to download the message from which the file ware removed.
%%EMAIL_FROM%% The email address of the sender of the message from which the file was removed.
%%EMAIL_TO%% The email address of the intended receiver of the message from which the file was removed.
Critical event Used for critical firewall event alert emails.
Section Start <**CRITICAL_EVENT**>
Allowed Tags %%CRITICAL_EVENT
%%
Section End
The firewall critical event message
<**/CRITICAL_EVENT**>
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
167
Customizing replacement messages System configuration
168
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Firewall configuration
Firewall policies control all traffic passing through the FortiGate unit. Firewall policies are instructions used by the FortiGate unit to decide what to do with a connection request. When the firewall receives a connection request in the form of a packet, it analyzes the packet to extract its source address, destination address, and service
(port number).
For the packet to be connected through the FortiGate unit, a firewall policy must have been added that matches the packet’s source address, destination address, and service. The policy directs the firewall action on the packet. The action can be to allow the connection, deny the connection, require authentication before the connection is allowed, or process the packet as an IPSec VPN packet. You can also add schedules to policies so that the firewall can process connections differently depending on the time of day or the day of the week, month, or year.
Each policy can be individually configured to route connections or to apply network address translation (NAT) to translate source and destination IP addresses and ports.
You can add IP pools to use dynamic NAT when the firewall translates source addresses. You can use policies to configure port address translation (PAT) through the FortiGate.
Content profiles can be added to policies to apply antivirus protection, web filtering, and email filtering to web, file transfer, and email services. You can create content profiles that perform one or any combination of the following actions:
• Apply antivirus protection to HTTP, FTP, SMTP, IMAP, or POP3 services.
• Quarantine files that are infected or that may be infected by a virus.
• Apply web filtering to HTTP services.
• Apply email filtering to IMAP and POP3 services.
You can also add logging to a firewall policy so that the FortiGate unit logs all connections that use this policy.
This chapter describes:
•
Default firewall configuration
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
169
Default firewall configuration Firewall configuration
Default firewall configuration
By default, the users on the network connected to port1 can connect through the
FortiGate unit to the network connected to port2. The firewall blocks all other connections. The firewall is configured with a default policy that matches any connection request received from the network connected to port1 and instructs the firewall to forward the connection to the network connected to port2.
Figure 4: Default firewall policy
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Interfaces
1
2
3
Add policies to control connections between FortiGate interfaces and between the networks connected to these interfaces. By default, you can add policies for connections between the port1 to the port2 interfaces.
To add policies that include the port3 and port4/ha interfaces, you must use the following steps to add these interfaces to the firewall policy grid:
If they are down, bring the port3 and port4/ha interfaces up.
See
“Bringing up an interface” on page 135
Add IP addresses to port3 and port4/ha
See
“Changing an interface static IP address” on page 136 .
Add firewall addresses for these interfaces.
See
“Adding addresses” on page 179
.
VLAN subinterfaces
1
2
You can also add VLAN subinterfaces to the FortiGate configuration to control
connections between VLANs. For more information about VLANs, see “Configuring
To add policies that include VLAN subinterfaces, you must use the following steps to add the VLAN subinterfaces to the firewall policy grid:
Add VLAN subinterfaces to the FortiGate configuration.
See
“Adding VLAN subinterfaces” on page 141 .
Add firewall addresses for the VLAN subinterfaces.
See
“Adding addresses” on page 179
.
170
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Default firewall configuration
Zones
Addresses
1
2
3
You can add zones to the FortiGate configuration to group together related interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces to simplify firewall policy creation. For more information about zones, see
“Configuring zones” on page 133
.
To add policies for zones, you must use the following steps to add the zones to the firewall policy grid:
Add zones to the FortiGate configuration.
See
Add interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces to the zone.
See
“Adding interfaces to a zone” on page 134 and “Adding VLAN subinterfaces to a zone” on page 134 .
Add firewall addresses for the zone.
See
“Adding addresses” on page 179
.
To add policies between interfaces, VLAN subinterfaces and zones, the firewall configuration must contain addresses for each interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone.
By default the firewall configuration includes the addresses listed in Table 5 .
Table 5: Default addresses
Interface Address
Port1 Port1_All
Port2 Port2_All
Description
This address matches all addresses on the network connected to port1.
This address matches all addresses on the network connected to port2
The firewall uses these addresses to match the source and destination addresses of packets received by the firewall. The default policy matches all connections from the network connected to port1 because it includes the Port1_All address. The default policy also matches all connections to the network connected to port2 because it includes the Port2_All address.
You can add more addresses to each interface to improve the control you have over connections through the firewall. For more information about addresses, see
.
You can also add firewall policies that perform network address translation (NAT). To use NAT to translate destination addresses, you must add virtual IPs. Virtual IPs map addresses on one network to a translated address on another network. For more information about Virtual IPs, see
.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
171
Adding firewall policies Firewall configuration
Services
Policies can also control connections based on the service or destination port number of packets. The default policy accepts connections to using any service or destination port number. The firewall is configured with over 40 predefined services. You can add these services to a policy for more control over the services that can be used by connections through the firewall. You can also add user-defined services. For more information about services, see
.
Schedules
Policies can also control connections based on the time of day or day of the week when the firewall receives the connection. The default policy accepts connections at any time. The firewall is configured with one schedule that accepts connections at any time. You can add more schedules to control when policies are active. For more
information about schedules, see “Schedules” on page 186 .
Content profiles
Content profiles can be added to policies to apply antivirus protection, web filtering, and email filtering to web, file transfer, and email services. The FortiGate unit includes the following default content profiles:
• Strict: to apply maximum content protection to HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP content traffic.
• Scan: to apply antivirus scanning to HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP content traffic.
• Web: to apply antivirus scanning and Web content blocking to HTTP content traffic.
• Unfiltered: to allow oversized files to pass through the FortiGate unit without scanned for viruses.
For more information about content profiles, see
“Content profiles” on page 197
.
Adding firewall policies
1
2
3
4
5
6
Add Firewall policies to control connections and traffic between FortiGate interfaces, zones and VLAN subinterfaces.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the policy list to which you want to add the policy.
Select New to add a new policy.
You can also select Insert Policy before policy above a specific policy.
on a policy in the list to add the new
Configure the policy:
See
“Firewall policy options” on page 173 for information about policy options.
Select OK to add the policy.
Arrange policies in the policy list so that they have the results that you expect.
Arranging policies in a policy list is described in
“Configuring policy lists” on page 177 .
172
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration
Figure 5: Adding a NAT/Route policy
Adding firewall policies
Firewall policy options
This section describes the options that you can add to firewall policies.
Source
Select an address or address group that matches the source address of the packet.
Before you can add this address to a policy, you must add it to the source interface. To
add an address, see “Addresses” on page 179
.
Destination
Select an address or address group that matches the destination address of the packet. Before you can add this address to a policy, you must add it to the destination
interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone. To add an address, see “Addresses” on page 179 .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
173
Adding firewall policies Firewall configuration
For NAT/Route mode policies where the address on the destination network is hidden from the source network using NAT, the destination can also be a virtual IP that maps the destination address of the packet to a hidden destination address. See
Schedule
Select a schedule that controls when the policy is available to be matched with
connections. See “Schedules” on page 186 .
Service
Select a service that matches the service (port number) of the packet. You can select from a wide range of predefined services or add custom services and service groups.
See
Action
Select how the firewall should respond when the policy matches a connection attempt.
ACCEPT
DENY
ENCRYPT
Accept the connection. If you select ACCEPT, you can also configure NAT and Authentication for the policy.
Deny the connection. The only other policy option that you can configure is log traffic, to log the connections denied by this policy.
Make this policy an IPSec VPN policy. If you select ENCRYPT, you can select an AutoIKE key or Manual Key VPN tunnel for the policy and configure other IPSec settings. You cannot add authentication to an ENCRYPT policy.
ENCRYPT is not available in Transparent mode. See
“Configuring encrypt policies” on page 224 .
NAT
Configure the policy for NAT. NAT translates the source address and the source port of packets accepted by the policy. If you select NAT, you can also select Dynamic IP
Pool and Fixed Port. NAT is not available in Transparent mode.
Dynamic IP
Pool
Fixed Port
Select Dynamic IP Pool to translate the source address to an address randomly selected from an IP pool added to the destination interface of the policy. To add IP pools, see
Select Fixed Port to prevent NAT from translating the source port. Some applications do not function correctly if the source port is changed. If you select Fixed Port, you must also select Dynamic IP Pool and add a dynamic
IP pool address range to the destination interface of the policy. If you do not select Dynamic IP Pool, a policy with Fixed Port selected can only allow one connection at a time for this port or service.
VPN Tunnel
Select a VPN tunnel for an ENCRYPT policy. You can select an AutoIKE key or
Manual Key tunnel. VPN Tunnel is not available in Transparent mode.
174
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Adding firewall policies
Allow inbound Select Allow inbound so that users behind the remote VPN gateway can connect to the source address.
Allow outbound Select Allow outbound so that users can connect to the destination address behind the remote VPN gateway.
Inbound NAT Select Inbound NAT to translate the source address of incoming packets to the FortiGate internal IP address.
Outbound NAT Select Outbound NAT to translate the source address of outgoing packets to the FortiGate external IP address.
Traffic Shaping
Traffic Shaping controls the bandwidth available to and sets the priority of the traffic processed by the policy. Traffic Shaping makes it possible to control which policies have the highest priority when large amounts of data are moving through the
FortiGate device. For example, the policy for the corporate web server might be given higher priority than the policies for most employees’ computers. An employee who needs unusually high-speed Internet access could have a special outgoing policy set up with higher bandwidth.
If you set both guaranteed bandwidth and maximum bandwidth to 0 the policy does not allow any traffic.
Guaranteed
Bandwidth
You can use traffic shaping to guarantee the amount of bandwidth available through the firewall for a policy. Guarantee bandwidth (in Kbytes) to make sure that there is enough bandwidth available for a high-priority service.
Maximum
Bandwidth
You can also use traffic shaping to limit the amount of bandwidth available through the firewall for a policy. Limit bandwidth to keep less important services from using bandwidth needed for more important services.
Traffic Priority Select High, Medium, or Low. Select Traffic Priority so that the FortiGate unit manages the relative priorities of different types of traffic. For example, a policy for connecting to a secure web server needed to support e-commerce traffic should be assigned a high traffic priority. Less important services should be assigned a low priority. The firewall provides bandwidth to lowpriority connections only when bandwidth is not needed for high-priority connections.
Authentication
Select Authentication and select a user group to require users to enter a user name and password before the firewall accepts the connection. Select the user group to control the users that can authenticate with this policy. To add and configure user
groups, see “Configuring user groups” on page 207
. You must add user groups before you can select Authentication.
You can select Authentication for any service. Users can authenticate with the firewall using HTTP, Telnet, or FTP. For users to be able to authenticate you must add an
HTTP, Telnet, or FTP policy that is configured for authentication. When users attempt to connect through the firewall using this policy they are prompted to enter a firewall username and password.
If you want users to authenticate to use other services (for example POP3 or IMAP) you can create a service group that includes the services for which you want to require authentication as well as HTTP, Telnet, and FTP. Then users could authenticate with the policy using HTTP, Telnet, or FTP before using the other service.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
175
Adding firewall policies Firewall configuration
In most cases you should make sure that users can use DNS through the firewall without authentication. If DNS is not available users cannot connect to a web, FTP, or
Telnet server using a domain name.
Anti-Virus & Web filter
Enable antivirus protection and web filter content filtering for traffic controlled by this policy. You can select Anti-Virus & Web filter if Service is set to ANY, HTTP, SMTP,
POP3, IMAP, or FTP or to a service group that includes the HTTP, SMTP, POP3,
IMAP, or FTP services.
Select a content profile to configure how antivirus protection and content filtering is applied to the policy. See
“Content profiles” on page 197 .
Figure 6: Adding a Transparent mode policy
176
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Configuring policy lists
Log Traffic
Select Log Traffic to write messages to the traffic log whenever the policy processes a connection. For more information about logging, see
“Logging and reporting” on page 281 .
Comments
Optionally add a description or other information about the policy. The comment can be up to 63 characters long, including spaces.
Configuring policy lists
The firewall matches policies by searching for a match starting at the top of the policy list and moving down until it finds the first match. You must arrange policies in the policy list from more specific to more general.
For example, the default policy is a very general policy because it matches all connection attempts. When you create exceptions to this policy, you must add them to the policy list above the default policy. No policy below the default policy will ever be matched.
This section describes:
•
•
Changing the order of policies in a policy list
•
Enabling and disabling policies
Policy matching in detail
When the FortiGate unit receives a connection attempt at an interface, it must select a policy list to search through for a policy that matches the connection attempt. The
FortiGate unit chooses the policy list based on the source and destination addresses of the connection attempt.
The FortiGate unit then starts at the top of the selected policy list and searches down the list for the first policy that matches the connection attempt source and destination addresses, service port, and time and date at which the connection attempt was received. The first policy that matches is applied to the connection attempt. If no policy matches, the connection is dropped.
The default policy accepts all connection attempts from the network connected to port1 to the network connected to port2. From the network connected to port1, users can browse the web, use POP3 to get email, use FTP to download files through the firewall, and so on. If the default policy is at the top of the port1
-> port2 policy list, the firewall allows all connections from the network connected to port1 to the Internet because all connections match the default policy. If more specific policies are added to the list below the default policy, they are never matched.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
177
Configuring policy lists Firewall configuration
A policy that is an exception to the default policy, for example, a policy to block FTP connections, must be placed above the default policy in the port1
-> port2 policy list. In this example, all FTP connection attempts from the internal network would then match the FTP policy and be blocked. Connection attempts for all other kinds of services would not match with the FTP policy but they would match with the default policy.
Therefore, the firewall would still accept all other connections from the internal network.
Note: Policies that require authentication must be added to the policy list above matching policies that do not; otherwise, the policy that does not require authentication is selected first.
Changing the order of policies in a policy list
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the policy list that you want to rearrange.
Choose a policy to move and select Move To to change its order in the policy list.
Type a number in the Move to field to specify where in the policy list to move the policy and select OK.
Enabling and disabling policies
You can enable and disable policies in the policy list to control whether the policy is active or not. The FortiGate unit matches enabled policies but does not match disabled policies.
1
2
3
1
2
3
Disabling a policy
Disable a policy to temporarily prevent the firewall from selecting the policy. Disabling a policy does not stop active communications sessions that have been allowed by the policy. To stop active communication sessions, see
.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the policy list containing the policy to disable.
Clear the check box of the policy to disable.
Enabling a policy
Enable a policy that has been disabled so that the firewall can match connections with the policy.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the policy list containing the policy to enable.
Select the check box of the policy to enable.
178
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration
Addresses
Addresses
All policies require source and destination addresses. To add addresses to a policy, you must first add addresses to the address list for the interfaces, zones, or VLAN subinterfaces of the policy.
You can add, edit, and delete all firewall addresses as required. You can also organize related addresses into address groups to simplify policy creation.
A firewall address consists of an IP address and a netmask. This information can represent:
• The address of a subnet (for example, for a class C subnet,
IP address: 192.168.20.0 and Netmask: 255.255.255.0).
• A single IP address (for example, IP Address: 192.168.20.1 and
Netmask: 255.255.255.255)
• All possible IP addresses (represented by IP Address: 0.0.0.0 and Netmask:
0.0.0.0)
Note: IP address: 0.0.0.0 and Netmask: 255.255.255.255 is not a valid firewall address.
NO
This section describes:
•
•
•
•
Organizing addresses into address groups
Adding addresses
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select the interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone to which to add the address.
Select New to add a new address.
Enter an Address Name to identify the address.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Spaces and other special characters are not allowed.
Enter the IP Address.
The IP address can be:
• The IP address of a single computer (for example, 192.45.46.45).
• The IP address of a subnetwork (for example, 192.168.1.0 for a class C subnet).
• 0.0.0.0 to represent all possible IP addresses
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
179
Addresses Firewall configuration
6
7
Enter the NetMask.
The netmask should correspond to the type of address that you are adding. For example:
• The netmask for the IP address of a single computer should be 255.255.255.255.
• The netmask for a class A subnet should be 255.0.0.0.
• The netmask for a class B subnet should be 255.255.0.0.
• The netmask for a class C subnet should be 255.255.255.0.
• The netmask for all addresses should be 0.0.0.0
Note: To add an address to represent any address on a network set the IP Address to 0.0.0.0 and the Netmask to 0.0.0.0
To add an address
Select OK to add the address.
Figure 7: Adding an internal address
180
Editing addresses
1
2
3
4
Edit an address to change its IP address and netmask. You cannot edit the address name. To change the address name, you must delete the address entry and then add the address again with a new name.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select the interface list containing the address that you want to edit.
Choose an address to edit and select Edit Address .
Make the required changes and select OK to save your changes.
Deleting addresses
1
2
Deleting an address removes it from an address list. To delete an address that has been added to a policy, you must first remove the address from the policy.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select the interface list containing the address that you want to delete.
You can delete any listed address that has a Delete Address icon .
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Addresses
3
4
Choose an address to delete and select Delete .
Select OK to delete the address.
Organizing addresses into address groups
1
2
3
4
5
6
You can organize related addresses into address groups to make it easier to add policies. For example, if you add three addresses and then add them to an address group, you only have to add one policy using the address group rather than a separate policy for each address.
You can add address groups to any interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone. The address group can only contain addresses from that interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone. Address groups are available in interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone source or destination address lists.
Address groups cannot have the same names as individual addresses. If an address group is included in a policy, it cannot be deleted unless it is first removed from the policy.
Go to Firewall > Address > Group.
Select the interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone to which to add the address group.
Enter a Group Name to identify the address group.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
To add addresses to the address group, select an address from the Available
Addresses list and select the right arrow to add it to the Members list.
To remove addresses from the address group, select an address from the Members list and select the left arrow to remove it from the group.
Select OK to add the address group.
Figure 8: Adding an internal address group
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
181
Services Firewall configuration
Services
Use services to control the types of communication accepted or denied by the firewall.
You can add any of the predefined services to a policy. You can also create your own custom services and add services to service groups.
This section describes:
•
•
Providing access to custom services
•
Predefined services
The FortiGate predefined firewall services are listed in
services to any policy.
Table 6: FortiGate predefined services
Service name
ANY
GRE
AH
ESP
AOL
BGP
DHCP-Relay
DNS
FINGER
FTP
GOPHER
Description
Match connections on any port. A connection that uses any of the predefined services is allowed through the firewall.
Generic Routing Encapsulation. A protocol that allows an arbitrary network protocol to be transmitted over any other arbitrary network protocol, by encapsulating the packets of the protocol within GRE packets.
Authentication Header. AH provides source host authentication and data integrity, but not secrecy. This protocol is used for authentication by IPSec remote gateways set to aggressive mode.
Encapsulating Security Payload. This service is used by manual key and AutoIKE VPN tunnels for communicating encrypted data. AutoIKE key VPN tunnels use ESP after establishing the tunnel using IKE.
AOL instant messenger protocol.
Border Gateway Protocol routing protocol.
BGP is an interior/exterior routing protocol.
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allocates network addresses and delivers configuration parameters from DHCP servers to hosts.
Domain name service for translating domain names into IP addresses.
Protocol all tcp tcp udp
A network service that provides information about users.
FTP service for transferring files.
Gopher communication service. Gopher organizes and displays Internet server contents as a hierarchically structured list of files.
tcp udp tcp tcp tcp
Port all
47
51
50
5190-5194
179
67
53
53
79
21
70
182
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Services
Table 6: FortiGate predefined services (Continued)
Service name
H323
HTTP
HTTPS
IKE
IMAP
Internet-Locator-
Service
IRC
L2TP
LDAP
NetMeeting
NFS
NNTP
NTP
OSPF
PC-Anywhere
PING
POP3
PPTP
QUAKE
Description
H.323 multimedia protocol. H.323 is a standard approved by the International
Telecommunication Union (ITU) that defines how audiovisual conferencing data is transmitted across networks.
HTTP is the protocol used by the word wide web for transferring data for web pages.
HTTP with secure socket layer (SSL) service for secure communication with web servers.
IKE is the protocol to obtain authenticated keying material for use with ISAKMP for
IPSEC.
Internet Message Access Protocol is a protocol used for retrieving email messages.
Internet Locator Service includes LDAP, User
Locator Service, and LDAP over TLS/SSL.
Internet Relay Chat allows people connected to the Internet to join live discussions.
L2TP is a PPP-based tunnel protocol for remote access.
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol is a set of protocols used to access information directories.
NetMeeting allows users to teleconference using the Internet as the transmission medium.
Network File System allows network users to access shared files stored on computers of different types.
Network News Transport Protocol is a protocol used to post, distribute, and retrieve USENET messages.
Network time protocol for synchronizing a computer’s time with a time server.
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing protocol. OSPF is a common link state routing protocol.
PC-Anywhere is a remote control and file transfer protocol.
Packet Internet Groper is a utility to determine whether a specific host is accessible by its IP address.
Post office protocol email protocol for downloading email from a POP3 server.
Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol is a protocol that allows corporations to extend their own corporate network through private tunnels over the public Internet.
For connections used by the popular Quake multi-player computer game.
Protocol tcp tcp tcp udp tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp tcp udp icmp tcp tcp udp
Port
1720, 1503
80
443
500
143
389
6660-6669
1701
389
1720
111, 2049
119
123
89
5632
8
110
1723
26000,
27000,
27910,
27960
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
183
Services Firewall configuration
Table 6: FortiGate predefined services (Continued)
Service name
RAUDIO
RLOGIN
RIP
SMTP
SNMP
SSH
SYSLOG
TALK
TCP
TELNET
TFTP
UDP
UUCP
VDOLIVE
WAIS
WINFRAME
X-WINDOWS
Description
For streaming real audio multimedia traffic.
Rlogin service for remotely logging into a server.
Routing Information Protocol is a common distance vector routing protocol.
For sending mail between email servers on the
Internet.
Simple Network Management Protocol is a set of protocols for managing complex networks
SSH service for secure connections to computers for remote management.
Syslog service for remote logging.
A protocol supporting conversations between two or more users.
All TCP ports.
Telnet service for connecting to a remote computer to run commands.
Trivial file transfer protocol, a simple file transfer protocol similar to FTP but with no security features.
All UDP ports.
Unix to Unix copy utility, a simple file copying protocol.
For VDO Live streaming multimedia traffic.
Wide Area Information Server. An Internet search protocol.
For WinFrame communications between computers running Windows NT.
For remote communications between an
X-Window server and X-Window clients.
Protocol udp tcp udp tcp tcp udp tcp udp udp udp tcp tcp udp udp udp tcp tcp tcp tcp
0-65535
540
7000-7010
210
1494
6000-6063
Providing access to custom services
1
2
3
4
Add a custom service if you need to create a policy for a service that is not in the predefined service list.
Go to Firewall > Service > Custom.
Select New.
Enter a Name for the service. This name appears in the service list used when you add a policy.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select the Protocol (either TCP or UDP) used by the service.
Port
7070
513
520
25
161-162
161-162
22
22
514
517-518
0-65535
23
69
184
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Services
5
6
7
Specify a Source and Destination Port number range for the service by entering the low and high port numbers. If the service uses one port number, enter this number in both the low and high fields.
If the service has more than one port range, select Add to specify additional protocols and port ranges.
If you mistakenly add too many port range rows, select Delete to remove each extra row.
Select OK to add the custom service.
You can now add this custom service to a policy.
Grouping services
1
2
3
4
5
6
To make it easier to add policies, you can create groups of services and then add one policy to provide or block access for all the services in the group. A service group can contain predefined services and custom services in any combination. You cannot add service groups to another service group.
Go to Firewall > Service > Group.
Select New.
Enter a Group Name to identify the group.
This name appears in the service list when you add a policy and cannot be the same as a predefined service name.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
To add services to the service group, select a service from the Available Services list and select the right arrow to copy it to the Members list.
To remove services from the service group, select a service from the Members list and select the left arrow to remove it from the group.
Select OK to add the service group.
Figure 9: Adding a service group
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
185
Schedules Firewall configuration
Schedules
Use scheduling to control when policies are active or inactive. You can create one-time schedules and recurring schedules. You can use one-time schedules to create policies that are effective once for the period of time specified in the schedule.
Recurring schedules repeat weekly. You can use recurring schedules to create policies that are effective only at specified times of the day or on specified days of the week.
This section describes:
•
•
•
Creating one-time schedules
1
2
3
4
5
6
You can create a one-time schedule that activates or deactivates a policy for a specified period of time. For example, your firewall might be configured with the default policy that allows access to all services on the Internet at all times. You can add a one-time schedule to block access to the Internet during a holiday period.
Go to Firewall > Schedule > One-time.
Select New.
Enter a Name for the schedule.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Set the Start date and time for the schedule.
Set Start and Stop times to 00 for the schedule to be active for the entire day.
Set the Stop date and time for the schedule.
One-time schedules use the 24-hour clock.
Select OK to add the one-time schedule.
Figure 10: Adding a one-time schedule
186
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Schedules
Creating recurring schedules
1
2
3
4
5
6
You can create a recurring schedule that activates or deactivates policies at specified times of the day or on specified days of the week. For example, you might want to prevent Internet use outside of working hours by creating a recurring schedule.
If you create a recurring schedule with a stop time that occurs before the start time, the schedule will start at the start time and finish at the stop time on the next day. You can use this technique to create recurring schedules that run from one day to the next.
You can also create a recurring schedule that runs for 24 hours by setting the start and stop times to the same time.
Go to Firewall > Schedule > Recurring.
Select New to create a new schedule.
Enter a Name for the schedule.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select the days of the week on which the schedule should be active.
Set the Start and Stop hours in between which the schedule should be active.
Recurring schedules use the 24-hour clock.
Select OK to save the recurring schedule.
Figure 11: Adding a recurring schedule
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
187
Virtual IPs Firewall configuration
Adding a schedule to a policy
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
After you have created schedules, you can add them to policies to schedule when the policies are active. You can add the new schedules to policies when you create the policy, or you can edit existing policies and add a new schedule to them.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the tab corresponding to the type of policy to add.
Select New to add a policy or select Edit to edit a policy to change its schedule.
Configure the policy as required.
Add a schedule by selecting it from the Schedule list.
Select OK to save the policy.
Arrange the policy in the policy list to have the effect that you expect.
For example, to use a one-time schedule to deny access to a policy, add a policy that matches the policy to be denied in every way. Choose the one-time schedule that you added and set Action to DENY. Then place the policy containing the one-time schedule in the policy list above the policy to be denied.
Virtual IPs
Use virtual IPs to access IP addresses on a destination network that are hidden from the source network by NAT security policies. To allow connections between these networks, you must create a mapping between an address on the source network and the real address on the destination network. This mapping is called a virtual IP.
For example, if the computer hosting your web server is located on the network connected to port3, it could have a private IP address such as 10.10.10.3. If port2 connects to the Internet, to get packets from the Internet to the web server, you must have an external address for the web server on the Internet. You must then add a virtual IP to the firewall that maps the external IP address of the web server to the actual address of the web server on the port3 network. To allow connections from the
Internet to the web server, you must then add a port2
-> port3 firewall policy and set
Destination to the virtual IP.
You can create two types of virtual IPs:
Static NAT Used in to translate an address on a source network to a hidden address on a destination network. Static NAT translates the source address of return packets to the address on the source network.
Port Forwarding Used to translate an address and a port number on a source network to a hidden address and, optionally, a different port number on a destination network. Using port forwarding you can also route packets with a specific port number and a destination address that matches the IP address of the interface that receives the packets. This technique is called port forwarding or port address translation (PAT). You can also use port forwarding to change the destination port of the forwarded packets.
188
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Virtual IPs
This section describes:
•
•
Adding port forwarding virtual IPs
•
Adding policies with virtual IPs
Adding static NAT virtual IPs
5
6
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
Select New to add a virtual IP.
Enter a Name for the virtual IP.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select the virtual IP External Interface:
The External Interface is the interface connected to the source network that receives the packets to be forwarded to the destination network.
You can select a firewall interface or a VLAN subinterface.
Make sure Type is set to Static NAT.
In the External IP Address field, enter the external IP address to be mapped to an address on the destination network.
For example, if the virtual IP provides access from the Internet to a web server on a destination network, the external IP address must be a static IP address obtained from your ISP for your web server. This address must be a unique address that is not used by another host and cannot be the same as the IP address of the External Interface
selected in step 4 . However, this address must be routed to this interface.
Figure 12: Adding a static NAT virtual IP
7 In the Map to IP field, enter the real IP address on the destination network, for example, the IP address of a web server on an internal network.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
189
Virtual IPs Firewall configuration
Note: The firewall translates the source address of outbound packets from the host with the
Map to IP address to the virtual IP External IP Address, instead of the firewall external address.
8 Select OK to save the virtual IP.
You can now add the virtual IP to firewall policies.
Adding port forwarding virtual IPs
10
11
5
6
1
2
3
4
7
8
9
Go to Firewall > Virtual IP.
Select New to add a virtual IP.
Enter a Name for the virtual IP.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select the virtual IP External Interface. The External Interface is the interface connected to the source network that receives the packets to be forwarded to the destination network.
You can select a firewall interface or a VLAN subinterface.
Change Type to Port Forwarding.
In the External IP Address field, enter the external IP address to be mapped to an address on the destination zone.
You can set the External IP Address to the IP address of external interface selected in step
For example, if the virtual IP provides access from the Internet to a server on your internal network, the External IP Address must be a static IP address obtained from your ISP for this server. This address must be a unique address that is not used by another host. However, this address must be routed to the External Interface selected in step
Enter the External Service Port number for which to configure port forwarding.
The external service port number must match the destination port of the packets to be forwarded. For example, if the virtual IP provides access from the Internet to a Web server, the external service port number would be 80 (the HTTP port).
In Map to IP, enter the real IP address on the destination network.
For example, the real IP address could be the IP address of a web server on an internal network.
Set Map to Port to the port number to be added to packets when they are forwarded.
If you do not want to translate the port, enter the same number as the External Service
Port.
If you want to translate the port, enter the port number to which to translate the destination port of the packets when they are forwarded by the firewall.
Select the protocol to be used by the forwarded packets.
Select OK to save the port forwarding virtual IP.
190
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration
Figure 13: Adding a port forwarding virtual IP
Virtual IPs
Adding policies with virtual IPs
1
2
3
Use the following procedure to add a policy that uses a virtual IP to forward packets.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select the type of policy to add.
• The source interface must match the interface selected in the External Interface list.
• The destination interface must match the interface connected to the network with the Map to IP address.
Use the following information to configure the policy.
Source
Destination
Schedule
Service
Action
NAT
Select the source address from which users can access the server.
Select the virtual IP.
Select a schedule as required.
Select the service that matches the Map to Service that you selected for the port-forwarding virtual IP.
Set action to ACCEPT to accept connections to the internal server.
You can also select DENY to deny access.
Select NAT if the firewall is protecting the private addresses on the destination network from the source network.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
191
IP pools Firewall configuration
4
Authentication Optionally select Authentication and select a user group to require users to authenticate with the firewall before accessing the server using port forwarding.
Log Traffic
Anti-Virus & Web filter
Select these options to log port-forwarded traffic and apply antivirus and web filter protection to this traffic.
Select OK to save the policy.
IP pools
An IP pool (also called a dynamic IP pool) is a range of IP addresses added to a firewall interface. If you add IP pools to an interface, you can select Dynamic IP Pool when you configure a policy with the destination set to this interface. You can add an
IP pool if you want to add NAT mode policies that translate source addresses to addresses randomly selected from the IP pool rather than being limited to the IP address of the destination interface.
The addresses in the IP pool must be on the same subnet as the IP address of the interface. For example, if the IP address of a FortiGate interface is 192.168.1.99, a valid IP pool could start IP at 192.168.1.10 and end at 192.168.1.20. This IP pool would give the firewall 11 addresses to select from when translating the source address.
The addresses in the IP pool range cannot conflict with other addresses on the same network as the interface for which you are adding the IP pool.
You can add multiple IP pools to any interface, but only the first IP pool is used by the
Firewall.
This section describes:
•
•
IP Pools for firewall policies that use fixed ports
•
Adding an IP pool
3
4
1
2
5
To add an IP pool:
Go to Firewall > IP Pool.
Select the interface to which to add the IP pool.
You can select a firewall interface or a VLAN subinterface.
Select New to add a new IP pool to the selected interface.
Enter the Start IP and End IP addresses for the range of addresses in the IP pool.
The Start IP and End IP must define the start and end of an address range. The Start
IP must be lower than the End IP. The Start IP and End IP must be on the same subnet as the IP address of the interface for which you are adding the IP pool.
Select OK to save the IP pool.
192
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration
Figure 14: Adding an IP Pool
IP/MAC binding
IP Pools for firewall policies that use fixed ports
Some network configurations will not operate correctly if a NAT policy translates the source port of packets used by the connection. NAT translates source ports to keep track of connections for a particular service. You can select fixed port for NAT policies to prevent source port translation. However, selecting fixed port means that only one connection can be supported through the firewall for this service. To be able to support multiple connections, you can add an IP pool to the destination interface, and then select Dynamic P pool in the policy. The firewall randomly selects an IP address from the IP pool and assigns it to each connection. In this case the number of connections that the firewall can support is limited by the number of IP addresses in the IP pool.
IP pools and dynamic NAT
You can use IP pools for dynamic NAT. For example, your organization may have purchased a range of Internet addresses, but you may have only one Internet connection: the external interface of your FortiGate unit.
You can assign one of your organization’s Internet IP addresses to the external interface of your FortiGate unit. If your FortiGate unit is operating in NAT/Route mode, all connections from your network to the Internet appear to come from this IP address.
If you want connections to originate from all of your Internet IP addresses, you can add this address range to an IP pool for the external interface. Then you can select
Dynamic IP Pool for all policies with the external interface as the destination. For each connection the firewall dynamically selects an IP address from the IP pool to be the source address for the connection. As a result connections to the Internet will appear to be originating from all of the IP addresses in the IP pool.
IP/MAC binding
IP/MAC binding protects the FortiGate unit and your network from IP spoofing attacks.
IP spoofing attempts to use the IP address of a trusted computer to connect to or through the FortiGate unit from a different computer. The IP address of a computer can easily be changed to a trusted address, but MAC addresses are added to
Ethernet cards at the factory and cannot easily be changed.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
193
IP/MAC binding Firewall configuration
You can enter the static IP addresses and corresponding MAC addresses of trusted computers in the Static IP/MAC table.
IP/MAC binding can be enabled for packets connecting to the firewall or passing through the firewall.
Note: If you enable IP/MAC binding and change the IP address of a computer with an IP or
MAC address in the IP/MAC list, you must also change the entry in the IP/MAC list or the computer will not have access to or through the FortiGate unit. You must also add the IP/MAC address pair of any new computer that you add to your network or this computer will not have access to or through the FortiGate unit.
This section describes:
•
Configuring IP/MAC binding for packets going through the firewall
•
Configuring IP/MAC binding for packets going to the firewall
•
•
Viewing the dynamic IP/MAC list
•
Configuring IP/MAC binding for packets going through the firewall
1
2
3
4
Use the following procedure to use IP/MAC binding to filter packets that would normally be allowed through the firewall by a firewall policy.
Go to Firewall > IP/MAC Binding > Setting.
Select Enable IP/MAC binding going through the firewall.
Go to Firewall > IP/MAC Binding > Static IP/MAC.
Select New to add IP/MAC binding pairs to the IP/MAC binding list.
All packets that would normally be allowed through the firewall by a firewall policy are first compared with the entries in the IP/MAC binding list. If a match is found, then the firewall attempts to match the packet with a policy.
For example, if the IP/MAC pair IP 1.1.1.1 and 12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd is added to the
IP/MAC binding list:
• A packet with IP address 1.1.1.1 and MAC address 12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd is allowed to go on to be matched with a firewall policy.
• A packet with IP 1.1.1.1 but with a different MAC address is dropped immediately to prevent IP spoofing.
• A packet with a different IP address but with a MAC address of
12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd is dropped immediately to prevent IP spoofing.
• A packet with both the IP address and MAC address not defined in the IP/MAC binding table:
• is allowed to go on to be matched with a firewall policy if IP/MAC binding is set to Allow traffic,
• is blocked if IP/MAC binding is set to Block traffic.
194
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration IP/MAC binding
Configuring IP/MAC binding for packets going to the firewall
1
2
3
4
Use the following procedure to use IP/MAC binding to filter packets that would normally connect with the firewall (for example, when an administrator is connecting to the FortiGate unit for management).
Go to Firewall > IP/MAC Binding > Setting.
Select Enable IP/MAC binding going to the firewall.
Go to Firewall > IP/MAC Binding > Static IP/MAC.
Select New to add IP/MAC binding pairs to the IP/MAC binding list.
All packets that would normally connect to the firewall are first compared with the entries in the IP/MAC binding table.
For example, if the IP/MAC pair IP 1.1.1.1 and 12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd is added to the
IP/MAC binding list:
• A packet with IP address 1.1.1.1 and MAC address 12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd is allowed to connect to the firewall.
• A packet with IP 1.1.1.1 but with a different MAC address is dropped immediately to prevent IP spoofing.
• A packet with a different IP address but with a MAC address of
12:34:56:78:90:ab:cd is dropped immediately to prevent IP spoofing.
• A packet with both the IP address and MAC address not defined in the IP/MAC binding table:
• is allowed to connect to the firewall if IP/MAC binding is set to Allow traffic,
• is blocked if IP/MAC binding is set to Block traffic.
Adding IP/MAC addresses
5
6
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > IP/MAC Binding > Static IP/MAC.
Select New to add an IP address/MAC address pair.
Enter the IP address and the MAC address.
You can bind multiple IP addresses to the same MAC address. You cannot bind multiple MAC addresses to the same IP address.
However, you can set the IP address to 0.0.0.0 for multiple MAC addresses. This means that all packets with these MAC addresses are matched with the IP/MAC binding list.
Similarly, you can set the MAC address to 00:00:00:00:00:00 for multiple IP addresses. This means that all packets with these IP addresses are matched with the
IP/MAC binding list.
Enter a Name for the new IP/MAC address pair.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select Enable to enable IP/MAC binding for the IP/MAC pair.
Select OK to save the IP/MAC binding pair.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
195
IP/MAC binding Firewall configuration
Viewing the dynamic IP/MAC list
1 Go to Firewall > IP/MAC Binding > Dynamic IP/MAC.
Enabling IP/MAC binding
1
2
!
3
4
5
Caution: Make sure that you have added the IP/MAC Address pair of your management computer before enabling IP/MAC binding.
Go to Firewall > IP/MAC Binding > Setting.
Select Enable IP/MAC binding going through the firewall to turn on IP/MAC binding for packets that could be matched by policies.
Select Enable IP/MAC binding going to the firewall to turn on IP/MAC binding for packets connecting to the firewall.
Configure how IP/MAC binding handles packets with IP and MAC addresses that are not defined in the IP/MAC list.
Select Allow traffic to allow all packets with IP and MAC address pairs that are not added to the IP/MAC binding list.
Select Block traffic to block packets with IP and MAC address pairs that are not added to the IP/MAC binding list.
Select Apply to save your changes.
Figure 15: IP/MAC settings
196
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration Content profiles
Content profiles
Use content profiles to apply different protection settings for content traffic controlled by firewall policies. You can use content profiles to:
• Configure antivirus protection for HTTP, FTP, POP3, SMTP, and IMAP policies
• Configure web filtering for HTTP policies
• Configure email filtering for IMAP and POP3 policies
• Configure oversized file and email blocking for HTTP, FTP, POP3, SMTP, and
IMAP policies
• Passing fragmented email for POP3, SMTP, and IMAP policies
Using content profiles you can build up protection configurations that can be easily applied to different types of Firewall policies. This allows you to customize different types and different levels of protection for different firewall policies.
For example, while traffic between internal and external addresses might need strict protection, traffic between trusted internal addresses might need moderate protection.
You can configure policies for different traffic services to use the same or different content profiles.
Content profiles can be added to NAT/Route mode and Transparent mode policies.
•
•
•
Adding a content profile to a policy
Default content profiles
The FortiGate unit has the following four default content profiles under Firewall >
Content Profile. You can use these existing content profiles or create your own:
Strict
Scan
Web
Unfiltered
To apply maximum content protection to HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and
SMTP content traffic. You would not use the strict content profile under normal circumstances, but it is available if you are having extreme problems with viruses and require maximum content screening protection.
Apply antivirus scanning to HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, and SMTP content traffic. Quarantine is also selected for all content services. On FortiGate models with a hard drive, if antivirus scanning finds a virus in a file, the file is quarantined on the FortiGate hard disk. If required, system administrators can recover quarantined files.
Apply antivirus scanning and Web content blocking to HTTP content traffic.
You can add this content profile to firewall policies that control HTTP traffic.
Use the unfiltered content profile if you do not want to apply any content protection to content traffic. You can add this content profile to firewall policies for connections between highly trusted or highly secure networks where content does not need to be protected.
Adding a content profile
1
2
If the default content profiles do not provide the protection that you require, you can create new content profiles customized to your requirements.
Go to Firewall > Content Profile.
Select New.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
197
Content profiles Firewall configuration
3
4
Type a Profile Name.
Enable antivirus protection options.
Anti Virus Scan
File Block
Quarantine
Scan web, FTP, and email traffic for viruses and worms. See “Antivirus scanning” on page 260 .
Delete files with blocked file patterns even if they do not contain viruses. You should only enable file blocking when a virus has been found that is so new that virus scanning does not detect it. See
.
Quarantine blocked and infected files according to the quarantine configuration.
5
6
7
8
Note: If both virus Scan and File Block are enabled, the FortiGate unit blocks files that match enabled file patterns before they are scanned for viruses.
Enable Web filtering options.
Web URL Block Block unwanted web pages and web sites. This option adds Fortinet
URL blocking (see
“URL blocking” on page 269 ) and Cerberian URL
filtering (see “Using the Cerberian web filter” on page 272
) to HTTP traffic accepted by a policy.
Web Content Block Block web pages that contain unwanted words or phrases. See
“Content blocking” on page 268 .
Web Script Filter
Web Exempt List
Remove scripts from web pages. See
“Script filtering” on page 274
.
Exempt URLs from web filtering and virus scanning. See
Enable Email filter protection options.
Email Block List
Email Exempt List
Add a subject tag to email from unwanted addresses. See
“Email block list” on page 279 .
Exempt sender address patterns from email filtering. See
“Email exempt list” on page 279
.
Email Content Block Add a subject tag to email that contains unwanted words or phrases.
See “Email banned word list” on page 278 .
Enable fragmented email and oversized file and email options.
Oversized File/Email
Block
Pass Fragmented
Block or pass files and email that exceed thresholds configured as a percent of system memory. See
“Blocking oversized files and emails” on page 266 .
Allow email messages that have been fragmented to bypass antivirus
scanning. See “Exempting fragmented email from blocking” on page 266
.
Select OK.
198
Fortinet Inc.
Firewall configuration
Figure 16: Example content profile
Content profiles
Adding a content profile to a policy
You can add content profiles to policies with action set to allow or encrypt and with
Service set to ANY, HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, SMTP, or a service group that includes these services.
5
6
3
4
7
8
1
2
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select a policy list that contains policies to which to add a content profile.
For example, to enable network protection for files downloaded by internal network users from the web, select an internal to external policy list.
.
Select New to add a new policy, or choose a policy and select Edit
Select Anti-Virus & Web filter.
Select a content profile.
Configure the remaining policy settings if required.
Select OK.
Repeat this procedure for any policies for which to enable network protection.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
199
Content profiles Firewall configuration
200
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Users and authentication
FortiGate units support user authentication to the FortiGate user database, to a
RADIUS server, and to an LDAP server. You can add user names to the FortiGate user database and then add a password to allow the user to authenticate using the internal database. You can also add the names of RADIUS and LDAP servers. You can select RADIUS to allow the user to authenticate using the selected RADIUS server or LDAP to allow the user to authenticate using the selected LDAP server. You can disable a user name so that the user cannot authenticate.
To enable authentication, you must add user names to one or more user groups. You can also add RADIUS servers and LDAP servers to user groups. You can then select a user group when you require authentication.
You can select user groups to require authentication for:
• any firewall policy with Action set to ACCEPT
• IPSec dialup user phase 1 configurations
• XAuth functionality for Phase 1 IPSec VPN configurations
• PPTP
• L2TP
When a user enters a user name and password, the FortiGate unit searches the internal user database for a matching user name. If Disable is selected for that user name, the user cannot authenticate and the connection is dropped. If Password is selected for that user and the password matches, the connection is allowed. If the password does not match, the connection is dropped.
If RADIUS is selected and RADIUS support is configured and the user name and password match a user name and password on the RADIUS server, the connection is allowed. If the user name and password do not match a user name and password on the RADIUS server, the connection is dropped.
If LDAP is selected and LDAP support is configured and the user name and password match a user name and password on the LDAP server, the connection is allowed. If the user name and password do not match a user name and password on the LDAP server, the connection is dropped.
If the user group contains user names, RADIUS servers, and LDAP servers, the
FortiGate unit checks them in the order in which they have been added to the user group.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
201
Setting authentication timeout Users and authentication
This chapter describes:
•
Setting authentication timeout
•
Adding user names and configuring authentication
•
•
•
Setting authentication timeout
1
2
To set authentication timeout:
Go to System > Config > Options.
Set Auth Timeout to control how long authenticated firewall connections can remain idle before users must authenticate again to get access through the firewall.
The default authentication timeout is 15 minutes.
Adding user names and configuring authentication
Use the following procedures to add user names and configure authentication.
This section describes:
•
Adding user names and configuring authentication
•
Deleting user names from the internal database
Adding user names and configuring authentication
1
2
3
4
Go to User > Local.
Select New to add a new user name.
Enter the user name.
The user name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select one of the following authentication configurations:
Disable
Password
LDAP
Radius
Prevent this user from authenticating.
Enter the password that this user must use to authenticate. The password should be at least six characters long. The password can contain numbers
(0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters
- and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Require the user to authenticate to an LDAP server. Select the name of the
LDAP server to which the user must authenticate. You can only select an
LDAP server that has been added to the FortiGate LDAP configuration. See
“Configuring LDAP support” on page 205 .
Require the user to authenticate to a RADIUS server. Select the name of the
RADIUS server to which the user must authenticate. You can only select a
RADIUS server that has been added to the FortiGate RADIUS configuration.
See “Configuring RADIUS support” on page 204
.
202
Fortinet Inc.
Users and authentication Adding user names and configuring authentication
5
6
Select Try other servers if connect to selected server fails if you have selected Radius and you want the FortiGate unit to try to connect to other RADIUS servers added to the FortiGate RADIUS configuration.
Select OK.
Figure 17: Adding a user name
Deleting user names from the internal database
1
2
3
You cannot delete user names that have been added to user groups. Remove user names from user groups before deleting them
Go to User > Local.
Select Delete User for the user name to delete.
Select OK.
Note: Deleting the user name deletes the authentication configured for the user.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
203
Configuring RADIUS support Users and authentication
Configuring RADIUS support
If you have configured RADIUS support and a user is required to authenticate using a
RADIUS server, the FortiGate unit contacts the RADIUS server for authentication.
This section describes:
•
•
Adding RADIUS servers
4
5
6
1
2
3
To configure the FortiGate unit for RADIUS authentication:
Go to User > RADIUS.
Select New to add a new RADIUS server.
Enter the name of the RADIUS server.
You can enter any name. The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Enter the domain name or IP address of the RADIUS server.
Enter the RADIUS server secret.
Select OK.
Figure 18: Example RADIUS configuration
204
Deleting RADIUS servers
1
2
3
You cannot delete RADIUS servers that have been added to user groups.
Go to User > RADIUS.
Select Delete beside the RADIUS server name that you want to delete.
Select OK.
Fortinet Inc.
Users and authentication Configuring LDAP support
Configuring LDAP support
If you have configured LDAP support and a user is required to authenticate using an
LDAP server, the FortiGate unit contacts the LDAP server for authentication. To authentication with the FortiGate unit, the user enters a user name and password. The
FortiGate unit sends this user name and password to the LDAP server. If the LDAP server can authenticate the user, the user is successfully authenticated with the
FortiGate unit. If the LDAP server cannot authenticate the user, the connection is refused by the FortiGate unit.
The FortiGate unit supports LDAP protocol functionality defined in RFC2251 for looking up and validating user names and passwords. ForitGate LDAP supports all
LDAP servers compliant with LDAP v3.
FortiGate LDAP support does not extend to proprietary functionality, such as notification of password expiration, that is available from some LDAP servers.
FortiGate LDAP support does not supply information to the user about why authentication failed.
LDAP user authentication is supported for PPTP, L2TP, IPSec VPN and firewall authentication. With PPTP, L2TP, and IPSec VPN, PAP (packet authentication protocol) is supported and CHAP (Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol) is not.
This section describes:
•
•
Adding LDAP servers
1
2
3
4
5
6
To configure the FortiGate unit for LDAP authentication:
Go to User > LDAP.
Select New to add a new LDAP server.
Enter the name of the LDAP server.
You can enter any name. The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Enter the domain name or IP address of the LDAP server.
Enter the port used to communicate with the LDAP server.
By default LDAP uses port 389.
Enter the common name identifier for the LDAP server.
The common name identifier for most LDAP servers is cn. However some servers use other common name identifiers such as uid.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
205
Configuring LDAP support Users and authentication
7
8
Enter the distinguished name used to look up entries on the LDAP server.
Enter the base distinguished name for the server using the correct X.500 or LDAP format. The FortiGate unit passes this distinguished name unchanged to the server.
For example, you could use the following base distinguished name: ou=marketing,dc=fortinet,dc=com where ou is organization unit and dc is domain component
You can also specify multiple instances of the same field in the distinguished name, for example, to specify multiple organization units: ou=accounts,ou=marketing,dc=fortinet,dc=com
Select OK.
Figure 19: Example LDAP configuration
Deleting LDAP servers
1
2
3
You cannot delete LDAP servers that have been added to user groups.
Go to User > LDAP.
Select Delete beside the LDAP server name that you want to delete.
Select OK.
206
Fortinet Inc.
Users and authentication Configuring user groups
Configuring user groups
To enable authentication, you must add user names, RADIUS servers and LDAP servers to one or more user groups. You can then select a user group when you require authentication. You can select a user group to configure authentication for:
• Policies that require authentication. Only users in the selected user group or that can authenticate with the RADIUS servers added to the user group can authenticate with these policies.
• IPSec VPN Phase 1 configurations for dialup users. Only users in the selected user group can authenticate to use the VPN tunnel.
• XAuth for IPSec VPN Phase 1 configurations. Only users in the selected user group can be authenticated using XAuth.
• The FortiGate PPTP configuration. Only users in the selected user group can use
PPTP.
• The FortiGate L2TP configuration. Only users in the selected user group can use
L2TP.
When you add user names, RADIUS servers, and LDAP servers to a user group the order in which they are added affects the order in which the FortiGate unit checks for authentication. If user names are first, then the FortiGate unit checks for a match with these local users. If a match is not found, the FortiGate unit checks the RADIUS or
LDAP server. If a RADIUS or LDAP server is added first, the FortiGate unit checks the server and then the local users.
If the user group contains users, RADIUS servers, and LDAP servers, the FortiGate unit checks them in the order in which they have been added to the user group.
This section describes:
•
•
Adding user groups
1
2
Use the following procedure to add user groups to the FortiGate configuration. You can add user names, RADIUS servers, and LDAP servers to user groups.
To add a user group:
Go to User > User Group.
Select New to add a new user group.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
207
Configuring user groups
Figure 20: Adding a user group
Users and authentication
208
3
4
5
6
7
8
Enter a Group Name to identify the user group.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
To add users to the user group, select a user from the Available Users list and select the right arrow to add the name to the Members list.
To add a RADIUS server to the user group, select a RADIUS server from the Available
Users list and select the right arrow to add the RADIUS server to the Members list.
To add an LDAP server to the user group, select an LDAP server from the Available
Users list and select the right arrow to add the LDAP server to the Members list.
To remove users, RADIUS servers, or LDAP servers from the user group, select a user, RADIUS server, or LDAP server from the Members list and select the left arrow to remove the name, RADIUS server, or LDAP server from the group.
Select OK.
Deleting user groups
1
2
3
You cannot delete user groups that have been selected in a policy, a dialup user phase1 configuration, or in a PPTP or L2TP configuration.
To delete a user group:
Go to User > User Group
Select Delete
Select OK.
beside the user group that you want to delete.
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
IPSec VPN
A Virtual Private Network (VPN) is an extension of a private network that encompasses links across shared or public networks such as the Internet. For example, a company that has two offices in different cities, each with its own private network, can employ a VPN to create a secure tunnel between the offices. Similarly, a teleworker can use a VPN client to gain remote access to his private office network. In both cases, the secure connection appears to the user as a private network communication, even though the communication is carried over a public network.
Secure VPN connections are enabled by a combination of tunneling, data encryption and authentication. Tunneling encapsulates data so that it can be transferred over the public network. Instead of being sent in its original format, the data frames are encapsulated within an additional header and then routed between tunnel endpoints.
Upon arrival at the destination endpoint, the data is decapsulated and forwarded to its destination within the private network.
Encryption transforms data stream from clear text (something that a human or a program can interpret) to cipher text (something that cannot be interpreted). The information is encrypted and decrypted using mathematical algorithms know as keys.
Authentication provides a means to verify the origin of a packet and the integrity of its contents. Authentication is completed using checksums calculated with keyed hash function algorithms.
This chapter provides an overview of how to configure FortiGate IPSec VPN. For a complete description of FortiGate VPN, see the FortiGate VPN Guide.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Monitoring and Troubleshooting VPNs
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
209
Key management IPSec VPN
Key management
There are three basic elements in any encryption system:
• an algorithm which changes information into code,
• a cryptographic key which serves as a secret starting point for the algorithm,
• a management system to control the key.
IPSec provides two ways to handle key exchange and management: manual keying and IKE for automated key management.
•
•
Automatic Internet Key Exchange (AutoIKE) with pre-shared keys or certificates
Manual Keys
When manual keys are employed, matching security parameters must be entered at both ends of the tunnel. These settings, which include both the encryption and authentication keys, must be kept secret so that unauthorized parties cannot decrypt the data, even if they know which encryption algorithm is being used.
Automatic Internet Key Exchange (AutoIKE) with pre-shared keys or certificates
To facilitate deployment of multiple tunnels, an automated system of key management is required. IPSec supports the automated generation and negotiation of keys using the Internet Key Exchange protocol. This method of key management is typically referred to as AutoIKE. Fortinet supports AutoIKE with pre-shared keys and AutoIKE with certificates.
AutoIKE with pre-shared keys
When both peers in a session have been configured with the same pre-shared key, they can use it to authenticate themselves to each other. The peers do not actually send the key to each other. Instead, as part of the security negotiation process, they use it in combination with a Diffie-Hellman group to create a session key. The session key is used for encryption and authentication purposes, and is automatically regenerated during the communication session by IKE.
Pre-shared keys are similar to the manual keys in that they require the network administrator to distribute and manage matching information at the VPN peer sites.
Whenever a pre-shared key changes, the administrator must update both sites.
AutoIKE with certificates
This method of key management involves the participation of a trusted third party, the certificate authority (CA). Each peer in a VPN is first required to generate a set of keys, known as a public/private key pair. The CA signs the public key for each peer, creating a signed digital certificate. The peer then contacts the CA to retrieve their own certificates, plus that of the CA itself. Once the certificates have been uploaded to the
FortiGate units and appropriate IPSec tunnels and policies have been configured, the peers are ready to start communicating. As they do, IKE manages the exchange of certificates, transmitting signed digital certificates from one peer to another. The signed digital certificates are validated by the presence of the CA certificate at each end. With authentication complete, the IPSec tunnel is then established.
In some respects, certificates are simpler to manage than manual keys or pre-shared keys. For this reason, certificates are best suited to large network deployments.
210
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN Manual key IPSec VPNs
Manual key IPSec VPNs
When manual keys are employed, complementary security parameters must be entered at both ends of the tunnel. In addition to encryption and authentication algorithms and keys, the security parameter index (SPI) is required. The SPI is an arbitrary value that defines the structure of the communication between the peers.
With other methods the SPI is generated automatically but with the manual key configuration it must be entered as part of the VPN setup.
The encryption and authentication keys must match on the local and remote peers; the SPI values must be mirror images of each other. After you enter these values, the
VPN tunnel can start without any need for the authentication and encryption algorithms to be negotiated. So long as you have entered correct, complementary values, the tunnel will be established between the peers. In essence, the tunnel already exists between the peers. As a result, when traffic matches a policy requiring the tunnel, it can be authenticated and encrypted immediately.
•
General configuration steps for a manual key VPN
•
Adding a manual key VPN tunnel
General configuration steps for a manual key VPN
1
2
A manual key VPN configuration consists of a manual key VPN tunnel, the source and destination addresses for both ends of the tunnel, and an encrypt policy to control access to the VPN tunnel.
To create a manual key VPN configuration:
Add a manual key VPN tunnel. See “Adding a manual key VPN tunnel” on page 211
.
Configure an encrypt policy that includes the tunnel, source address, and destination address for both ends of the tunnel. See
“Configuring encrypt policies” on page 224
.
Adding a manual key VPN tunnel
1
2
3
4
Configure a manual key tunnel to create an IPSec VPN tunnel between the FortiGate unit and a remote IPSec VPN client or gateway that is also using manual key.
To add a manual key VPN tunnel:
To add a manual key VPN tunnel:
Go to VPN > IPSec > Manual Key.
Select New to add a new manual key VPN tunnel.
Enter a VPN Tunnel Name.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Enter the Local SPI.
The Local Security Parameter Index is a hexadecimal number of up to eight digits
(digits can be 0 to 9, a to f) in the range bb8 to FFFFFFF. This number must be added to the Remote SPI at the opposite end of the tunnel.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
211
Manual key IPSec VPNs IPSec VPN
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Enter the Remote SPI.
The Remote Security Parameter Index is a hexadecimal number of up to eight digits
(digits can be 0 to 9, a to f) in the range bb8 to FFFFFFF. This number must be added to the Local SPI at the opposite end of the tunnel.
Enter the Remote Gateway.
This is the external IP address of the FortiGate unit or other IPSec gateway at the opposite end of the tunnel.
Select an Encryption Algorithm from the list.
Use the same algorithm at both ends of the tunnel.
Enter the Encryption Key.
Each two character combination entered in hexadecimal format represents one byte.
Depending on the encryption algorithm you have selected, you may be required to enter the key in multiple segments. Use the same encryption key at both ends of the tunnel.
DES
3DES
AES128
AES192
AES256
Enter a 16 character (8 byte) hexadecimal number (0-9, A-F).
Enter a 48 character (24 byte) hexadecimal number (0-9, A-F). Separate the number into three segments of 16 characters.
Enter a 32 character (16 byte) hexadecimal number (0-9, A-F). Separate the number into two segments of 16 characters.
Enter a 48 character (24 byte) hexadecimal number (0-9, A-F). Separate the number into three segments of 16 characters.
Enter a 64 character (32 byte) hexadecimal number (0-9, A-F). Separate the number into four segments of 16 characters.
Select an Authentication Algorithm from the list.
Use the same algorithm at both ends of the tunnel.
Enter the Authentication Key.
Each two character combination entered in hexadecimal format represents one byte.
Use the same authentication key at both ends of the tunnel.
MD5
SHA1
Enter a 32 character (16 byte) hexadecimal number (0-9, A-F). Separate the number into two segments of 16 characters.
Enter a 40 character (20 byte) hexadecimal number (0-9, A-F). Separate the number into two segments—the first of 16 characters; the second of 24 characters.
Select a concentrator if you want the tunnel to be part of a hub and spoke VPN configuration. See
“Adding a VPN concentrator” on page 229 .
Select OK to save the manual key VPN tunnel.
212
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN AutoIKE IPSec VPNs
AutoIKE IPSec VPNs
Fortunate supports two methods of Automatic Internet Key Exchange (AutoIKE) for the purpose of establishing IPSec VPN tunnels: AutoIKE with pre-shared keys and
AutoIKE with digital certificates.
•
General configuration steps for an AutoIKE VPN
•
Adding a phase 1 configuration for an AutoIKE VPN
•
Adding a phase 2 configuration for an AutoIKE VPN
General configuration steps for an AutoIKE VPN
An AutoIKE VPN configuration consists of phase 1 and phase 2 configuration parameters, the source and destination addresses for both ends of the tunnel, and an encrypt policy to control access to the VPN tunnel.
To create an AutoIKE VPN configuration:
1
2
3
Note: Prior to configuring an AutoIKE VPN that uses digital certificates, you must add the CA
.
Add the phase 1 parameters. See
“Adding a phase 1 configuration for an AutoIKE
.
Add the phase 2 parameters. See
“Adding a phase 2 configuration for an AutoIKE
.
Configure an encrypt policy that includes the tunnel, source address, and destination address for both ends of the tunnel. See
“Configuring encrypt policies” on page 224
.
Adding a phase 1 configuration for an AutoIKE VPN
1
2
When you add a phase 1 configuration, you define the terms by which the FortiGate unit and a remote VPN peer (gateway or client) authenticate themselves to each other prior to the establishment of an IPSec VPN tunnel.
The phase 1 configuration is related to the phase 2 configuration. In phase 1 the VPN peers are authenticated; in phase 2 the tunnel is established. You have the option to use the same phase 1 parameters to establish multiple tunnels. In other words, the same remote VPN peer (gateway or client) can have multiple tunnels to the local VPN peer (the FortiGate unit).
When the FortiGate unit receives an IPSec VPN connection request, it authenticates the VPN peers according to the phase 1 parameters. Then, depending on the source and destination addresses of the request, it starts an IPSec VPN tunnel and applies an encrypt policy.
To add a phase 1 configuration:
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Phase 1.
Select New to add a new phase 1 configuration.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
213
AutoIKE IPSec VPNs IPSec VPN
3
4
Enter a Gateway Name for the remote VPN peer.
The remote VPN peer can be either a gateway to another network or an individual client on the Internet.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Select a Remote Gateway address type.
• If the remote VPN peer has a static IP address, select Static IP Address.
• If the remote VPN peer has a dynamically assigned IP address (DHCP or PPPoE), or if the remote VPN peer has a static IP address that is not required in the peer identification process, select Dialup User.
Depending upon the Remote Gateway address type you have selected, other fields become available.
IP Address
Remote Gateway: Static IP Address
If you select Static IP Address, the IP Address field appears. Enter the IP address of the remote IPSec VPN gateway or client that can connect to the
FortiGate unit. This is a mandatory entry.
Peer Options
Remote Gateway: Dialup User f you select Dialup User, the Peer Options become available under
Advanced Options. Use the Peer Options to authenticate remote VPN peers with peer IDs during phase 1 negotiations. For details, see step
5
6
7
8
9
Select Aggressive or Main (ID Protection) mode.
When using aggressive mode, the VPN peers exchange identifying information in the clear. When using main mode, identifying information is hidden.
The VPN peers must use the same mode.
Configure the P1 Proposal.
Select up to three encryption and authentication algorithm combinations to propose for phase 1.
The VPN peers must use the same P1 proposal settings.
Select the DH Group(s).
Select one or more Diffie-Hellman groups to propose for phase 1.
As a general rule, the VPN peers should use the same DH Group settings.
Enter the Keylife.
The keylife is the amount of time in seconds before the phase 1 encryption key expires. When the key expires, a new key is generated without interrupting service.
P1 proposal keylife can be from 120 to 172,800 seconds.
For Authentication Method, select Preshared Key or RSA Signature.
• If you select Preshared key, enter a that is shared by the VPN peers. The key must contain at least 6 printable characters and should only be known by network administrators. To protect against the best-known attacks, a good pre-shared key should consist of a minimum of 16 randomly chosen alpha-numeric characters.
• If you select RSA Signature, select a local certificate that has been digitally signed by the certificate authority (CA). To add a local certificate to the FortiGate unit, see
“Obtaining a signed local certificate” on page 219
.
214
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN AutoIKE IPSec VPNs
10
1
2
3
Optionally, enter the Local ID of the FortiGate unit.
The entry is required if the FortiGate unit is functioning as a client and uses its local ID to authenticate itself to the remote VPN peer. (If you do not add a local ID, the
FortiGate unit will transmit its IP address.)
Configure the local ID only with pre-shared keys and aggressive mode. Do not configure the local ID with certificates or main mode.
Configuring advanced options
Select Advanced Options.
Optionally, select a Peer Option.
Use the Peer Options to authenticate remote VPN peers by the ID that they transmit during phase 1.
Accept any peer ID
Accept this peer ID
Accept peer ID in dialup group
Select to accept any peer ID (and therefore not authenticate remote VPN peers by peer ID).
Select to authenticate a specific VPN peer or a group of VPN peers with a shared user name (ID) and password (pre-shared key). Also add the peer ID. Also add the peer ID.
Select to authenticate each remote VPN peer with a unique user name (ID) and password (pre-shared key). Also select a dialup group (user group).
Configure the user group prior to configuring this peer option.
Optionally, configure XAuth.
XAuth (IKE eXtended Authentication) authenticates VPN peers at the user level. If the the FortiGate unit (the local VPN peer) is configured as an XAuth server, it will authenticate remote VPN peers by referring to a user group. The users contained in the user group can be configured locally on the FortiGate unit or on remotely located
LDAP or RADIUS servers. If the FortiGate unit is configured as an XAuth client, it will provide a user name and password when it is challenged.
Name
Password
XAuth: Enable as a Client
Enter the user name the local VPN peer uses to authenticate itself to the remote VPN peer.
Enter the password the local VPN peer uses to authenticate itself to the remote VPN peer.
Encryption method
Usergroup
XAuth: Enable as a Server
Select the encryption method used between the XAuth client, the FortiGate unit and the authentication server.
PAP— Password Authentication Protocol.
CHAP—Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol.
MIXED—Select MIXED to use PAP between the XAuth client and the
FortiGate unit, and CHAP between the FortiGate unit and the authentication server.
Use CHAP whenever possible. Use PAP if the authentication server does not support CHAP. (Use PAP with all implementations of LDAP and some implementations of Microsoft RADIUS). Use MIXED if the authentication server supports CHAP but the XAuth client does not. (Use MIXED with the Fortinet
Remote VPN Client.).
Select a group of users to be authenticated by XAuth. The individual users within the group can be authenticated locally or by one or more LDAP or
RADIUS servers.
The user group must be added to the FortiGate configuration before it can be selected here.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
215
AutoIKE IPSec VPNs IPSec VPN
4
5
6
Optionally, configure NAT Traversal.
Enable
Keepalive
Frequency
Select Enable if you expect the IPSec VPN traffic to go through a gateway that performs NAT. If no NAT device is detected, enabling NAT traversal will have no effect. Both ends of the VPN (both VPN peers) must have the same NAT traversal setting.
If you enable NAT-traversal, you can change the number of seconds in the
Keepalive Frequency field. This number specifies, in seconds, how frequently empty UDP packets are sent through the NAT device to ensure that the NAT mapping does not change until P1 and P2 keylife expires. The keepalive frequency can be from 0 to 900 seconds.
Optionally, configure Dead Peer Detection.
Use these settings to monitor the status of the connection between VPN peers. DPD allows dead connections to be cleaned up and new VPN tunnels established. DPD is not supported by all vendors.
Enable
Short Idle
Retry Count
Retry Interval
Long Idle
Select Enable to enable DPD between the local and remote peers.
Set the time, in seconds, that a link must remain unused before the local
VPN peer considers it to be idle. After this period of time expires, whenever the local peer sends traffic to the remote VPN peer it will also send a DPD probe to determine the status of the link. To control the length of time that the FortiGate unit takes to detect a dead peer with DPD probes, configure the Retry Count and the Retry Interval.
Set the number of times that the local VPN peer will retry the DPD probe before it considers the channel to be dead and tears down the security association (SA). To avoid false negatives due to congestion or other transient failures, set the retry count to a sufficiently high value for your network.
Set the time, in seconds, that the local VPN peer unit waits between retrying DPD probes.
Set the period of time, in seconds, that a link must remain unused before the local VPN peer pro-actively probes its state. After this period of time expires, the local peer will send a DPD probe to determine the status of the link even if there is no traffic between the local peer and the remote peer.
Select OK to save the phase 1 parameters.
216
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN
Figure 21: Adding a phase 1 configuration
AutoIKE IPSec VPNs
Adding a phase 2 configuration for an AutoIKE VPN
Add a phase 2 configuration to specify the parameters used to create and maintain a
VPN tunnel between the local VPN peer (the FortiGate unit) and the remote VPN peer
(the VPN gateway or client).
Note: Adding a Phase 2 configuration is the same for pre-shared key and certification VPNs.
1
2
3
To add a phase 2 configuration:
Go to VPN > IPSEC > Phase 2.
Select New to add a new phase 2 configuration.
Enter a Tunnel Name.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
217
AutoIKE IPSec VPNs IPSec VPN
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Select a Remote Gateway to associate with the VPN tunnel.
A remote gateway can be either a gateway to another network or an individual client on the Internet. Remote gateways are added as part of the phase 1 configuration. For details, see
“Adding a phase 1 configuration for an AutoIKE VPN” on page 213 .
Choose either a single DIALUP remote gateway, or up to three STATIC remote gateways. Multiple STATIC remote gateways are necessary if you are configuring
IPSec redundancy. For information about IPSec redundancy, see
Configure the P2 Proposal.
Select up to three encryption and authentication algorithm combinations to propose for phase 2.
The VPN peers must use the same P2 proposal settings.
Optionally, enable Replay Detection.
Replay detection protects the VPN tunnel from replay attacks.
Note: Do not select replay detection if you have also selected Null Authentication for the P2
Proposal.
Optionally, enable Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS).
PFS improves security by forcing a new Diffie-Hellman exchange whenever keylife expires.
Select the DH Group(s).
The VPN peers must use the same DH Group settings.
Enter the Keylife.
The keylife causes the phase 2 key to expire after a specified amount of time, after a specified number of kbytes of data have been processed by the VPN tunnel, or both. If you select both, the key does not expire until both the time has passed and the number of kbytes have been processed.
When the key expires, a new key is generated without interrupting service. P2 proposal keylife can be from 120 to 172800 seconds or from 5120 to 99999 kbytes.
Optionally, enable Autokey Keep Alive.
Enable Autokey Keep Alive to keep the VPN tunnel running even if no data is being processed.
Optionally, select a concentrator.
Select a concentrator if you want the tunnel to be part of a hub and spoke VPN
configuration. If you use the procedure, “Adding a VPN concentrator” on page 229
to add the tunnel to a concentrator, the next time you open the tunnel, the Concentrator field displays the name of the concentrator to which you have added the tunnel.
Select OK to save the AutoIKE key VPN tunnel.
218
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN
Figure 22: Adding a phase 2 configuration
Managing digital certificates
Managing digital certificates
Digital certificates are used to ensure that both participants in an IPSec communications session are trustworthy, prior to an encrypted VPN tunnel being set up between the participants.
Fortinet uses a manual procedure to obtain certificates. This involves copying and pasting text files from your local computer to the certificate authority, and from the certificate authority to your local computer.
•
Obtaining a signed local certificate
•
Note: Digital certificates are not required for configuring FortiGate VPNs. Digital certificates are an advanced feature provided for the convenience of system administrators. This manual assumes the user has prior knowledge of how to configure digital certificates for their implementation.
Obtaining a signed local certificate
The signed local certificate provides the FortiGate unit with a means to authenticate itself to other devices.
Note: The VPN peers must use digital certificates that adhere to the X.509 standard.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
219
Managing digital certificates IPSec VPN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Generating the certificate request
With this procedure, you generate a private and public key pair. The public key is the base component of the certificate request.
To generate the certificate request:
Go to VPN > Local Certificates.
Select Generate.
Enter a Certificate Name.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
Configure the Subject Information that identifies the object being certified.
Preferably use an IP address or domain name. If this is impossible (such as with a dialup client), use an e-mail address.
Host IP
Domain Name
For Host IP, enter the IP address of the FortiGate unit being certified.
For Domain name, enter the fully qualified domain name of the FortiGate unit being certified. Do not include the protocol specification (http://) or any port number or path names.
For E-mail, enter the email address of the owner of the FortiGate unit being certified. Typically, e-mail addresses are entered only for clients, not gateways.
Configure the Optional Information to further identify the object being certified.
Organization Unit Enter a name that identifies the department or unit within the organization that is requesting the certificate for the FortiGate unit (such as
Manufacturing or MF).
Organization
Locality
Enter the legal name of the organization that is requesting the certificate for the FortiGate unit (such as Fortinet).
Enter the name of the city or town where the FortiGate unit is located
(such as Vancouver).
State/Province
Country
Enter the name of the state or province where the FortiGate unit is located
(such as California or CA).
Select the country where the FortiGate unit is located. e-mail Enter a contact e-mail address for the FortiGate unit. Typically, e-mail addresses are entered only for clients, not gateways.
Configure the key .
Key Type
Key Size
Select RSA as the key encryption type. No other key type is supported.
Select 1024 Bit, 1536 Bit or 2048 Bit. Larger keys are slower to generate but more secure. Not all products support all three key sizes.
Select OK to generate the private and public key pair and the certificate request.
The private/public key pair will be generated and the certificate request will be displayed on the Local Certificates list with a status of Pending.
220
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN
Figure 23: Adding a Local Certificate
Managing digital certificates
3
4
1
2
Downloading the certificate request
With this procedure, you download the certificate request from the FortiGate unit to the management computer.
To download the certificate request:
Go to VPN > Local Certificates.
Select Download to download the local certificate to the management computer.
Select Save.
Name the file and save it in a directory on the management computer.
1
2
3
Requesting the signed local certificate
With this procedure, you copy and paste the certificate request from the management computer to the CA web server.
To request the signed local certificate:
On the management computer, open the local certificate request in a text editor.
Copy the certificate request.
Connect the CA web server.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
221
Managing digital certificates IPSec VPN
4 Request the signed local certificate.
Follow the CA web server instructions to:
• add a base64 encoded PKCS#10 certificate request to the CA web server,
• paste the certificate request to the CA web server,
• submit the certificate request to the CA web server.
The certificate request is submitted to the CA for it to sign.
Figure 24: Opening a certificate request in a text editor
222
1
2
3
4
Retrieving the signed local certificate
With this procedure, you connect to the CA web server and download the signed local certificate to the management computer. (Do this after receiving notification from the
CA that it has signed the certificate request.)
To retrieve the signed local certificate:
Connect the CA web server.
Follow the CA web server instructions to download the signed local certificate.
The File Download dialog will display.
Select Save.
Save the file in a directory on the management computer.
1
2
Importing the signed local certificate
With this procedure, you import the signed local certificate from the management computer to the FortiGate unit.
To import the signed local certificate:
Go to VPN > Local Certificates.
Select Import.
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN Managing digital certificates
3
4
Enter the path or browse to locate the signed local certificate on the management computer.
Select OK.
The signed local certificate will be displayed on the Local Certificates list with a status of OK.
Obtaining a CA certificate
For the VPN peers to authenticate themselves to each other, they must both obtain a
CA certificate from the same certificate authority. The CA certificate provides the VPN peers with a means to validate the digital certificates that they receive from other devices.
The FortiGate unit obtains the CA certificate in order to validate the digital certificate that it receives from the remote VPN peer. The remote VPN peer obtains the CA certificate in order to validate the digital certificate that it receives from the FortiGate unit.
Note: The CA certificate must adhere to the X.509 standard.
1
2
3
4
3
4
1
2
Retrieving a CA certificate
Connect to the CA web server and download the CA certificate to the management computer.
To retrieve the CA certificate:
Connect the CA web server.
Follow the CA web server instructions to download the CA certificate.
The File Download dialog will display.
Select Save.
Save the CA certificate in a directory on the management computer.
Importing a CA certificate
Import the signed local certificate from the management computer to the FortiGate unit.
To import the CA certificate:
Go to VPN > CA Certificates.
Select Import.
Enter the path or browse to locate the CA certificate on the management computer.
Select OK.
The CA will be displayed on the CA Certificates list.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
223
Configuring encrypt policies IPSec VPN
Configuring encrypt policies
A VPN connects the local, internal network to a remote, external network. The principal role of the encrypt policy is to define (and limit) which addresses on these networks can use the VPN.
A VPN requires only one encrypt policy to control both inbound and outbound connections. Depending on how you configure it, the policy controls whether users on your internal network can establish a tunnel to the remote network (the outbound connection), and whether users on the remote network can establish a tunnel to your internal network (the inbound connection). This flexibility allows a single encrypt policy to do the job of two regular firewall policies.
Although the encrypt policy controls both incoming and outgoing connections, it must always be configured as an outgoing policy. An outgoing policy has a source address on an internal network and a destination address on an external network. The source address identifies which addresses on the internal network are part of the VPN. The destination address identifies which addresses on the remote network are part of the
VPN. Typical outgoing policies include Internal-to-External and DMZ-to-External.
Note: The destination address can be a VPN client address on the Internet or the address of a network behind a remote VPN gateway.
In addition to defining membership in the VPN by address, you can configure the encrypt policy for services such as DNS, FTP, and POP3, and to allow connections according to a predefined schedule (by the time of the day or the day of the week, month, or year). You can also configure the encrypt policy for:
• Inbound NAT to translate the source of incoming packets.
• Outbound NAT to translate the source address of outgoing packets.
• Traffic shaping to control the bandwidth available to the VPN and the priority of the
VPN.
• Content profiles to apply antivirus protection, web filtering, and email filtering to web, file transfer, and email services in the VPN.
• Logging so that the FortiGate unit logs all connections that use the VPN.
The policy must also include the VPN tunnel that you created to communicate with the remote FortiGate VPN gateway. When users on your internal network attempt to connect to the network behind the remote VPN gateway, the encrypt policy intercepts the connection attempt and starts the VPN tunnel added to the policy. The tunnel uses the remote gateway added to its configuration to connect to the remote VPN gateway.
When the remote VPN gateway receives the connection attempt, it checks its own policy, gateway and tunnel configuration. If the configuration is allowed, an IPSec VPN tunnel is negotiated between the two VPN peers.
•
•
•
224
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN Configuring encrypt policies
Adding a source address
1
2
3
4
5
The source address is located within the internal network of the local VPN peer. It can be a single computer address or the address of a network.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select an internal interface. (Methods will differ slightly between FortiGate models.)
Select New to add an address.
Enter the Address Name, IP Address, and NetMask for a single computer or for an entire subnetwork on an internal interface of the local VPN peer.
Select OK to save the source address.
Adding a destination address
1
2
3
4
5
The destination address can be a VPN client address on the Internet or the address of a network behind a remote VPN gateway.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select an external interface. (Methods will differ slightly between FortiGate models.)
Select New to add an address.
Enter the Address Name, IP Address, and NetMask for a single computer or for an entire subnetwork on an internal interface of the remote VPN peer.
Select OK to save the source address.
Adding an encrypt policy
5
6
3
4
7
8
1
2
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Use the policy grid to choose the policy list to which to add the policy.
For example, port1
-> port2 or port3
-> port2.
Select New to add a new policy.
Set Source to the source address.
Set Destination to the destination address.
Set Service to control the services allowed over the VPN connection.
You can select ANY to allow all supported services over the VPN connection or select a specific service or service group to limit the services allowed over the VPN connection.
Set Action to ENCRYPT.
Configure the ENCRYPT parameters.
VPN Tunnel Select an Auto Key tunnel for this encrypt policy.
Allow inbound Select Allow inbound to enable inbound users to connect to the source address.
Allow outbound Select Allow outbound to enable outbound users to connect to the destination address.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
225
Configuring encrypt policies IPSec VPN
9
Inbound NAT The FortiGate unit translates the source address of incoming packets to the
IP address of the FortiGate interface connected to the source address network. Typically, this is an internal interface of the FortiGate unit.
Inbound NAT makes it impossible for local hosts to see the IP addresses of remote hosts (hosts located on the network behind the remote VPN gateway).
Outbound NAT The FortiGate unit translates the source address of outgoing packets to the
IP address of the FortiGate interface connected to the destination address network. Typically, this is an external interface of the FortiGate unit.
Outbound NAT makes it impossible for remote hosts to see the IP addresses of local hosts (hosts located on the network behind the local VPN gateway).
If Outbound NAT is implemented, it is subject to these limitations:
— Configure Outbound NAT only at one end of the tunnel.
— The end which does not implement Outbound NAT requires an Int->Ext policy which specifies the other end’s external interface as the Destination.
(This will be a public IP address.)
— The tunnel, and the traffic within the tunnel, can only be initiated at the end which implements Outbound NAT.
Refer to the FortiGate Installation and Configuration Guide to configure the remaining policy settings.
Select OK to save the encrypt policy.
To make sure that the encrypt policy is matched for VPN connections, arrange the encrypt policy above other policies with similar source and destination addresses and services in the policy list.
Figure 25: Adding an encrypt policy
226
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN IPSec VPN concentrators
IPSec VPN concentrators
In a hub-and-spoke network, all VPN tunnels terminate at a single VPN peer known as a hub. The peers that connect to the hub are known as spokes. The hub functions as a concentrator on the network, managing the VPN connections between the spokes.
The advantage of a hub-and-spoke network is that the spokes are simpler to configure because they require fewer policy rules. Also, a hub-and-spoke network provides some processing efficiencies, particularly on the spokes. The disadvantage of a huband-spoke network is its reliance on a single peer to handle management of all VPNs.
If this peer goes down, all encrypted communication in the network is impossible.
A hub-and-spoke VPN network requires a special configuration. Setup varies depending on the role that the VPN peer is serving. If the VPN peer is a FortiGate unit functioning as the hub, or concentrator, it requires a VPN configuration connecting it to each spoke (AutoIKE phase 1 and 2 settings or manual key settings, plus encrypt policies). It also requires a concentrator configuration that groups the hub-and-spoke tunnels together. The concentrator configuration defines the FortiGate unit as the hub in a hub-and-spoke network.
If the VPN peer is one of the spokes, it requires a tunnel connecting it to the hub (but not to the other spokes). It also requires policies that control its encrypted connections to the other spokes and its non-encrypted connections to other networks, such as the
Internet.
•
VPN concentrator (hub) general configuration steps
•
•
VPN spoke general configuration steps
VPN concentrator (hub) general configuration steps
A central FortiGate that is functioning as a hub requires the following configuration:
• A tunnel (AutoIKE phase 1 and phase 2 configuration or manual key configuration) for each spoke.
• Destination addresses for each spoke.
• A concentrator configuration.
• An encrypt policy for each spoke.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
227
IPSec VPN concentrators IPSec VPN
1
2
3
4
5
To create a VPN concentrator configuration:
Configure a tunnel for each spoke. Choose between a manual key tunnel or an
AutoIKE tunnel.
• A manual key tunnel consists of a name for the tunnel, the IP address of the spoke
(client or gateway) at the opposite end of the tunnel, and the encryption and authentication algorithms to use for the tunnel.
See
“Manual key IPSec VPNs” on page 211 .
• An AutoIKE tunnel consists of phase 1 and phase 2 parameters. The phase 1 parameters include the name of the spoke (client or gateway), designation of how the spoke receives its IP address (static or dialup), encryption and authentication algorithms, and the authentication method—either pre-shared keys or PKI certificates. The phase 2 parameters include the name of the tunnel, selection of the spoke (client or gateway) configured in phase 1, encryption and authentication algorithms, and a number of security parameters.
See
“AutoIKE IPSec VPNs” on page 213
.
Add a destination addresses for each spoke. The destination address is the address of the spoke (either a client on the Internet or a network located behind a gateway).
See
“Adding a source address” on page 225 .
Add the concentrator configuration. This step groups the tunnels together on the
FortiGate unit. The tunnels link the hub to the spokes. The tunnels are added as part of the AutoIKE phase 2 configuration or the manual key configuration.
See
“Adding a VPN concentrator” on page 229 .
Note: Add the concentrator configuration to the central FortiGate unit (the hub) after adding the tunnels for all spokes.
Add an encrypt policy for each spoke. Encrypt policies control the direction of traffic through the hub and allow inbound and outbound VPN connections between the hub and the spokes. The encrypt policy for each spoke must include the tunnel name of the spoke. The source address must be Internal_All. Use the following configuration for the encrypt policies:
Source
Destination
Action
VPN Tunnel
Internal_All
The VPN spoke address.
ENCRYPT
The VPN spoke tunnel name.
Allow inbound Select allow inbound.
Allow outbound Select allow outbound
Inbound NAT Select inbound NAT if required.
Outbound NAT Select outbound NAT if required.
See
“Adding an encrypt policy” on page 225
.
Arrange the policies in the following order:
• encrypt policies
• default non-encrypt policy (Internal_All -> External_All)
228
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN IPSec VPN concentrators
Adding a VPN concentrator
1
2
3
4
5
6
To add a VPN concentrator configuration:
Go to VPN > IPSec > Concentrator.
Select New to add a VPN concentrator.
Enter the name of the new concentrator in the Concentrator Name field.
To add tunnels to the VPN concentrator, select a VPN tunnel from the Available
Tunnels list and select the right arrow.
To remove tunnels from the VPN concentrator, select the tunnel in the Members list and select the left arrow.
Select OK to add the VPN concentrator.
Figure 26: Adding a VPN concentrator
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
229
IPSec VPN concentrators IPSec VPN
VPN spoke general configuration steps
1
2
3
4
A remote VPN peer that is functioning as a spoke requires the following configuration:
• A tunnel (AutoIKE phase 1 and phase 2 configuration or manual key configuration) for the hub.
• The source address of the local VPN spoke.
• The destination address of each remote VPN spoke.
• A separate outbound encrypt policy for each remote VPN spoke. These policies allow the local VPN spoke to initiate encrypted connections.
• A single inbound encrypt policy. This policy allows the local VPN spoke to accept encrypted connections.
To create a VPN spoke configuration:
Configure a tunnel between the spoke and the hub.
Choose between a manual key tunnel or an AutoIKE tunnel.
• To add a manual key tunnel, see
“Manual key IPSec VPNs” on page 211
.
• To add an AutoIKE tunnel, see:
“AutoIKE IPSec VPNs” on page 213
.
Add the source address. One source address is required for the local VPN spoke.
See
“Adding a source address” on page 225 .
Add a destination addresses for each remote VPN spoke. The destination address is the address of the spoke (either a client on the Internet or a network located behind a gateway).
See
“Adding a destination address” on page 225
Add a separate outbound encrypt policy for each remote VPN spoke. These policies control the encrypted connections initiated by the local VPN spoke.
The encrypt policy must include the appropriate source and destination addresses and the tunnel added in step
. Use the following configuration:
5
Source
Destination
The local VPN spoke address.
The remote VPN spoke address.
Action
VPN Tunnel
ENCRYPT
The VPN tunnel name added in step
1 . (Use the same tunnel for all encrypt
policies.)
Allow inbound Do not enable.
Allow outbound Select allow outbound
Inbound NAT Select inbound NAT if required.
Outbound NAT Select outbound NAT if required.
See
“Adding an encrypt policy” on page 225
.
Add an inbound encrypt policy. This policies controls the encrypted connections initiated by the remote VPN spokes.
The encrypt policy for the hub must include the appropriate source and destination addresses and the tunnel added in step
. Use the following configuration:
Source
Destination
The local VPN spoke address.
External_All
230
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN Redundant IPSec VPNs
6
Action
VPN Tunnel
ENCRYPT
The VPN tunnel name added in step
1 . (Use the same tunnel for all encrypt
policies.)
Allow inbound Select allow inbound.
Allow outbound Do not enable.
Inbound NAT Select inbound NAT if required.
Outbound NAT Select outbound NAT if required.
See
“Adding an encrypt policy” on page 225
.
Arrange the policies in the following order:
• outbound encrypt policies
• inbound encrypt policy
• default non-encrypt policy (Internal_All -> External_All)
Note: The default non-encrypt policy is required to allow the VPN spoke to access other networks, such as the Internet.
Redundant IPSec VPNs
To ensure the continuous availability of an IPSec VPN tunnel, you can configure multiple connections between the local the FortiGate unit and the remote VPN peer
(remote gateway). With a redundant configuration, if one connection fails the
FortiGate unit will establish a tunnel using the other connection.
Configuration depends on the number of connections that each VPN peer has to the
Internet. For example, if the local VPN peer has two connections to the Internet, then it can provide two redundant connections to the remote VPN peer.
A single VPN peer can be configured with up to three redundant connections.
The VPN peers are not required to have a matching number of Internet connections.
For example, between two VPN peers, one can have multiple Internet connections while the other has only one Internet connection. Of course, with an asymmetrical configuration, the level redundancy will vary from one end of the VPN to the other.
Note: IPSec Redundancy is only available to VPN peers that have static IP addresses and that authenticate themselves to each other with pre-shared keys or digital certificates. It is not available to VPN peers that have dynamically assigned IP addresses (dialup users). Nor is it available to VPN peers that use manual keys.
Configuring redundant IPSec VPN
Prior to configuring the VPN, make sure that both FortiGate units have multiple connections to the Internet. For each unit, first add multiple (two or more) external interfaces. Then assign each interface to an external zone. Finally, add a route to the
Internet through each interface.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
231
Redundant IPSec VPNs IPSec VPN
1
2
3
4
Configure the two FortiGate units with symmetrical settings for their connections to the
Internet. For example, if the remote FortiGate unit has two external interfaces grouped within one zone, then the local FortiGate unit should have two external interfaces grouped within one zone.
Similarly, if the remote FortiGate has two external interfaces in separate zones, then the local FortiGate unit should have two external interfaces in separate zones.
Configuration is made simpler if all external interfaces are grouped within a single zone, rather than multiple zones. However, this may not always be possible due to security considerations or other reasons.
After you have defined the Internet connections for both FortiGate units, you can proceed to configure the VPN tunnel.
To configure IPSec redundancy:
Add the phase 1 parameters for up to three VPN connections.
Enter identical values for each VPN connection, with the exception of the Gateway
Name and IP Address. Make sure that the remote VPN peer (Remote Gateway) has a static IP address.
See
“Adding a phase 1 configuration for an AutoIKE VPN” on page 213
.
Add the phase 2 parameters (VPN tunnel) for up to three VPN connections.
• If the Internet connections are in the same zone, add one VPN tunnel and add the remote gateways to it. You can add up to three remote gateways.
• If the Internet connections are in separate zones or assigned to unique interfaces, add a VPN tunnel for each remote gateway entered.
See
“Adding a phase 2 configuration for an AutoIKE VPN” on page 217 .
Add the source and destination addresses.
See
“Adding a source address” on page 225 .
See
“Adding a destination address” on page 225
.
Add encrypt policies for up to three VPN connections.
• If the VPN connections are in the same zone, add one outgoing encrypt policy; for example an Internal
->
External policy. Add the AutoIKE key tunnel to this policy.
• If the VPN connections are in different zones, add a separate outgoing encrypt policy for each connection; for example, an Internal
->
External and an Internal
-
>
DMZ policy. The source and destination of both policies must be the same. Add a different AutoIKE key tunnel to each policy.
See
“Adding an encrypt policy” on page 225
.
232
Fortinet Inc.
IPSec VPN Monitoring and Troubleshooting VPNs
Monitoring and Troubleshooting VPNs
This section provides a number of general maintenance and monitoring procedures for VPNs.
This section describes:
•
•
Viewing dialup VPN connection status
•
Viewing VPN tunnel status
1
You can use the IPSec VPN tunnel list to view the status of all IPSec AutoIKE key
VPN tunnels. For each tunnel, the list shows the status of each tunnel as well as the tunnel time out.
To view VPN tunnel status:
Go to VPN > IPSEC > AutoIKE Key.
The Status column displays the status of each tunnel. If Status is Up, the tunnel is active. If Status is Down, the tunnel is not active.
The Timeout column displays the time before the next key exchange. The time is calculated by subtracting the time elapsed since the last key exchange from the keylife.
Figure 27: AutoIKE key tunnel status
Viewing dialup VPN connection status
You can use the dialup monitor to view the status of dialup VPNs. The dialup monitor lists the remote gateways and the active VPN tunnels for each gateway. The monitor also lists the tunnel lifetime, timeout, proxy ID source, and proxy ID destination for each tunnel.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
233
Monitoring and Troubleshooting VPNs IPSec VPN
1
To view dialup connection status:
Go to VPN > IPSec > Dialup.
The Lifetime column displays how long the connection has been up.
The Timeout column displays the time before the next key exchange. The time is calculated by subtracting the time elapsed since the last key exchange from the keylife.
The Proxy ID Source column displays the actual IP address or subnet address of the remote peer.
The Proxy ID Destination column displays the actual IP address or subnet address of the local peer.
Figure 28: Dialup Monitor
Testing a VPN
To confirm that a VPN between two networks has been configured correctly, use the ping command from one internal network to connect to a computer on the other internal network. The IPSec VPN tunnel starts automatically when the first data packet destined for the VPN is intercepted by the FortiGate unit.
To confirm that a VPN between a network and one or more clients has been configured correctly, start a VPN client and use the ping command to connect to a computer on the internal network. The VPN tunnel initializes automatically when the client makes a connection attempt. You can start the tunnel and test it at the same time by pinging from the client to an address on the internal network.
234
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
PPTP and L2TP VPN
You can use PPTP and L2TP to create a virtual private network (VPN) between a remote client PC running the Windows operating system and your internal network.
Because they are is a Windows standards, PPTP and L2TP do not require third-party software on the client computer. So long as the Internet Service Provider supports
PPTP and L2TP connections, you can create a secure connection by making relatively simple configuration changes to the client computer and the FortiGate unit.
This chapter provides an overview of how to configure FortiGate PPTP and L2TP
VPN. For a complete description of FortiGate PPTP and L2TP, see the FortiGate VPN
Guide.
This chapter describes:
•
•
Configuring PPTP
As its name suggests, PPTP involves the Point-to-Point protocol. PPTP packages data within PPP packets and then encapsulates the PPP packets within IP packets for transmission through a VPN tunnel.
Note: PPTP VPNs are only supported in NAT/Route mode.
This section describes:
•
Configuring the FortiGate unit as a PPTP gateway
•
Configuring a Windows 98 client for PPTP
•
Configuring a Windows 2000 client for PPTP
•
Configuring a Windows XP client for PPTP
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
235
Configuring PPTP PPTP and L2TP VPN
Figure 29: PPTP VPN between a Windows client and the FortiGate unit
236
Configuring the FortiGate unit as a PPTP gateway
Use the following procedures to configure the FortiGate unit as a PPTP gateway:
1
2
3
4
3
4
1
2
5
Adding users and user groups
To add a user for each PPTP client:
Go to User > Local.
Add and configure PPTP users.
See
“Adding user names and configuring authentication” on page 202 .
Go to User > User Group.
Add and configure PPTP user groups.
See
“Configuring user groups” on page 207 .
Enabling PPTP and specifying an address range
Go to VPN > PPTP > PPTP Range.
Select Enable PPTP.
Enter the Starting IP and the Ending IP for the PPTP address range.
Select the User Group that you added in
“Adding users and user groups” on page 236 .
Select Apply to enable PPTP through the FortiGate unit.
Fortinet Inc.
PPTP and L2TP VPN
Figure 30: Example PPTP Range configuration
Configuring PPTP
5
6
3
4
1
2
1
2
3
4
Adding a source address
Add a source address for every address in the PPTP address range.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select the interface to which PPTP clients connect.
This can be an interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone.
Select New to add an address.
Enter the Address Name, IP Address, and NetMask for an address in the PPTP address range.
Select OK to save the source address.
Repeat for all addresses in the PPTP address range.
Note: If the PPTP address range is comprised of an entire subnet, add an address for this subnet. Do not add an address group.
Adding an address group
Organize the source addresses into an address group.
Go to Firewall > Address > Group.
Add a new address group to the interface to which PPTP clients connect.
This can be an interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone.
Enter a Group Name to identify the address group.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
To add addresses to the address group, select an address from the Available
Addresses list and select the right arrow to add it to the Members list.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
237
Configuring PPTP PPTP and L2TP VPN
5
1
2
3
4
To remove addresses from the address group, select an address from the Members list and select the left arrow to remove it from the group.
Select OK to add the address group.
Adding a destination address
Add an address to which PPTP users can connect.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select the internal interface or the DMZ interface. (Methods will differ slightly between
FortiGate models.)
Select New to add an address.
Enter the Address Name, IP Address, and NetMask for a single computer or for an entire subnetwork on an internal interface of the local VPN peer.
Select OK to save the source address.
5
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
Adding a firewall policy
Add a policy which specifies the source and destination addresses and sets the service for the policy to the traffic type inside the PPTP VPN tunnel.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Use the policy grid to choose the policy list to which to add the policy.
Select New to add a new policy.
Set Source to the group that matches the PPTP address range.
Set Destination to the address to which PPTP users can connect.
Set Service to match the traffic type inside the PPTP VPN tunnel.
For example, if PPTP users can access a web server, select HTTP.
Set Action to ACCEPT.
Select NAT if address translation is required.
You can also configure traffic shaping, logging, and antivirus and web filter settings for
PPTP policies.
Select OK to save the firewall policy.
9
Configuring a Windows 98 client for PPTP
Use the following procedure to configure a client computer running Windows 98 so that it can connect to a FortiGate PPTP VPN. To configure the Windows 98 client, you must install and configure Windows dialup networking and virtual private networking support.
1
2
3
Installing PPTP support
Go to Start > Settings > Control Panel > Network.
Select Add.
Select Adapter.
238
Fortinet Inc.
PPTP and L2TP VPN Configuring PPTP
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
4
5
6
10
11
12
8
9
6
7
Select Add.
Select Microsoft as the manufacturer.
Select Microsoft Virtual Private Networking Adapter.
Select OK twice.
Insert diskettes or CDs as required.
Restart the computer.
Configuring a PPTP dialup connection
Go to My Computer > Dial-Up Networking > Configuration.
Double-click Make New Connection.
Name the connection and select Next.
Enter the IP address or host name of the FortiGate unit to connect to and select Next.
Select Finish.
An icon for the new connection appears in the Dial-Up Networking folder.
Right-click the new icon and select Properties.
Go to Server Types.
Uncheck IPX/SPX Compatible.
Select TCP/IP Settings.
Uncheck Use IP header compression.
Uncheck Use default gateway on remote network.
Select OK twice.
1
2
3
Connecting to the PPTP VPN
Start the dialup connection that you configured in the previous procedure.
Enter your PPTP VPN User Name and Password.
Select Connect.
Configuring a Windows 2000 client for PPTP
Use the following procedure to configure a client computer running Windows 2000 so that it can connect to a FortiGate PPTP VPN.
1
2
3
4
Configuring a PPTP dialup connection
Go to Start > Settings > Network and Dial-up Connections.
Double-click Make New Connection to start the Network Connection Wizard and select Next.
For Network Connection Type, select Connect to a private network through the
Internet and select Next.
For Destination Address, enter the IP address or host name of the FortiGate unit to connect to and select Next.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
239
Configuring PPTP PPTP and L2TP VPN
8
9
10
5
6
7
Set Connection Availability to Only for myself and select Next.
Select Finish.
In the Connect window, select Properties.
Select the Security tab.
Uncheck Require data encryption.
Select OK.
1
2
3
4
Connecting to the PPTP VPN
Start the dialup connection that you configured in the previous procedure.
Enter your PPTP VPN User Name and Password.
Select Connect.
In the connect window, enter the User Name and Password that you use to connect to your dialup network connection.
This user name and password is not the same as your VPN user name and password.
Configuring a Windows XP client for PPTP
Use the following procedure to configure a client computer running Windows XP so that it can connect to a FortiGate PPTP VPN.
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Configuring a PPTP dialup connection
Go to Start > Control Panel.
Select Network and Internet Connections.
Select Create a Connection to the network of your workplace and select Next.
Select Virtual Private Network Connection and select Next.
Name the connection and select Next.
If the Public Network dialog box appears, choose the appropriate initial connection and select Next.
In the VPN Server Selection dialog, enter the IP address or host name of the
FortiGate unit to connect to and select Next.
Select Finish.
Configuring the VPN connection
Right-click the Connection icon that you created in the previous procedure.
Select Properties > Security.
Select Typical to configure typical settings.
Select Require data encryption.
Note: If a RADIUS server is used for authentication do not select Require data encryption.
PPTP encryption is not supported for RADIUS server authentication.
240
Fortinet Inc.
PPTP and L2TP VPN Configuring L2TP
8
9
10
5
6
7
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
Select Advanced to configure advanced settings.
Select Settings.
Select Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP).
Make sure that none of the other settings are selected.
Select the Networking tab.
Make sure that the following options are selected:
• TCP/IP
• QoS Packet Scheduler
Make sure that the following options are not selected:
• File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks
• Client for Microsoft Networks
Select OK.
Connecting to the PPTP VPN
Connect to your ISP.
Start the VPN connection that you configured in the previous procedure.
Enter your PPTP VPN User Name and Password.
Select Connect.
In the connect window, enter the User Name and Password that you use to connect to your dialup network connection.
This user name and password is not the same as your VPN user name and password.
Configuring L2TP
Some implementations of L2TP support elements of IPSec. These elements must be disabled when L2TP is used with FortIgate units.
Note: L2TP VPNs are only supported in NAT/Route mode.
This section describes:
•
Configuring the FortiGate unit as a L2TP gateway
•
Configuring a Windows 2000 client for L2TP
•
Configuring a Windows XP client for L2TP
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
241
Configuring L2TP PPTP and L2TP VPN
Figure 31: L2TP VPN between a Windows client and the FortiGate unit
242
Configuring the FortiGate unit as a L2TP gateway
Use the following procedures to configure the FortiGate unit as an L2TP gateway:
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
5
Adding users and user groups
To add a user for each L2TP client:
Go to User > Local.
Add and configure L2TP users.
See
“Adding user names and configuring authentication” on page 202 .
Go to User > User Group.
Add and configure L2TP user groups.
See
“Configuring user groups” on page 207 .
Enabling L2TP and specifying an address range
Go to VPN > L2TP > L2TP Range.
Select Enable L2TP.
Enter the Starting IP and the Ending IP for the L2TP address range.
Select the User Group that you added in
“Adding users and user groups” on page 242 .
Select Apply to enable L2TP through the FortiGate unit.
Fortinet Inc.
PPTP and L2TP VPN
Figure 32: Sample L2TP address range configuration
Configuring L2TP
6
7
5
6
3
4
8
1
2
Add the addresses from the L2TP address range to the External zone address list.
The addresses can be grouped into an External address group.
Add addresses to the destination zone address list to control the addresses to which
L2TP clients can connect. The addresses can be grouped into an address group.
For example, if you want L2TP users to connect to the Internal zone add addresses to the Internal zone address list.
Add a policy to allow L2TP clients to connect through the FortiGate unit.
Adding a source address
Add a source address for every address in the L2TP address range.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select the interface to which L2TP clients connect.
This can be an interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone.
Select New to add an address.
Enter the Address Name, IP Address, and NetMask for an address in the L2TP address range.
Select OK to save the source address.
Repeat for all addresses in the L2TP address range.
Note: If the L2TP address range is comprised of an entire subnet, add an address for this subnet. Do not add an address group.
1
Adding an address group
Organize the source addresses into an address group.
Go to Firewall > Address > Group.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
243
Configuring L2TP PPTP and L2TP VPN
3
4
5
1
2
4
5
2
3
7
8
3
4
5
6
1
2
9
Add a new address group to the interface to which L2TP clients connect.
This can be an interface, VLAN subinterface, or zone.
Enter a Group Name to identify the address group.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Other special characters and spaces are not allowed.
To add addresses to the address group, select an address from the Available
Addresses list and select the right arrow to add it to the Members list.
To remove addresses from the address group, select an address from the Members list and select the left arrow to remove it from the group.
Select OK to add the address group.
Adding a destination address
Add an address to which L2TP users can connect.
Go to Firewall > Address.
Select the internal interface or the DMZ interface. (Methods will differ slightly between
FortiGate models.)
Select New to add an address.
Enter the Address Name, IP Address, and NetMask for a single computer or for an entire subnetwork on an internal interface of the local VPN peer.
Select OK to save the source address.
Adding a firewall policy
Add a policy which specifies the source and destination addresses and sets the service for the policy to the traffic type inside the L2TP VPN tunnel.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Use the policy grid to choose the policy list to which to add the policy.
Select New to add a new policy.
Set Source to the group that matches the L2TP address range.
Set Destination to the address to which L2TP users can connect.
Set Service to match the traffic type inside the L2TP VPN tunnel.
For example, if L2TP users can access a web server, select HTTP.
Set Action to ACCEPT.
Select NAT if address translation is required.
You can also configure traffic shaping, logging, and antivirus and web filter settings for
L2TP policies.
Select OK to save the firewall policy.
244
Fortinet Inc.
PPTP and L2TP VPN Configuring L2TP
Configuring a Windows 2000 client for L2TP
Use the following procedure to configure a client computer running Windows 2000 so that it can connect to a FortiGate L2TP VPN.
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
Configuring an L2TP dialup connection
Go to Start > Settings > Network and Dial-up Connections.
Double-click Make New Connection to start the Network Connection Wizard and select Next.
For Network Connection Type, select Connect to a private network through the
Internet and select Next.
For Destination Address, enter the address of the FortiGate unit to connect to and select Next.
Set Connection Availability to Only for myself and select Next.
Select Finish.
In the Connect window, select Properties.
Select the Security tab.
Make sure that Require data encryption is selected.
3
4
1
2
5
6
10
11
12
7
Note: If a RADIUS server is used for authentication do not select Require data encryption.
L2TP encryption is not supported for RADIUS server authentication.
Select the Networking tab.
Set VPN server type to Layer-2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP).
Save your changes and continue with the following procedure.
Disabling IPSec
Select the Networking tab.
Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) properties.
Double-click the Advanced tab.
Go to the Options tab and select IP security properties.
Make sure that Do not use IPSEC is selected.
Select OK and close the connection properties window.
Note: The default Windows 2000 L2TP traffic policy does not allow L2TP traffic without IPSec encryption. You can disable default behavior by editing the Windows 2000 Registry as described in the following steps. See the Microsoft documentation for editing the Windows
Registry.
Use the registry editor (regedit) to locate the following key in the registry:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\Rasman\
Parameters
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
245
Configuring L2TP PPTP and L2TP VPN
8
9
Add the following registry value to this key:
Value Name: ProhibitIpSec
Data Type: REG_DWORD
Value: 1
Save your changes and restart the computer for the changes to take effect.
You must add the
ProhibitIpSec
registry value to each Windows 2000-based endpoint computer of an L2TP or IPSec connection to prevent the automatic filter for
L2TP and IPSec traffic from being created. When the
ProhibitIpSec
registry value is set to 1, your Windows 2000-based computer does not create the automatic filter that uses CA authentication. Instead, it checks for a local or active directory IPSec policy.
1
2
3
4
Connecting to the L2TP VPN
Start the dialup connection that you configured in the previous procedure.
Enter your L2TP VPN User Name and Password.
Select Connect.
In the connect window, enter the User Name and Password that you use to connect to your dialup network connection.
This user name and password is not the same as your VPN user name and password.
Configuring a Windows XP client for L2TP
Use the following procedure to configure a client computer running Windows XP so that it can connect to a FortiGate L2TP VPN.
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
3
4
1
2
Configuring an L2TP VPN dialup connection
Go to Start > Settings.
Select Network and Internet Connections.
Select Create a connection to the network of your workplace and select Next.
Select Virtual Private Network Connection and select Next.
Name the connection and select Next.
If the Public Network dialog box appears, choose the appropriate initial connection and select Next.
In the VPN Server Selection dialog, enter the IP address or host name of the
FortiGate unit to connect to and select Next.
Select Finish.
Configuring the VPN connection
Right-click the icon that you have created.
Select Properties > Security.
Select Typical to configure typical settings.
Select Require data encryption.
246
Fortinet Inc.
PPTP and L2TP VPN Configuring L2TP
8
9
10
5
6
7
11
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
9
Note: If a RADIUS server is used for authentication do not select Require data encryption.
L2TP encryption is not supported for RADIUS server authentication.
Select Advanced to configure advanced settings.
Select Settings.
Select Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (CHAP).
Make sure that none of the other settings are selected.
Select the Networking tab.
Make sure that the following options are selected:
• TCP/IP
• QoS Packet Scheduler
Make sure that the following options are not selected:
• File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks
• Client for Microsoft Networks
Disabling IPSec
Select the Networking tab.
Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) properties.
Double-click the Advanced tab.
Go to the Options tab and select IP security properties.
Make sure that Do not use IPSEC is selected.
Select OK and close the connection properties window.
Note: The default Windows XP L2TP traffic policy does not allow L2TP traffic without IPSec encryption. You can disable default behavior by editing the Windows XP Registry as described in the following steps. See the Microsoft documentation for editing the Windows Registry.
Use the registry editor (regedit) to locate the following key in the registry:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\Rasman\
Parameters
Add the following registry value to this key:
Value Name: ProhibitIpSec
Data Type: REG_DWORD
Value: 1
Save your changes and restart the computer for the changes to take effect.
You must add the
ProhibitIpSec
registry value to each Windows XP-based endpoint computer of an L2TP or IPSec connection to prevent the automatic filter for
L2TP and IPSec traffic from being created. When the
ProhibitIpSec
registry value is set to 1, your Windows XP-based computer does not create the automatic filter that uses CA authentication. Instead, it checks for a local or active directory IPSec policy.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
247
Configuring L2TP PPTP and L2TP VPN
3
4
1
2
5
Connecting to the L2TP VPN
Connect to your ISP.
Start the VPN connection that you configured in the previous procedure.
Enter your L2TP VPN User Name and Password.
Select Connect.
In the connect window, enter the User Name and Password that you use to connect to your dialup network connection.
This user name and password is not the same as your VPN user name and password.
248
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Network Intrusion Detection System
(NIDS)
The FortiGate NIDS is a real-time network intrusion detection sensor that uses attack signature definitions to both detect and prevent a wide variety of suspicious network traffic and direct network-based attacks. Also, whenever an attack occurs, the
FortiGate NIDS can record the event in a log plus send an alert email to the system administrator.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
Detecting attacks
The NIDS Detection module detects a wide variety of suspicious network traffic and network-based attacks. Use the following procedures to configure the general NIDS settings and the NIDS Detection module Signature List.
For the general NIDS settings, you need to select which interfaces will be monitored for network-based attacks. You also need to decide whether to enable checksum verification. Checksum verification tests the integrity of packets received at the monitored interface(s).
This section describes:
•
Selecting the interfaces to monitor
•
•
Configuring checksum verification
•
•
•
Enabling and disabling NIDS attack signatures
•
Adding user-defined signatures
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
249
Detecting attacks Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS)
Selecting the interfaces to monitor
1
2
3
Go to NIDS > Detection > General.
Select the interfaces to monitor for network attacks.
You can select up to 4 interfaces and VLAN subinterfaces.
Select Apply.
Disabling the NIDS
1
2
3
Go to NIDS > Detection > General.
Deselect all monitored interfaces.
Select Apply.
Configuring checksum verification
1
2
3
Checksum verification tests files passing through the FortiGate unit to make sure that they have not been changed in transit. The NIDS can run checksum verification on IP,
TCP, UDP, and ICMP traffic. For maximum detection, you can turn on checksum verification for all types of traffic. However, if the FortiGate unit does not need to run checksum verification, you can turn it off for some or all types of traffic to improve system performance. For example, you might not need to run checksum verification if your FortiGate unit is installed behind a router that also does checksum verification.
Go to NIDS > Detection > General.
Check the type of traffic on which to run Checksum Verifications.
Select Apply.
Figure 33: Example NIDS detection configuration
250
Fortinet Inc.
Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) Detecting attacks
Viewing the signature list
1
2
To display the current list of NIDS signature groups and to view the members of a signature group:
Go to NIDS > Detection > Signature List.
View the names and action status of the signature groups in the list.
The NIDS detects attacks listed in all the signature groups that are checked in the
Modify or Details column.
3
Select View Details .to display the members of a signature group.
The Signature Group Members list displays the attack ID, Rule Name, and Revision number for each group member.
Viewing attack descriptions
1
2
3
Fortinet provides online information for all NIDS attacks. To view the FortiResponse
Attack Analysis web page for an attack listed on the signature list:
Go to NIDS > Detection > Signature List.
Select View Details .to display the members of a signature group.
Select a signature and copy its attack ID.
Open a web browser and enter this URL: http://www.fortinet.com/ids/ID<attack-ID>
Remember to include the attack ID.
For example, to view the Fortinet Attack Analysis web page for the ssh CRC32 overflow /bin/sh
attack (ID 101646338), use the following URL: http://www.fortinet.com/ids/ID101646338
Note: Each attack log message includes a URL that links directly to the FortiResponse Attack
Analysis web page for that attack. This URL is available from the Attack Log messages and
Alert email messages. For information about log message content and formats, and about log locations, see the Logging Configuration and Reference Guide. To log attack messages, see
“Logging attacks” on page 256 .
Figure 34: Example signature group members list
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
251
Detecting attacks Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS)
Enabling and disabling NIDS attack signatures
By default, all NIDS attack signatures are enabled. You can use the NIDS signature list to disable detection of some attacks. Disabling unnecessary NIDS attack signatures can improve system performance and reduce the number of IDS log messages and alert emails that the NIDS generates. For example, the NIDS detects a large number of web server attacks. If you do not provide access to a web server behind your firewall, you might want to disable all web server attack signatures.
3
4
5
1
2
Note: To save your NIDS attack signature settings, Fortinet recommends that you back up your
FortiGate configuration before you update the firmware and restore the saved configuration after the update.
To disable NIDS attack signatures:
Go to NIDS > Detection > Signature List.
Scroll down the signature list to find the signature group to disable.
Attack ID numbers and rule names in attack log messages and alert email match those in the signature group members list. You can scroll through a signature group members list to locate specific attack signatures by ID number and name.
Uncheck the Enable check box.
Select OK.
Repeat steps 2 to 4 for each NIDS attack signature group that you want to disable.
Select Check All to enable all NIDS attack signature groups in the signature list.
Select Uncheck All list.
to disable all NIDS attack signature groups in the signature
Adding user-defined signatures
1
2
3
4
5
You can create a user-defined signature list in a text file and upload it from the management computer to the FortiGate unit.
For information about how to write user-defined signatures, see the FortiGate NIDS
Guide.
Go to NIDS > Detection > User Defined Signature List.
Select Upload.
Type the path and filename of the text file for the user-defined signature list or select
Browse and locate the file.
Select OK to upload the text file for the user-defined signature list.
Select Return to display the uploaded user-defined signature list.
252
Fortinet Inc.
Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS)
Figure 35: Example user-defined signature list
Preventing attacks
1
2
Downloading the user-defined signature list
You can back up the user-defined signature list by downloading it to a text file on the management computer.
Go to NIDS > Detection > User Defined Signature List.
Select Download.
The FortiGate unit downloads the user-defined signature list to a text file on the management computer. You can specify a location to which to download the text file as well as a name for the text file.
Preventing attacks
NIDS attack prevention protects the FortiGate unit and the networks connected to it from common TCP, ICMP, UDP, and IP attacks. You can enable the NIDS attack prevention to prevent a set of default attacks with default threshold values. You can also enable and set the threshold values for individual attack signatures.
Note: After the FortiGate unit reboots, the NIDS attack prevention and synflood prevention are always disabled.
•
Enabling NIDS attack prevention
•
Enabling NIDS attack prevention signatures
•
Setting signature threshold values
•
Configuring synflood signature values
Enabling NIDS attack prevention
1
2
Go to NIDS > Prevention.
Select Enable in the top left corner.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
253
Preventing attacks Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS)
Enabling NIDS attack prevention signatures
1
2
3
4
5
The NIDS Prevention module contains signatures that are designed to protect your network against attacks. Some signatures are enabled by default; others must be enabled. For a complete list of NIDS Prevention signatures and descriptions, see the
FortiGate NIDS Guide.
Go to NIDS > Prevention.
Check the box in the Enable column beside each signature that you want to enable.
Select Check All list.
to enable all signatures in the NIDS attack prevention signature
Select Uncheck All signature list.
to disable all signatures in the NIDS attack prevention
Select Reset to Default Values to enable only the default NIDS attack prevention signatures and return to the default threshold values.
Figure 36: Example NIDS attack prevention signature list entries
254
Setting signature threshold values
You can change the default threshold values for the NIDS Prevention signatures listed in
Table 7 . The threshold depends on the type of attack. For flooding attacks, the
threshold is the maximum number of packets received per second. For overflow attacks, the threshold is the buffer size for the command. For large ICMP attacks, the threshold is the ICMP packet size limit to pass through.
Fortinet Inc.
Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) Preventing attacks
For example, setting the icmpflood signature threshold to 500 will allow 500 echo requests from a source address, to which the system sends echo replies. If the number of requests is 501 or higher, the FortiGate unit will block the attacker to eliminate disruption of system operations.
If you enter a threshold value of 0 or a number out of the allowable range, the
FortiGate unit uses the default value.
Table 7: NIDS Prevention signatures with threshold values
Signature abbreviation
Threshold value units synflood portscan srcsession ftpovfl
Maximum number of SYN segments received per second
Maximum number of SYN segments received per second
Total number of TCP sessions initiated from the same source
Maximum buffer size for an FTP command (bytes) smtpovfl pop3ovfl
Maximum buffer size for an SMTP command (bytes)
Maximum buffer size for a POP3 command (bytes) udpflood Maximum number of UDP packets received from the same source or sent to the same destination per second udpsrcsession Total number of UDP sessions initiated from the same source icmpflood Maximum number of UDP packets received from the same source or sent to the same destination per second icmpsrcsession Total number of ICMP sessions initiated from the same source icmpsweep icmplarge
Maximum number of ICMP packets received from the same source per second
Maximum ICMP packet size (bytes)
Default threshold value
Minimum threshold value
Maximum threshold value
200 30 3000
128
2048
256
512
512
2048
1024
256
128
32
32000
10
128
128
128
128
512
512
128
64
16
1024
256
10240
1024
1024
1024
102400
102400
102400
2048
2048
64000
1
2
3
4
5
To set Prevention signature threshold values:
Go to NIDS > Prevention.
Select Modify beside the signature for which you want to set the Threshold value.
Signatures that do not have threshold values do not have Modify icons.
Type the Threshold value.
Select the Enable check box.
Select OK.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
255
Logging attacks Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS)
Configuring synflood signature values
For synflood signatures, you can set the threshold, queue size, and keep alive values.
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
Value
Threshold
Queue Size
Timeout
Description Minimum value
Number of SYN requests sent to a destination host or server per second. If the
SYN requests are being sent to all ports on the destination, as opposed to just one port, the threshold quadruples (4 x).
30
10 Maximum number of proxied connections that the FortiGate unit handles. The
FortiGate unit discards additional proxy requests.
Number of seconds for the SYN cookie to keep a proxied connection alive. This value limits the size of the proxy connection table.
3
Maximum value
Default value
3000 200
10240
60
1024
15
Go to NIDS > Prevention.
Select Modify for the synflood signature.
Type the Threshold value.
Type the Queue Size.
Type the Timeout value.
Select the Enable check box.
Alternatively, select the synflood Enable check box in the Prevention signature list.
Select OK.
Logging attacks
Whenever the NIDS detects or prevents an attack, it generates an attack message.
You can configure the system to add the message to the attack log.
•
Logging attack messages to the attack log
•
Reducing the number of NIDS attack log and email messages
Logging attack messages to the attack log
3
4
1
2
5
Use the following procedure to log attack messages to the attack log.
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting.
Select Config Policy for the log locations you have set.
Select Attack Log.
Select Attack Detection and Attack Prevention.
Select OK.
Note: For information about log message content and formats, and about log locations, see the
Logging Configuration and Reference Guide.
256
Fortinet Inc.
Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS) Logging attacks
Reducing the number of NIDS attack log and email messages
Intrusion attempts may generate an excessive number of attack messages. To help you distinguish real warnings from false alarms, the FortiGate unit provides methods to reduce the number of unnecessary messages. Based on the frequency that messages are generated, the FortiGate unit will automatically delete duplicates. If you determine that you are still receiving an excessive number of unnecessary messages, you can manually disable message generation for signature groups.
Automatic message reduction
The content of the attack log and alert email messages that the NIDS produces includes the ID number and name of the attack that generated the message. The attack ID number and name in the message are identical to the ID number and rule name that appear on the NIDS Signature Group Members list.
The FortiGate unit uses an alert email queue in which each new message is compared with the previous messages. If the new message is not a duplicate, the
FortiGate unit sends it immediately and puts a copy in the queue. If the new message is a duplicate, the FortiGate unit deletes it and increases an internal counter for the number of message copies in the queue.
The FortiGate unit holds duplicate alert email messages for 60 seconds. If a duplicate message has been in the queue for more than 60 seconds, the FortiGate unit deletes the message and increases the copy number. If the copy number is greater than 1, the
FortiGate unit sends a summary email that includes “Repeated x times” in the subject header, the statement “The following email has been repeated x times in the last y seconds”, and the original message.
Manual message reduction
If you want to reduce the number of alerts that the NIDS generates, you can review the content of attack log messages and alert email. If a large number of the alerts are nuisance alerts (for example, web attacks when you are not running a web server), you can disable the signature group for that attack type. Use the ID number in the
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
257
Logging attacks Network Intrusion Detection System (NIDS)
258
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Antivirus protection
Antivirus protection is enabled in firewall policies. When you enable antivirus protection for a firewall policy, you select a content profile that controls how the antivirus protection behaves. Content profiles control the type of traffic protected
(HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3, SMTP), the type of antivirus protection and the treatment of fragmented email and oversized files or email.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
•
Blocking oversized files and emails
•
Exempting fragmented email from blocking
•
General configuration steps
1
2
3
4
5
Configuring antivirus protection involves the following general steps.
.
Select the Anti-Virus & Web filter option in firewall policies that allow web (HTTP),
FTP, and email (IMAP, POP3, and SMTP) connections through the FortiGate unit.
Select a content profile that provides the antivirus protection options that you want to apply to a policy. See
“Adding a content profile to a policy” on page 199 .
Configure antivirus protection settings to control how the FortiGate unit applies antivirus protection to the web, FTP, and email traffic allowed by policies. See:
•
“Antivirus scanning” on page 260
,
•
•
“Blocking oversized files and emails” on page 266
,
•
“Exempting fragmented email from blocking” on page 266 .
Configure file quarantine settings to control the quarantining of infected or blocked
files by traffic type, age, and file size. See “Configuring quarantine options” on page 265 .
Configure the messages that users receive when the FortiGate unit blocks or deletes an infected file. See
“Customizing replacement messages” on page 164 .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
259
Antivirus scanning Antivirus protection
6 Configure the FortiGate unit to send an alert email when it blocks or deletes an infected file. See “Configuring alert email” in the Logging and Message Reference
Guide.
Note: To receive virus log messages, see “Configuring logging”, and for information about log message content and format, see “Virus log messages” in the Logging Configuration and
Reference Guide
Antivirus scanning
1
2
3
4
Virus scanning intercepts most files (including files compressed with up to 12 layers of compression using zip, rar, gzip, tar, upx, and OLE) in the content streams for which antivirus protection as been enabled. Each file is tested to determine the file type and to determine the most effective method of scanning the file for viruses. For example, binary files are scanned using binary virus scanning and Microsoft Office files containing macros are scanned for macro viruses.
FortiGate virus scanning does not scan the following file types:
• cdimage
• floppy image
• .ace
• .bzip2
• .Tar+Gzip+Bzip2
If a file is found to contain a virus it is removed from the content stream and replaced with a replacement message.
If your FortiGate unit includes a hard disk and if quarantine is enabled for infected files for the matching traffic protocol, the FortiGate unit adds the file to the quarantine list.
To scan FortiGate firewall traffic for viruses
Select antivirus scanning in a content profile.
See
“Adding a content profile” on page 197
.
Optionally select Quarantine in this content profile.
Add this content profile to firewall policies to apply virus scanning to the traffic controlled by the firewall policy.
See
“Adding a content profile to a policy” on page 199
.
Configure file quarantine settings to control the quarantining of infected files. See
“Configuring quarantine options” on page 265 .
260
Fortinet Inc.
Antivirus protection
Figure 37: Example content profile for virus scanning
File blocking
File blocking
Enable file blocking to remove all files that pose a potential threat and to provide the best protection from active computer virus attacks. Blocking files is the only protection available from a virus that is so new that antivirus scanning cannot detect it. You would not normally run the FortiGate unit with blocking enabled. However, it is available for extremely high-risk situations in which there is no other way to prevent viruses from entering your network.
On a FortiGate unit with a hard disk, if quarantining is enabled for blocked files for the matching traffic protocol, the FortiGate unit adds the file to the quarantine list.
File blocking deletes all files that match a list of enabled file patterns. The FortiGate unit replaces the file with an alert message that is forwarded to the user. The
FortiGate unit also writes a message to the virus log and sends an alert email if it is configured to do so.
Note: If both blocking and scanning are enabled, the FortiGate unit blocks files that match enabled file patterns and does not scan these files for viruses.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
261
File blocking Antivirus protection
By default, when blocking is enabled, the FortiGate unit blocks the following file patterns:
• executable files (*.bat, *.com, and *.exe)
• compressed or archive files (*.gz, *.rar, *.tar, *.tgz, and *.zip)
• dynamic link libraries (*.dll)
• HTML application (*.hta)
• Microsoft Office files (*.doc, *.ppt, *.xl?)
• Microsoft Works files (*.wps)
• Visual Basic files (*.vb?)
• screen saver files (*.scr)
Blocking files in firewall traffic
1
2
Use content profiles to apply file blocking to HTTP, FTP, POP3, IMAP, and SMTP traffic controlled by firewall policies.
Select file blocking in a content profile.
See
“Adding a content profile” on page 197
.
Add this content profile to firewall policies to apply content blocking to the traffic controlled by the firewall policy.
See
“Adding a content profile to a policy” on page 199
.
Adding file patterns to block
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Anti-Virus > File Block.
Select New.
Type the new pattern in the File Pattern field.
You can use an asterisk (*) to represent any characters and a question mark (?) to represent any single character. For example,
*.dot
blocks Microsoft Word template files and *.do? blocks both Microsoft Word template files and document files.
Select the check box beside the traffic protocols for which you want to enable blocking of this file pattern.
Select OK.
262
Fortinet Inc.
Antivirus protection Quarantine
Quarantine
FortiGate with hard disks can be configured to quarantine blocked or infected files.
The quarantined files are removed from the content stream and stored on the
FortiGate hard disk. Users received a message informing them that the removed file have been quarantined.
On the FortiGate, the names of quarantined files are displayed on the quarantine list.
The list displays status, duplication, and age information for each quarantined file. You can sort and filter this list based on this criteria. From the list you can also delete or download files.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Deleting files from quarantine
•
•
Configuring quarantine options
Quarantining infected files
1
2
3
4
5
Use content profiles to quarantine infected files found in HTTP, FTP, POP3, IMAP, and
SMTP traffic controlled by firewall policies.
Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine > Quarantine Config.
Select the Content protocols for which to quarantine infected files.
Select antivirus scanning in a content profile.
See
“Adding a content profile” on page 197
.
Select Quarantine to save to the quarantine any files that are found to be infected with a virus.
Add this content profile to firewall policies to quarantine infected files found in the traffic controlled by the firewall policy.
See
“Adding a content profile to a policy” on page 199
.
Quarantining blocked files
1
2
3
4
5
Use content profiles to quarantine blocked files found in POP3, IMAP, and SMTP traffic controlled by firewall policies.
Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine > Quarantine Config.
Select the Content protocols for which to quarantine blocked files.
To quarantine blocked files, select file block in a content profile.
See
“Adding a content profile” on page 197
.
Select Quarantine to save to the quarantine any files that are blocked.
Add this content profile to firewall policies.
See
“Adding a content profile to a policy” on page 199
.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
263
Quarantine Antivirus protection
Viewing the quarantine list
1 Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine.
The quarantine list provides the following information.
File Name
Date Quarantined The date and time the file was quarantined, in the format dd/mm/yyyy hh:mm. This value indicates the time that the first file was quarantined if the duplicate count increases.
Service The service from which the file was quarantined (HTTP, FTP, IMAP, POP3,
SMTP).
Status
Status
Description
DC
A color-coded status indicator:
• Red: File is infected
• Yellow: File caught by heuristics
• Green: File blocked by block pattern
• Blue: File is over size limit
Fortinet recommends that you send yellow-status files to the FortiResponse
Center as these files could contain a new virus or a variant of a known virus.
Specific information related to the status, for example, the ‘File is infected with “W32/Klez.h”’ or “File was stopped by file block pattern”.
Duplicate count. A count of how many duplicate files were discovered during quarantine. A rapidly increasing number can indicate a virus outbreak.
TTL
Modify
The processed filename of the file that was quarantined. The processed filename has all white space removed. As a file is quarantined, it is 32-bit checksummed and stored on the FortiGate hard disk with the following naming convention: <32bit CRC>.<processed filename>
For example, a file named Over Size.exe is stored as
3fc155d2.oversize.exe.
Time to live in the format hh:mm. When the TTL elapses, the FortiGate unit automatically deletes the file. In the case of duplicate files, each duplicate found refreshes the TTL.
You can delete or download the file. When you download a file, it is downloaded in its original format.
Note: In the case of duplicate files, all fields relate to the originally quarantined file except TTL, which is refreshed with every new instance of a given file. Duplicate files (based on checksum) are never stored, but an internal counter for each file records the number of duplicates encountered.
Sorting the quarantine list
1
2
3
You can sort the quarantine list according to status (infected or blocked), service
(IMAP, POP3, SMTP, FTP, or HTTP), alphabetically by file name, by date quarantined, by time to live (TTL), or by duplicate count.
Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine.
To sort the quarantine list, select a column heading in the Sort by list.
Select Apply.
264
Fortinet Inc.
Antivirus protection Quarantine
Filtering the quarantine list
You can filter the quarantine list to:
• Display only blocked files
• Display only infected files
• Display blocked and infected files found only in IMAP, POP3, SMTP, FTP, or HTTP traffic
Deleting files from quarantine
1
2
Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine.
Select Delete to remove a quarantined file from the list.
Downloading quarantined files
1
2
Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine.
Select Download to download a quarantined file in its original format.
Configuring quarantine options
1
2
You can specify whether the FortiGate unit quarantines infected files, blocked files, or both in web, FTP, and email traffic. You can also set the file age limit, the maximum file size, and the method for handling additional files when the FortiGate hard disk is too low.
Go to Anti-Virus > Quarantine > Quarantine Config.
For each traffic protocol, select the applicable Quarantine Infected Files and
Quarantine Blocked Files check boxes.
The FortiGate unit quarantines infected and blocked files for the selected traffic.
3
4
5
6
Note: The Quarantine Blocked Files option is not available for HTTP or FTP because a filename is blocked at request time and the file is not downloaded to the FortiGate unit.
Type the Age Limit (TTL) in hours to specify how long files are left in quarantine.
The maximum number of hours is 480. The FortiGate unit automatically deletes a file when the TTL reaches 00:00.
Type the maximum file size in MB to quarantine. The FortiGate unit keeps any existing quarantined files over the limit. The FortiGate unit does not quarantine any new files larger than this value. The file size range is 1-499 MBytes. Enter 0 for unlimited file size.
Select a Low Disk Space option to specify the method for handling additional files when the FortiGate hard disk is too low.
You can select overwrite oldest file or drop new quarantine files.
Select Apply.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
265
Blocking oversized files and emails Antivirus protection
Blocking oversized files and emails
You can configure the FortiGate unit to buffer 1 to 15 percent of available memory to store oversized files and email. The FortiGate unit then blocks a file or email that exceeds this limit instead of bypassing antivirus scanning and sending the file or email directly to the server or receiver. The FortiGate unit sends a replacement message for an oversized file or email attachment to the HTTP or email proxy client.
Configuring limits for oversized files and email
1
2
3
Go to Anti-Virus > Config > Config.
Type the size limit in MB.
Select Apply.
Exempting fragmented email from blocking
A fragmented email is a large email message that has been split into smaller messages that are sent individually and recombined when they are received. By default when antivirus protection is enabled, the FortiGate unit blocks fragmented emails and replaces them with an email block message that is forwarded to the receiver. It is recommend that you disable the fragmenting of email messages in the client email software.
To exempt fragmented emails from automatic antivirus blocking, you can enable Pass
Fragmented Email for the email content protocols (IMAP, POP3, and SMTP).
!
1
2
3
Caution: The FortiGate unit cannot scan fragmented emails for viruses or use file pattern blocking to remove files from these email messages.
Configure the FortiGate unit to pass fragmented emails by doing the following:
Enable Pass Fragmented Emails for IMAP, POP3, and SMTP traffic in a content profile.
Select Anti-Virus & Web filter in a firewall policy. For example, to pass fragmented emails that internal users send to the external network, select an internal to external policy.
Select a content profile that has Pass Fragmented Emails enabled for the traffic that you want the FortiGate unit to scan.
Viewing the virus list
1
2
Use the following procedure to view the names of the viruses and worms in the current virus definition list:
To display the virus list, go to Anti-Virus > Config > Virus List.
Scroll through the virus and worm list to view the names of all viruses and worms in the list.
266
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Web filtering
Web filtering is enabled in firewall policies. When you enable Anti-Virus & Web filter in a firewall policy, you select a content profile that controls how web filtering behaves for
HTTP traffic. Content profiles control the following types of content filtering:
• blocking unwanted URLs,
• blocking unwanted content,
• removing scripts from web pages,
• exempting of URLs from blocking.
You can also use the Cerberian URL blocking to block unwanted URLs. For more information, see
“Using the Cerberian web filter” on page 272
.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
Using the Cerberian web filter
•
•
General configuration steps
1
2
3
Configuring web filtering involves the following general steps:
Select the Anti-Virus & Web filter option in firewall policies that allow HTTP connections through the FortiGate unit.
• Select a content profile that provides the web filtering options that you want to
apply to a policy. See “Adding a content profile to a policy” on page 199 .
Configure web filtering settings to control how the FortiGate unit applies web filtering to the HTTP traffic allowed by policies. See:
•
•
“Using the Cerberian web filter” on page 272 ,
•
“Content blocking” on page 268 ,
•
“Script filtering” on page 274 ,
•
“Exempt URL list” on page 275 .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
267
Content blocking Web filtering
4
5
Configure the messages that users receive when the FortiGate unit blocks unwanted
content or unwanted URLs. See “Customizing replacement messages” on page 164
.
Configure the FortiGate unit to send an alert email when it blocks or deletes an infected file. See “Configuring alert email” in the Logging Configuration and Reference
Guide.
Note: To receive web filtering log messages, see “Configuring logging”, and for information about log message content and format, see “Web filtering log messages” in the Logging
Configuration and Reference Guide.
Content blocking
When the FortiGate unit blocks a web page, the user who requested the blocked page receives a block message and the FortiGate unit writes a message to the web filtering log.
You can add banned words to the list in many languages using Western, Simplified
Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Japanese, or Korean character sets.
Adding words and phrases to the banned word list
1
2
3
4
5
6
Go to Web Filter > Content Block.
Select New to add a word or phrase to the banned word list.
Choose a language or character set for the banned word or phrase.
You can choose Western, Chinese Simplified, Chinese Traditional, Japanese, or
Korean.
Your computer and web browser must be configured to enter characters in the character set that you choose.
Type a banned word or phrase.
If you type a single word (for example, banned
), the FortiGate unit blocks all web pages that contain that word.
If you type a phrase (for example, banned phrase
), the FortiGate unit blocks web pages that contain both words. When this phrase appears on the banned word list, the
FortiGate unit inserts plus signs (+) in place of spaces (for example, banned+phrase
).
If you type a phrase in quotes (for example,
“banned word”
), the FortiGate unit blocks all web pages in which the words are found together as a phrase.
Content filtering is not case-sensitive. You cannot include special characters in banned words.
Select OK.
The word or phrase is added to the banned word list.
In the Modify column, check the box beside the new item in the banned word list so that the FortiGate unit blocks web pages containing this word or phrase.
You can enter multiple banned words or phrases and then select Check All activate all items in the banned word list.
to
Note: Banned Word must be selected in the content profile for web pages containing banned words to be blocked.
268
Fortinet Inc.
Web filtering
Figure 38: Example banned word list
URL blocking
URL blocking
You can block the unwanted web URLs using both the FortiGate web filter and the
Cerberian web filter.
•
Using the FortiGate web filter
•
Using the Cerberian web filter
Using the FortiGate web filter
You can configure the FortiGate unit to block all pages on a website by adding the toplevel URL or IP address. You can also block individual pages on a website by including the full path and filename of the web page to block.
This section describes:
•
Adding URLs or URL patterns to the block list
•
•
Downloading the URL block list
•
1
2
Adding URLs or URL patterns to the block list
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select New to add an item to the URL block list.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
269
URL blocking Web filtering
3
4
5
6
Type the URL/Pattern to block.
Type a top-level URL or IP address to block access to all pages on a website. For example, www.badsite.com
or
122.133.144.155
blocks access to all pages at this website.
Type a top-level URL followed by the path and filename to block access to a single page on a website. For example, www.badsite.com/news.html
or
122.133.144.155/news.html
blocks the news page on this website.
To block all pages with a URL that ends with badsite.com
, add badsite.com
to the block list. For example, adding badsite.com
blocks access to www.badsite.com
, mail.badsite.com
, www.finance.badsite.com
, and so on.
Note: Do not include http://
in the URL to block. Do not use an asterisk (*) to represent any characters. You can type a top-level domain suffix (for example, “com” without the leading period) to block access to all URLs with this suffix.
Note: URL blocking does not block access to other services that users can access with a web browser. For example, URL blocking does not block access to ftp://ftp.badsite.com
.
Instead, you can use firewall policies to deny FTP connections.
Select Enable to block the URL/Pattern.
Select OK to add the URL/Pattern to the URL block list.
You can enter multiple URLs and patterns and then select Check All items in the URL block list.
Each page of the URL block list displays 100 URLs.
to enable all
Use Page Up and Page Down to navigate through the URL block list.
Note: You must select the Web URL Block option in the content profile to enable the URL blocking.
Figure 39: Example URL block list
270
1
2
Clearing the URL block list
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select Clear URL Block List list.
to remove all URLs and patterns from the URL block
Fortinet Inc.
Web filtering URL blocking
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
1
2
Downloading the URL block list
You can back up the URL block list by downloading it to a text file on the management computer.
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select Download URL Block List .
The FortiGate unit downloads the list to a text file on the management computer. You can specify a location to which to download the text file as well as a name for the text file.
Uploading a URL block list
You can create a URL block list in a text editor and then upload the text file to the
FortiGate unit. Add one URL or pattern to each line of the text file. You can follow the item with a space and then a 1 to enable or a zero (0) to disable the URL. If you do not add this information to the text file, the FortiGate unit automatically enables all URLs and patterns that are followed with a 1 or no number when you upload the text file.
Figure 40: Example URL block list text file www.badsite.com/index 1 www.badsite.com/products 1
182.63.44.67/index 1
You can either create the URL block list yourself or add a URL list created by a third-party URL block or blacklist service. For example, you can download the squidGuard blacklists available at http://www.squidguard.org/blacklist/ as a starting point for creating your own URL block list. Three times per week, the squidGuard robot searches the web for new URLs to add to the blacklists. You can upload the squidGuard blacklists to the FortiGate unit as a text file, with only minimal editing to remove comments at the top of each list and to combine the lists that you want into a single file.
Note: All changes made to the URL block list using the web-based manager are lost when you upload a new list. However, you can download your current URL block list, add more items to it using a text editor, and then upload the edited list to the FortiGate unit.
In a text editor, create the list of URLs and patterns to block.
Using the web-based manager, go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select Upload URL Block List .
Type the path and filename of your URL block list text file, or select Browse and locate the file.
Select OK to upload the file to the FortiGate unit.
Select Return to display the updated URL block list.
Each page of the URL block list displays 100 URLs.
Use Page Down and Page Up to navigate through the URL block list.
You can continue to maintain the URL block list by making changes to the text file and uploading it again.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
271
URL blocking Web filtering
Using the Cerberian web filter
The FortiGate unit supports Cerberian web filtering. For information about Cerberian web filter, see www.cerberian.com.
1
2
3
4
Note: If you are operating FortiGate units in active-passive HA mode, each FortiGate unit in the cluster must have its own Cerberian license. Cerberian web filtering is not supported for
active-active HA. For information about HA see, “High availability” on page 75
.
If you have purchased the Cerberian web filtering functionality with your FortiGate unit, use the following configuration procedures to configure FortiGate support for
Cerberian web filtering.
General configuration steps
To use the Cerberian web filter, you must:
Install a Cerberian web filter license key. See
“Installing a Cerberian license key on the
.
Add users that will be using the Cerberian web filter. See
“Adding a Cerberian user to the FortiGate unit” on page 272 .
Configure the Cerberian web filter. See
“Using the Cerberian web filter” on page 272
Enable Cerberian URL filtering. See
“Using the Cerberian web filter” on page 272
.
Note: To use Cerberian web filtering, the FortiGate unit must have access to the Internet.
1
2
3
4
1
Installing a Cerberian license key on the FortiGate unit
Before you can use the Cerberian web filter, you must install a license key. The license key determines the number of end users allowed to use Cerberian web filtering through the FortiGate unit.
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select Cerberian URL Filtering.
Enter the license number.
Select Apply.
Adding a Cerberian user to the FortiGate unit
The Cerberian web policies can only be applied to user groups. You can add users on the FortiGate unit and then add the users to user groups on the Cerberian administration web site.
When the end user tries to access a URL, the FortiGate unit will check to see if the user’s IP address is in the IP address list on the FortiGate unit. If the user’s IP address is in the list, the request will be sent to the Cerberian server. Otherwise, an error message will be sent to the user saying that the user doesn’t have authorized access to the Cerberian web filter.
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
272
Fortinet Inc.
Web filtering URL blocking
2
3
4
5
6
1
1
2
2
3
Select Cerberian URL Filtering.
Select New.
Enter the IP address and netmask of the user computers. You can enter the IP address of a single user. For example, 192.168.100.19 255.255.255.255. You can also enter a subnet of a group of users. For example, 192.168.100.0 255.255.255.0.
Enter an alias for the user. This alias will be used as the user name when you add the user to a user group on the Cerberian server. If you do not enter an alias, the user’s IP will used and added to the default group on the Cerberian server.
Select OK.
Configuring Cerberian web filter
After you add the Cerberian web filter users on the FortiGate unit, you can add the users to the user groups on the Cerberian web filter server. Then you can create policies and apply the policies to the user groups.
About the default group and policy
There is a default user group, which is associated with a default policy, existing on the
Cerberian web filter.
You can add users to the default group and apply any policies to the group.
The default group is a place for:
• All the users who are not assigned alias names on the FortiGate unit.
• All the users who are not assigned to any other user groups.
The Cerberian web filter groups the web pages into 53 categories. The default policy blocks the URLs of 12 categories. You can modify the default policy and apply it to any user groups.
To configure the Cerberian web filtering
Add the user name, which is the alias you added on the FortiGate unit, to a user group on the Cerberian server because the web policies can only be applied to the user groups. If you did not enter an alias for the user IP on the FortiGate unit, the user IP is automatically added to the default group.
Create your policies by selecting the web categories that you want to block.
Apply the policy to a user group which contains the user.
For detailed procedures, see the online help on the Cerberian Web Filter web page.
Enabling Cerberian URL filtering
After you add the Cerberian users/groups and configure the Cerberian web filter, you can enable Cerberian URL filtering. You must enable it in three places:
• The Cerberian URL Filtering page.
• The content profile.
• The policy that uses the content profile.
Go to Web Filter > URL Block.
Select Cerberian URL Filtering.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
273
Script filtering Web filtering
8
9
6
7
10
3
4
5
Select the Cerberian URL Filtering option.
Go to Firewall > Content Profile.
Create a new or select an existing content profile and enable Web URL Block.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Create a new or select an existing policy that will use the content profile.
Select Anti-Virus & Web filter.
Select the content profile from the Content Profile list.
Click OK.
Script filtering
You can configure the FortiGate unit to remove Java applets, cookies, and ActiveX scripts from the HTML web pages.
Note: Blocking of any of these items might prevent some web pages from working properly.
•
•
Selecting script filter options
Enabling the script filter
1
2
3
4
Go to Firewall > Content Profile.
Select the content profile for which you want to enable script filtering.
Select Script Filter.
Select OK.
Selecting script filter options
1
2
3
Go to Web Filter > Script Filter.
Select the script filter options that you want to enable.
You can block Java applets, cookies, and ActiveX.
Select Apply.
274
Fortinet Inc.
Web filtering
Figure 41: Example script filter settings to block Java applets and ActiveX
Exempt URL list
Exempt URL list
Add URLs to the exempt URL list to allow legitimate traffic that might otherwise be blocked by content or URL blocking. For example, if content blocking is set to block pornography-related words and a reputable website runs a story on pornography, web pages from the reputable website would be blocked. Adding the address of the reputable website to the exempt URL list allows the content of the website to bypass content blocking.
Note: Content downloaded from exempt web pages is not blocked or scanned by antivirus protection.
Adding URLs to the exempt URL list
1
2
3
Go to Web Filter > Exempt URL.
Select New to add an item to the exempt URL list.
Type the URL to exempt.
Type a complete URL, including path and filename, to exempt access to a page on a website. For example, www.goodsite.com/index.html
exempts access to the main page of this example website. You can also add IP addresses; for example,
122.63.44.67/index.html
exempts access to the main web page at this address. Do not include http://
in the URL to exempt.
Exempting a top-level URL, such as www.goodsite.com,
exempts all requested subpages (for example, www.goodsite.com
/ badpage
) from all content and URL filtering rules.
4
Note: Exempting a top-level URL does not exempt pages such as mail.goodsite.com
from all content and URL filtering rules unless goodsite.com
(without the www ) is added to the exempt URL list.
Select Enable to exempt the URL.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
275
Exempt URL list Web filtering
5
6
Select OK to add the URL to the exempt URL list.
You can enter multiple URLs and then select Check All exempt URL list.
Each page of the exempt URL list displays 100 URLs.
to activate all items in the
Use Page Down and Page Up to navigate through the exempt URL list.
Figure 42: Example exempt URL list
276
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Email filter
Email filtering is enabled in firewall policies. When you enable Anti-Virus & Web filter in a firewall policy, you select a content profile that controls how email filtering behaves for email (IMAP and POP3) traffic. Content profiles control the following types of protection to identify unwanted email:
• filtering of unwanted sender address patterns,
• filtering of unwanted content,
• exempting sender address patterns from blocking.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
•
General configuration steps
1
2
3
Configuring email filtering involves the following general steps:
Select email filter options in a new or existing content profile. See
“Adding a content profile” on page 197 .
Select the Anti-Virus & Web filter option in firewall policies that allow IMAP and POP3 connections through the FortiGate unit. Select a content profile that provides the email
Add a subject tag to the unwanted email so that receivers can use their mail client software to filter messages based on the tag. See
“Adding a subject tag” on page 280 .
Note: To receive email filter log messages, see “Configuring logging” in the Logging
Configuration and Reference Guide. For information about email filter log message categories and formats, see “Log messages” in the FortiGate Logging Configuration and Reference Guide.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
277
Email banned word list Email filter
Email banned word list
When the FortiGate unit detects email that contains a word or phrase in the banned word list, the FortiGate unit adds a tag to the subject line of the email and writes a message to the event log. Receivers can then use their mail client software to filter messages based on the subject tag.
You can add banned words to the list in many languages using Western, Simplified
Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Japanese, or Korean character sets.
Adding words and phrases to the banned word list
5
6
1
2
3
4
Go to Email Filter > Content Block.
Select New to add a word or phrase to the banned word list.
Type a banned word or phrase.
• If you type a single word (for example, banned
), the FortiGate unit tags all IMAP and POP3 email that contains that word.
• If you type a phrase (for example, banned phrase
), the FortiGate unit tags email that contains both words. When this phrase appears on the banned word list, the
FortiGate unit inserts plus signs (+) in place of spaces (for example, banned+phrase
).
• If you type a phrase in quotes (for example,
“banned word”
), the FortiGate unit tags all email in which the words are found together as a phrase.
Content filtering is not case-sensitive. You cannot include special characters in banned words.
Select the Language for the banned word or phrase.
You can choose Western, Chinese Simplified, Chinese Traditional, Japanese, or
Korean.
Your computer and web browser must be configured to enter characters in the language that you select.
Select Enable.
Select OK.
The word or phrase is added to the banned word list.
You can enter multiple banned words or phrases and then select Check All activate all items in the banned word list.
to
Note: Email Content Block must be selected in the content profile for IMAP or POP3 email containing banned words to be tagged.
278
Fortinet Inc.
Email filter Email block list
Email block list
You can configure the FortiGate unit to tag all IMAP and POP3 protocol traffic sent from unwanted email addresses. When the FortiGate unit detects an email sent from an unwanted address pattern, the FortiGate unit adds a tag to the subject line of the email and writes a message to the email filter log. Receivers can then use their mail client software to filter messages based on the subject tag.
You can tag email from a specific sender address or from all address subdomains by adding the top-level domain name. Alternatively, you can tag email sent from individual subdomains by including the subdomain to block.
Adding address patterns to the email block list
1
2
3
4
5
Go to Email Filter > Block List.
Select New to add an address pattern to the Email Block list.
Type a Block Pattern.
• To tag email from a specific email address, type the email address. For example, [email protected].
• To tag email from a specific domain, type the domain name. For example, abccompany.com
.
• To tag email from a specific subdomain, type the subdomain name. For example, mail.abccompany.com
.
• To tag email from an entire organization category, type the top-level domain name.
For example, type com
to tag email sent from all organizations that use .com as the top-level domain.
The pattern can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - (hyphen),_ (underscore), and @. Spaces and other special characters are not allowed.
Select Enable to tag the email if part or all of the email address match the block pattern.
Select OK to add the address pattern to the Email Block list.
You can enter multiple address patterns and then select Check All patterns in the Email Block list.
to enable all
You can also enable any pattern in the Email Block list by checking the box in the
Enable column.
Email exempt list
Add address patterns to the exempt list to allow legitimate IMAP and POP3 traffic that might otherwise be tagged by email or content blocking. For example, if the email banned word list is set to block email that contains pornography-related words and a reputable company sends email that contains these words, the FortiGate unit would normally add a subject tag to the email. Adding the domain name of the reputable company to the exempt list allows IMAP and POP3 traffic from the company to bypass email and content blocking.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
279
Adding a subject tag Email filter
Adding address patterns to the email exempt list
4
5
1
2
3
Go to Email Filter > Exempt List.
Select New to add an address pattern to the email exempt list.
Type the address pattern to exempt.
• To exempt email sent from a specific email address, type the email address. For example, [email protected]
.
• To exempt email sent from a specific domain, type the domain name. For example, abccompany.com
.
• To exempt email sent from a specific subdomain, type the subdomain name. For example, mail.abccompany.com
.
• To exempt email sent from an entire organization category, type the top-level domain name. For example, type net
to exempt email sent from all organizations that use .net as the top-level domain.
The pattern can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - (hyphen),_ (underscore), and @. Spaces and other special characters are not allowed.
Select Enable to exempt the address pattern.
Select OK to add the address pattern to the email exempt list.
You can enter multiple patterns and then select Check All in the email exempt list.
to activate all patterns
You can also enable any pattern in the email exempt list by checking the box in the
Enable column.
Adding a subject tag
1
2
When the FortiGate unit receives email from an unwanted address or email that contains an item in the email banned word list, the FortiGate unit adds a tag to the subject line and sends the message to the destination email address. Email users can use their mail client software to filter the messages based on the subject tag.
To add a subject tag
Go to Email Filter > Config.
Type the Subject Tag that you want to display in the subject line of email received from unwanted addresses or that contains banned words. For example, type
Unwanted
.
Note: Do not use quotation marks in the subject tags.
3 Select Apply.
The FortiGate unit adds the tag to the subject line of all unwanted email.
280
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Logging and reporting
You can configure the FortiGate unit to log network activity from routine configuration changes and traffic sessions to emergency events. You can also configure the
FortiGate unit to send alert email messages to inform system administrators about events such as network attacks, virus incidents, and firewall and VPN events.
This chapter describes:
•
•
•
•
•
Viewing and managing logs saved to the hard disk
•
Recording logs
You can configure logging to record logs to one or more of:
• a computer running a syslog server,
• a computer running a WebTrends firewall reporting server,
• the FortiGate hard disk (if your FortiGate unit contains a hard disk),
• the console.
You can also configure logging to record event, attack, antivirus, web filter, and email filter logs to the FortiGate system memory if your FortiGate unit does not contain a hard disk. Logging to memory allows quick access to only the most recent log entries.
If the FortiGate unit restarts, the log entries are lost.
You can select the same or different severity levels for each log location. For example, you might want to record only emergency and alert level messages to the FortiGate memory and record all levels of messages on a remote computer.
For information about filtering the log types and activities that the FortiGate unit records, see
“Filtering log messages” on page 284 . For information about traffic logs,
see
“Configuring traffic logging” on page 286 .
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
281
Recording logs Logging and reporting
This section describes:
•
Recording logs on a remote computer
•
Recording logs on a NetIQ WebTrends server
•
Recording logs on the FortiGate hard disk
•
Recording logs in system memory
Recording logs on a remote computer
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Use the following procedure to configure the FortiGate unit to record log messages on a remote computer. The remote computer must be configured with a syslog server.
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting.
Select Log to Remote Host to send the logs to a syslog server.
Type the IP address of the remote computer running syslog server software.
Type the port number of the syslog server.
Select the severity level for which you want to record log messages.
The FortiGate will log all levels of severity down to but not lower than the level you choose. For example, if you want to record emergency, alert, critical, and error messages, select Error.
Select Config Policy.
• Select the Log type for which you want the FortiGate unit to record logs.
• For each Log type, select the activities for which you want the FortiGate unit to record log messages.
• Select OK.
For more information on log types and activities, see “Filtering log messages” on page 284 and
“Configuring traffic logging” on page 286 .
Select Apply.
Recording logs on a NetIQ WebTrends server
Use the following procedure to configure the FortiGate unit to record logs on a remote
NetIQ WebTrends firewall reporting server for storage and analysis. FortiGate log formats comply with WebTrends Enhanced Log Format (WELF) and are compatible with WebTrends NetIQ Security Reporting Center 2.0 and Firewall Suite 4.1. See the
Security Reporting Center and Firewall Suite documentation for more information.
Note: FortiGate traffic log messages include sent and received fields, which are optional but required for drawing a WebTrends graph.
1
2
3
To record logs on a NetIQ WebTrends server:
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting.
Select Log in WebTrends Enhanced Log Format.
Type the IP address of the NetIQ WebTrends firewall reporting server.
282
Fortinet Inc.
Logging and reporting Recording logs
4
5
6
Select the severity level for which you want to record log messages.
The FortiGate will log all levels of severity down to but not lower than the level you choose. For example, if you want to record emergency, alert, critical, and error messages, select Error.
Select Config Policy.
To configure the FortiGate to filter the types of logs and events to record, use the procedures in
“Filtering log messages” on page 284
and “Configuring traffic logging” on page 286
.
Select Apply.
Recording logs on the FortiGate hard disk
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
You can record log files on the FortiGate hard disk if one is installed in your FortiGate unit.
To record logs on the FortiGate hard disk:
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting.
Select Log to Local.
Type a maximum log file size (in Mbytes).
When the log file reaches this size, the current log file is closed and saved and a new active log file is started. The default maximum log file size is 10 Mbytes and the maximum allowed is 2 GBytes.
Type a log time interval (in days).
After the specified time interval, the current log file is closed and saved and a new one is started. The default log time interval is 10 days.
Select the severity level for which you want to record log messages.
The FortiGate will log all levels of severity down to but not lower than the level you choose. For example, if you want to record emergency, alert, critical, and error messages, select Error.
Select Config Policy.
To configure the FortiGate to filter the types of logs and events to record, use the procedures in
“Filtering log messages” on page 284
and “Configuring traffic logging” on page 286
.
Set Log options when disk is full to:
8
Overwrite
Block traffic
Do not log
Select Apply.
Delete the oldest log file when the hard disk is full. Overwrite is the default option.
Block all network traffic when the hard disk is full.
Stop logging messages when the hard disk is full.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
283
Filtering log messages Logging and reporting
Recording logs in system memory
If your FortiGate unit does not contain a hard disk, you can use the following procedure to configure the FortiGate unit to reserve some system memory for storing current event, attack, antivirus, web filter and email filter log messages. Logging to memory allows quick access to only the most recent log entries. The FortiGate unit can store a limited number of messages in system memory. After all available memory is used, the FortiGate unit deletes the oldest messages. If the FortiGate unit restarts, the log entries are lost.
1
2
3
4
5
Note: The FortiGate unit can only record the event and attack log messages in system memory.
To record logs in system memory:
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting.
Select Log to memory.
Select the severity level for which you want to record log messages.
The FortiGate will log all levels of severity down to but not lower than the level you choose. For example, if you want to record emergency, alert, critical, and error messages, select Error.
Select Config Policy.
To configure the FortiGate to filter the types of logs and events to record, use the procedures in
“Filtering log messages” on page 284
.
Select Apply.
Filtering log messages
1
2
3
You can configure which logs to record and which message categories to record in each log.
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting.
Select Config Policy for the log location that you selected in
“Recording logs” on page 281 .
Select the log types that you want FortiGate unit to record.
Traffic Log Record all connections to and through the interface.
To configure traffic filtering, see
“Adding traffic filter entries” on page 288
.
Event Log Record management and activity events in the event log.
Management events include changes to the system configuration as well as administrator and user logins and logouts. Activity events include system activities, such as VPN tunnel establishment and HA failover events.
Virus Log Record virus intrusion events, such as when the FortiGate unit detects a virus, blocks a file type, or blocks an oversized file or email.
Web Filtering Log Record activity events, such as URL and content blocking, and exemption of URLs from blocking.
Attack Log Record attacks detected by the NIDS and prevented by the NIDS
Prevention module.
284
Fortinet Inc.
Logging and reporting Filtering log messages
4
5
Email Filter Log
Update
Record activity events, such as detection of email that contains unwanted content and email from unwanted senders.
Record log messages when the FortiGate connects to the FDN to download antivirus and attack updates.
Select the message categories that you want the FortiGate unit to record if you selected Event Log, Virus Log, Web Filtering Log, Attack Log, Email Filter Log, or
Update in step
Select OK.
Figure 43: Example log filter configuration
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
285
Configuring traffic logging Logging and reporting
Configuring traffic logging
You can configure the FortiGate unit to record traffic log messages for connections to:
• Any interface
• Any VLAN subinterface
• Any firewall policy
The FortiGate unit can filter traffic logs for any source and destination address and service. You can also enable the following global settings:
• resolve IP addresses to host names,
• record session or packet information,
• display the port number or service.
The traffic filter list shows the name, source address and destination address, and the protocol type of the traffic to be filtered.
This section describes:
•
•
Configuring traffic filter settings
•
Enabling traffic logging
You can enable logging on any interface, VLAN subinterface, and firewall policy.
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
Enabling traffic logging for an interface
If you enable traffic logging for an interface, all connections to and through the interface and recorded in the traffic log.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select Edit enable logging.
in the Modify column beside the interface for which you want to
For Log, select Enable.
Select OK.
Repeat this procedure for each interface for which you want to enable logging.
Enabling traffic logging for a VLAN subinterface
If you enable traffic logging for a VLAN subinterface, all connections to and through the VLAN subinterface and recorded in the traffic log.
Go to System > Network > Interface.
Select Edit in the Modify column beside the VLAN subinterface for which you want to enable logging.
For Log, select Enable.
Select OK.
286
Fortinet Inc.
Logging and reporting Configuring traffic logging
5 Repeat this procedure for each VLAN subinterface for which you want to enable logging.
1
2
3
4
Enabling traffic logging for a firewall policy
If you enable traffic logging for a firewall policy, all connections accepted by firewall policy are recorded in the traffic log.
Go to Firewall > Policy.
Select a policy tab.
Select Log Traffic.
Select OK.
Configuring traffic filter settings
1
2
Use the following procedure to configure the information recorded in all traffic log messages.
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting > Traffic Filter.
Select the settings that you want to apply to all Traffic Log messages.
3
Resolve IP
Type
Display
Select Resolve IP if you want traffic log messages to list the IP address and the domain name stored on the DNS server. If the primary and secondary DNS server addresses provided to you by your ISP have not already been added, go to System > Network > DNS and add the addresses.
Select Session or Packet. If you select Session, the FortiGate unit records the number of packets sent and received for each session. If you select
Packet, the FortiGate unit records the average packet length for each session (in bytes).
Select Port Number if you want traffic log messages to list the port number, for example, 80/tcp. Select Service Name if you want traffic log messages to list the name of the service, for example, TCP.
Select Apply.
Figure 44: Example traffic filter list
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
287
Configuring traffic logging Logging and reporting
Adding traffic filter entries
1
2
3
Add entries to the traffic filter list to filter the messages that are recorded in the traffic log. If you do not add any entries to the traffic filter list, the FortiGate records all traffic log messages. You can add entries to the traffic filter list to limit the traffic logs that are recorded. You can log traffic with a specified source IP address and netmask, to a destination IP address and netmask and for a specified service. A traffic filter entry can include any combination of source and destination addresses and services.
Use the following procedure to add an entry to the traffic filter list.
Go to Log&Report > Log Setting > Traffic Filter.
Select New.
Configure the traffic filter for the type of traffic that you want to record on the traffic log.
4
Name
Source IP Address
Source Netmask
Type a name to identify the traffic filter entry.
The name can contain numbers (0-9), uppercase and lowercase letters (A-Z, a-z), and the special characters - and _. Spaces and other special characters are not allowed.
Type the source IP address and netmask for which you want the
FortiGate unit to log traffic messages. The address can be an individual computer, subnetwork, or network.
Destination IP Address
Destination Netmask
Service
Type the destination IP address and netmask for which you want the
FortiGate unit to log traffic messages. The address can be an individual computer, subnetwork, or network.
Select the service group or individual service for which you want the
FortiGate unit to log traffic messages.
Select OK.
The traffic filter list displays the new traffic address entry with the settings that you selected in
“Enabling traffic logging” on page 286
.
Figure 45: Example new traffic address entry
288
Fortinet Inc.
Logging and reporting Viewing logs saved to memory
Viewing logs saved to memory
If the FortiGate is configured to save log messages in system memory, you can use the web-based manager to view, search, and clear the log messages. This section describes:
•
•
Viewing logs
3
4
1
2
5
Log messages are listed with the most recent message at the top. Use the following procedure to view log messages saved in system memory:
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
Select Event Log, Attack Log, Antivirus Log, Web Filter Log, or Email Filter Log.
The web-based manager lists the log messages saved in system memory.
Scroll through the log messages to view them.
To view a specific line in the log, type a line number in the Go to line field and select
.
To navigate through the log message pages, select Go to next page or Go to previous page .
Searching logs
3
4
1
2
5
6
Use the following procedure to search log messages saved in system memory:
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
Select Event Log, Attack Log, Antivirus Log, Web Filter Log, or Email Filter Log.
Select to search the messages in the selected log.
Select AND to search for messages that match all the specified search criteria.
Select OR to search for messages that match one or more of the specified search criteria.
Select one or more of the following search criteria:
7
Keyword
Time
To search for any text in a log message. Keyword searching is case-sensitive.
To search log messages created during the selected year, month, day, and hour.
Select OK to run the search.
The web-based manager displays the messages that match the search criteria. You can scroll through the messages or run another search.
Note: After running a search, to display all log messages again, run another search but leave all the search fields blank.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
289
Viewing and managing logs saved to the hard disk Logging and reporting
Viewing and managing logs saved to the hard disk
If your FortiGate unit contains a hard disk for recording logs, you can use the following procedures to view, search and maintain logs:
•
•
•
Downloading a log file to the management computer
•
Deleting all messages in an active log
•
Viewing logs
3
4
5
1
2
6
7
8
Log messages are listed with the most recent message at the top. You can view the active or saved logs using the following procedure:
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
Select Traffic Log, Event Log, Attack Log, Antivirus Log, Web Filter Log, or Email Filter
Log.
The web-based manager lists all saved logs of the selected type, with the active log at the top of the list. For each log, the list shows the date and time at which an entry was last added to the log, the size of the log file, and its name.
To view a log file, select View .
The web-based manager displays the messages in the selected log.
You can set the number of log messages to view on a single page to 30, 50 or 1000.
You can scroll through the log entries.
To view a specific line in the log file, type a line number in the Go to line field and select .
To navigate through the log message pages, select Go to next page or Go to previous page .
To search the messages in the log file that you are viewing, select .
Searching logs
5
6
3
4
1
2
7
Use the following procedure to search the active log or any of the saved log files:
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
Select Traffic Log, Event Log, Attack Log, Antivirus Log, Web Filter Log, or Email Filter
Log.
To view a log file, select View .
Select to search the messages in the log file that you are viewing.
Select AND to search for messages that match all the specified search criteria.
Select OR to search for messages that match one or more of the specified search criteria.
Select one or more of the following search criteria:
290
Fortinet Inc.
Logging and reporting Viewing and managing logs saved to the hard disk
8
Keyword
Source
Destination
Time
To search for any text in a log message. Keyword searching is case-sensitive.
To search for any source IP address.
To search for any destination IP address.
To search log messages created during the selected year, month, day, and hour.
Select OK to run the search.
The web-based manager displays the messages that match the search criteria. You can scroll through the messages or run another search.
Note: After running a search, to display all log messages again, run another search but leave all the search fields blank.
Downloading a log file to the management computer
3
4
1
2
5
You can download log files to the management computer as plain text files or commaseparated value (CSV) files. After downloading, you can view the text file with any text editor or the CSV file using a spreadsheet program. Use the following procedure to download log files:
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
Select Traffic Log, Event Log, Attack log, Antivirus Log, Web Filter Log, or Email Filter
Log.
To download a log file to the management computer, select Download .
Select a format for the log file:
• Select Download file in the normal format to download the log messages to a text file. Each line of the text file consists of a log message, the messages are the formatted the same way as they appear on the web-based manager.
• Select Download file in CSV format to download the log messages to text file in comma separated value (CSV) format. In this format, a comma is added between each field in each message. If you open this file in a spreadsheet program each message field appears in a separate column.
Select Save.
Deleting all messages in an active log
3
4
1
2
Use the following procedure to delete all messages from the active log:
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
Select Traffic Log, Event Log, Attack log, Antivirus Log, Web Filter Log, or Email Filter
Log.
To delete all messages, select Empty Log
Select OK to delete the messages.
.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
291
Configuring alert email Logging and reporting
Deleting a saved log file
3
4
1
2
Use the following procedure to delete a saved log file:
Go to Log&Report > Logging.
Select Traffic Log, Event Log, Attack log, Antivirus Log, Web Filter Log, or Email Filter
Log.
The web-based manager lists all saved logs of the selected type, with the active log at the top of the list. For each log, the list shows the date and time at which an entry was last added to the log, the size of the log file, and its name.
To delete a saved log file, select Delete .
Select OK to delete the log file.
Configuring alert email
You can configure the FortiGate unit to send alert email to up to three email addresses when there are virus incidents, block incidents, network intrusions, and other firewall or VPN events or violations. After you set up the email addresses, you can test the settings by sending test email.
•
•
•
Adding alert email addresses
Because the FortiGate unit uses the SMTP server name to connect to the mail server, it must be able to look up this name on your DNS server. Therefore, before configuring alert email ensure that you have configured at least one DNS server.
To add a DNS server
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
Go to System > Network > DNS.
If they have not already been added, add the primary and secondary DNS server addresses provided to you by your ISP.
Select Apply.
To add alert email addresses
Go to Log&Report > Alert Mail > Configuration.
Select Authentication if your email server requires an SMTP password.
In the SMTP Server field, type the name of the SMTP server to which the FortiGate unit should send email, in the format smtp.domain.com
.
The SMTP server can be located on any network connected to the FortiGate unit.
In the SMTP User field, type a valid email address in the format [email protected]
.
This address appears in the From header of the alert email.
In the Password field, type the password that the SMTP user needs to access the
SMTP server.
A password is required if you select Authentication.
292
Fortinet Inc.
Logging and reporting Configuring alert email
6
7
Type up to three destination email addresses in the Email To fields.
These are the actual email addresses to which the FortiGate unit sends alert email.
Select Apply.
Testing alert email
1
2
You can test the alert email settings by sending a test email.
Go to Log&Report > Alert Mail > Configuration.
Select Test to send test email messages from the FortiGate unit to the Email To addresses that you have configured.
Enabling alert email
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
You can configure the FortiGate unit to send alert email in response to virus incidents, intrusion attempts, and critical firewall or VPN events or violations. If you have configured logging to a local disk, you can enable sending an alert email when the hard disk is almost full. Use the following procedure to enable alert email:
Go to Log&Report > Alert Mail > Categories.
Select Enable alert email for virus incidents to have the FortiGate unit send an alert email when antivirus scanning detects a virus.
Alert email is not sent when antivirus file blocking deletes a file.
Select Enable alert email for block incidents to have the FortiGate unit send an alert email when it blocks files affected by viruses.
Select Enable alert email for intrusions to have the FortiGate unit send an alert email to notify the system administrator of attacks detected by the NIDS.
Select Enable alert email for critical firewall/VPN events or violations to have the
FortiGate unit send an alert email when a critical firewall or VPN event occurs.
Critical firewall events include failed authentication attempts.
Critical VPN events include when replay detection detects a replay packet. Replay detection can be configured for both manual key and AutoIKE Key VPN tunnels.
Select Send alert email when disk is full to have the FortiGate unit send an alert email when the hard disk is almost full.
Select Apply.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
293
Configuring alert email Logging and reporting
294
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Glossary
Connection: A link between machines, applications, processes, and so on that can be logical, physical, or both.
DMZ, Demilitarized Zone: Used to host Internet services without allowing unauthorized access to an internal (private) network. Typically, the DMZ contains servers accessible to Internet traffic, such as Web
(HTTP) servers, FTP servers, SMTP (email) servers and DNS servers.
DMZ interface: The FortiGate interface that is connected to a DMZ network.
DNS, Domain Name Service: A service that converts symbolic node names to IP addresses.
Ethernet: A local-area network (LAN) architecture that uses a bus or star topology and supports data transfer rates of 10 Mbps. Ethernet is one of the most widely implemented LAN standards. A newer version of
Ethernet, called 100 Base-T (or Fast Ethernet), supports data transfer rates of 100 Mbps. And the newest version, Gigabit Ethernet, supports data rates of 1 gigabit (1,000 megabits) per second.
External interface: The FortiGate interface that is connected to the Internet. For the FortiGate-60 the external interface is WAN1 or WAN2.
FTP, File transfer Protocol: An application and TCP/
IP protocol used to upload or download files.
Gateway: A combination of hardware and software that links different networks. Gateways between TCP/IP networks, for example, can link different subnetworks.
HTTP, Hyper Text Transfer Protocol: The protocol used by the World Wide Web. HTTP defines how messages are formatted and transmitted, and what actions Web servers and browsers should take in response to various commands.
HTTPS: The SSL protocol for transmitting private documents over the Internet using a Web browser.
Internal interface: The FortiGate interface that is connected to an internal (private) network.
Internet: A collection of networks connected together that span the entire globe using the NFSNET as their backbone. As a generic term, it refers to any collection of interdependent networks.
ICMP, Internet Control Message Protocol: Part of the
Internet Protocol (IP) that allows for the generation of error messages, test packets, and information messages relating to IP. This is the protocol used by the ping function when sending ICMP Echo Requests to a network host.
IKE, Internet Key Exchange: A method of automatically exchanging authentication and encryption keys between two secure servers.
IMAP, Internet Message Access Protocol: An
Internet email protocol that allows access to your email from any IMAP compatible browser. With IMAP, your mail resides on the server.
IP, Internet Protocol: The component of TCP/IP that handles routing.
IP Address: An identifier for a computer or device on a
TCP/IP network. An IP address is a 32-bit numeric address written as four numbers separated by periods.
Each number can be zero to 255.
L2TP, Layer Two (2) Tunneling Protocol: An extension to the PPTP protocol that enables ISPs to operate Virtual Private Networks (VPNs). L2TP merges
PPTP from Microsoft and L2F from Cisco Systems. To create an L2TP VPN, your ISP’s routers must support
L2TP.
IPSec, Internet Protocol Security: A set of protocols that support secure exchange of packets at the IP layer. IPSec is most often used to support VPNs.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
295
Glossary
LAN, Local Area Network: A computer network that spans a relatively small area. Most LANs connect workstations and personal computers. Each computer on a LAN is able to access data and devices anywhere on the LAN. This means that many users can share data as well as physical resources such as printers.
MAC address, Media Access Control address: A hardware address that uniquely identifies each node of a network.
MIB, Management Information Base: A database of objects that can be monitored by an SNMP network manager.
Modem: A device that converts digital signals into analog signals and back again for transmission over telephone lines.
MTU, Maximum Transmission Unit: The largest physical packet size, measured in bytes, that a network can transmit. Any packets larger than the MTU are divided into smaller packets before being sent. Ideally, you want the MTU your network produces to be the same as the smallest MTU of all the networks between your machine and a message's final destination. If your messages are larger than one of the intervening MTUs, they get broken up (fragmented), which slows down transmission speeds.
Netmask: Also called subnet mask. A set of rules for omitting parts of a complete IP address to reach a target destination without using a broadcast message.
It can indicate a subnetwork portion of a larger network in TCP/IP. Sometimes referred to as an Address Mask.
NTP, Network Time Protocol: Used to synchronize the time of a computer to an NTP server. NTP provides accuracies to within tens of milliseconds across the
Internet relative to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
Packet: A piece of a message transmitted over a packet-switching network. One of the key features of a packet is that it contains the destination address in addition to the data. In IP networks, packets are often called datagrams.
Ping, Packet Internet Grouper: A utility used to determine whether a specific IP address is accessible.
It works by sending a packet to the specified address and waiting for a reply.
POP3, Post Office Protocol: A protocol used to transfer e-mail from a mail server to a mail client across the Internet. Most e-mail clients use POP.
PPP, Point-to-Point Protocol: A TCP/IP protocol that provides host-to-network and router-to-router connections.
PPTP, Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol: A
Windows-based technology for creating VPNs. PPTP is supported by Windows 98, 2000, and XP. To create a
PPTP VPN, your ISP's routers must support PPTP.
Port: In TCP/IP and UDP networks, a port is an endpoint to a logical connection. The port number identifies what type of port it is. For example, port 80 is used for HTTP traffic.
Protocol: An agreed-upon format for transmitting data between two devices. The protocol determines the type of error checking to be used, the data compression method (if any), how the sending device indicates that it has finished sending a message, and how the receiving device indicates that it has received a message.
RADIUS, Remote Authentication Dial-In User
Service: An authentication and accounting system used by many Internet Service Providers (ISPs). When users dial into an ISP they enter a user name and password. This information is passed to a RADIUS server, which checks that the information is correct, and then authorizes access to the ISP system.
Router: A device that connects LANs into an internal network and routes traffic between them.
Routing: The process of determining a path to use to send data to its destination.
Routing table: A list of valid paths through which data can be transmitted.
Server: An application that answers requests from other devices (clients). Used as a generic term for any device that provides services to the rest of the network such as printing, high capacity storage, and network access.
SMTP, Simple Mail Transfer Protocol: In TCP/IP networks, this is an application for providing mail delivery services.
SNMP, Simple Network Management Protocol: A set of protocols for managing networks. SNMP works by sending messages to different parts of a network.
SNMP-compliant devices, called agents, store data about themselves in Management Information Bases
(MIBs) and return this data to the SNMP requesters.
296
Fortinet Inc.
Glossary
SSH, Secure shell: A secure Telnet replacement that you can use to log into another computer over a network and run commands. SSH provides strong secure authentication and secure communications over insecure channels.
Subnet: A portion of a network that shares a common address component. On TCP/IP networks, subnets are defined as all devices whose IP addresses have the same prefix. For example, all devices with IP addresses that start with 100.100.100. would be part of the same subnet. Dividing a network into subnets is useful for both security and performance reasons.
IP networks are divided using a subnet mask.
Subnet Address: The part of the IP address that identifies the subnetwork.
TCP, Transmission Control Protocol: One of the main protocols in TCP/IP networks. TCP guarantees delivery of data and also guarantees that packets will be delivered in the same order in which they were sent.
UDP, User Datagram Protocol: A connectionless protocol that, like TCP, runs on top of IP networks.
Unlike TCP, UDP provides very few error recovery services, offering instead a direct way to send and receive datagrams over an IP network. It is used primarily for broadcasting messages over a network.
VPN, Virtual Private Network: A network that links private networks over the Internet. VPNs use encryption and other security mechanisms to ensure that only authorized users can access the network and that data cannot be intercepted.
Virus: A computer program that attaches itself to other programs, spreading itself through computers or networks by this mechanism usually with harmful intent.
Worm: A program or algorithm that replicates itself over a computer network, usually through email, and performs malicious actions, such as using up the computer's resources and possibly shutting the system down.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
297
Glossary
298
Fortinet Inc.
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide Version 2.50 MR2
Index
Numerics
4/HA
A
accept
action
active log
searching 289, 290 viewing and maintaining saved logs 290
admin access level
administrator account
editing 160, 161 netmask 160, 161
permission 161 trusted host 160, 161
alert email
configuring 292 configuring SMTP server 292
critical firewall or VPN events 293 enabling 293 hard disk full 293 intrusion attempts 293
testing 293 virus incidents 293
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide allow inbound
allow outbound
allow traffic
Anti-Virus & Web filter
antivirus definition updates
antivirus definitions
attack definition updates
attack definitions
attack detection
checksum verification 250 disabling the NIDS 250
enabling and disabling signatures 252
selecting interfaces to monitor 250
viewing the signature list 251
attack prevention
configuring signature threshold values 254
enabling prevention signatures 253
attack updates
auto
299
Index
AutoIKE 210 certificates 210 introduction 210 pre-shared keys 210
automatic antivirus and attack definition updates
B
backing up
bandwidth
banned word list
blacklist
block traffic
blocking
access to Internet sites 269, 279 access to URLs 269, 279
C
certificates
checksum verification
clearing
Comments
firewall policy 177 policy 177
connecting
to the FDN 116 to the FortiResponse Distribution Network 116
contact information
content blocking
300
content profiles
cookies
critical firewall events
critical VPN events
D
date and time setting
default gateway
configuring (Transparent mode) 64
deny
firewall policy 174 policy 174
destination
destination route
adding 143 adding a default route 143
detection
device
DHCP
dialup L2TP
configuring Windows 2000 client 245
configuring Windows XP client 246
dialup PPTP
configuring Windows 2000 client 239
configuring Windows 98 client 238
configuring Windows XP client 240
dialup VPN
DMZ interface
do not log
downloading
attack definition updates 130, 131
virus definition updates 130, 131
dynamic IP pool
dynamic IP/MAC list
Fortinet Inc.
E
email alert
encrypt
encrypt policy
allow inbound 175 allow outbound 175
ending IP address
environmental specifications 31
exempt URL list 275, 279 adding URL 275, 280 exempting URLs from content and URL blocking 275, 279
expire
F
factory default
FDN
FortiResponse Distribution Network 116
FDS
FortiResponse Distribution Server 116
filename pattern
filter
firewall
firewall events
firewall policy
firewall setup wizard 20, 46, 62
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
Index firmware
installing 99 re-installing current version 99 reverting to an older version 99
first trap receiver IP address
FortiCare
Fortinet support
recovering a lost password 128
FortiResponse Distribution Network 116 connecting to 116
FortiResponse Distribution Server 116
from IP
from port
front keypad and LCD
G
get community
groups
H
configuring 4/HA interface 77, 82
configuring HA interfaces 77, 82 installing and configuring FortiGate units 77, 82
replacing FortiGate unit after fail-over 90 returning to standalone 90
hard disk
hard disk full
HTTP
enabling web filtering 267, 277
301
Index
I
configuring checksum verification 250
idle timeout
IDS log
Inbound NAT
interface
internal address
internal address group
internal network
Internet
blocking access to Internet sites 269, 279 blocking access to URLs 269, 279
intrusion attempts
IP
configuring checksum verification 250
IP address
IP addresses
configuring with front keypad and LCD 47, 63
IP pool
IPSec VPN
authentication for user group 207
manual keys 210 pre-shared keys 210
302
IPSec VPN tunnel
J
Java applets 274, 275 removing from web pages 274
K
keyword
L
configuring Windows XP client 246
L2TP gateway
language
LCD and keypad
LDAP
LDAP server
log file
log hard disk
log options
block traffic 283 do not log 283 overwrite 283
log setting
filtering log entries 118, 284
log to local
log to memory
Log Traffic
firewall policy 177 policy 177
Fortinet Inc.
configuring traffic settings 286, 287
event log 284 filtering log messages 284
log to remote host 282 log to WebTrends 282
selecting what to log 284 traffic log 284
virus log 284 web filtering log 284
logs
recording on FortiGate hard disk 283
recording on NetIQ WebTrends server 282
M
malicious scripts
removing from web pages 274, 280
management IP address
manual keys
matching
messages
MIB
mode
monitor
system status 110, 111, 112, 113
improving network performance 137
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
Index
N
NAT
NAT mode
NAT/Route mode
neighbor
netmask
administrator account 160, 161
network address translation
network connection
network intrusion detection 18
Network Intrusion Detection System 249
reducing alert email 257 reducing attack log messages 257
NTP server 157 setting system date and time 157
O
one-time schedule 186 creating 186
operating mode
Outbound NAT
override serve
oversized files and email
overwrite
P
password
changing administrator account 161
recovering a lost Fortinet support 128
permission
303
Index ping
policy
policy list
port address translation 190 port forwarding 190 adding virtual IP 190
port number
power requirements 31 powering on 31
configuring Windows 2000 client 239
configuring Windows 98 client 238
configuring Windows XP client 240
PPTP dialup connection
configuring Windows 2000 client 239 configuring Windows 98 client 239
configuring Windows XP client 240
PPTP gateway
pre-shared keys
prevention
protocol
proxy server 124 push updates 124
push updates
304
Q
quarantine list
quarantining
blocked files 263 file 263 infected files 263
R
RADIUS
RADIUS server
adding server address 204 deleting 204
read & write access level
read only access level
recording logs in system memory 284
recording logs on FortiGate hard disk 283
recording logs on NetIQ WebTrends server 282
recovering
a lost Fortinet support password 128
recurring schedule 187 creating 187
registered FortiGate units
registering
FortiGate unit 125, 126, 127, 129
FortiGate unit after an RMA 131
list of registered FortiGate units 129
registration
contact information 130 security question 130
replacement messages
resolve IP 287 traffic filter 287
restoring system settings 108 restoring system settings to factory default 108
reverting
firmware to an older version 99
RIP
Fortinet Inc.
RMA
registering a FortiGate unit 131
route
adding default 143 adding to routing table 143
adding to routing table (Transparent mode) 145
router
adding static routes 143 configuring 143
adding default route 143 adding routes 143
adding routes (Transparent mode) 145 configuring 145
S
scanning
automatic antivirus and attack definition updates 117
scheduled antivirus and attack updates 124
scheduled updates
scripts
removing from web pages 274, 280
searching logs 289, 290 logs saved to FortiGate hard disk 290
security question
serial number
predefined 182 service name 182
service contracts
service group
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
Index service name
session
setup wizard 46, 62 starting 46, 62
signature threshold values 254
SNMP
configuring 162 contact information 162
first trap receiver IP address 163
source
starting IP
static route
status
IPSec VPN tunnel 233 viewing dialup connection status 233 viewing VPN tunnel status 233
subnet
subnet address
support contract number
support password
synchronize with NTP server 157 system configuration 157
system date and time
system location
system name
305
Index system settings
backing up 108 restoring 108 restoring to factory default 108
system status monitor 110, 111, 112, 113
T
TCP
configuring checksum verification 250
testing
time
timeout
to IP
to port
traffic
configuring global settings 286, 287
traffic filter
deleting all messages 291, 292
configuring the default gateway 64
trap community
traps
trusted host
administrator account 160, 161
306
U
UDP
configuring checksum verification 250
unwanted content
updated
updating
attack definitions 115, 119 virus definitions 115, 119
upgrade
upgrading
firmware using the CLI 95, 97 firmware using the web-based manager 95, 96
URL
adding to exempt URL list 275, 280
adding to URL block list 269, 279 blocking access 269, 279
URL block list
URL blocking
URL exempt list
see also exempt URL list 275, 279
user groups
user name and password
user-defined signature
V
viewing
port forwarding 188, 190 static NAT 188
virus definition updates
Fortinet Inc.
virus definitions
virus incidents
virus list
virus protection
VLAN
configuring 139 network configuration 139
VLAN network
VPN
configuring PPTP gateway 236, 242
viewing dialup connection status 233
VPN events
VPN tunnel
W
web content filtering
web filtering
web page
WebTrends
recording logs on NetIQ WebTrends server 282
Windows 2000
Windows 98
Windows XP
wizard
setting up firewall 46, 62 starting 46, 62
worm list
displaying 266 worm protection 266
Z
zone
Index
FortiGate-400 Installation and Configuration Guide
307
Index
308
Fortinet Inc.
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project